Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi
Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi
Wake Up Kiwi
    The New Zealand Government: A United States SEC Registered Corporation  |  Who Owns New Zealand's Banks - And Australia's Banks - Anyone's Banks?
Wake Up Kiwi
Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

· Home / Introduction


· Current Events & Breaking News

· Cabal / Illuminati / NWO Watch

· Mainstream Media Manipulation

· Banking Crimes & Criminals

· Political Crimes & Criminals

· Feature Articles

· Positive Developments


· NWO Globalist Agenda

· Secret Societies & The Illuminati

· Conspiracy To Rule The World

· What / Who Is "The Crown"?

· Agenda 21 In New Zealand

· Surveillance Society/Police State

· 'Terrorism' & Engineered Wars

· Eugenics / Depopulation Agenda

· Religion As A Tool For Control

· Common Law Vs Statute Law


· The Climate Change Scam

· Chemtrails & Geoengineering

· Suppressed Science

· Positive New Technologies

· Cures, Health & Wellbeing

· Dangerous & Dirty Technology

· Spiritual Aspects & Metaphysics

· The Extra-Terrestrial Presence


· Suppressed / Hidden History

· Real New Zealand History

· The Opal File: NZ / AUS History

· 150+ NWO Globalist Quotes


· Political Commentary

· Positive Resources

· Resistance, Resources & Links

· Contact

Newsletter archive - click here

Site Search:

Wake Up Kiwi
Wake Up Kiwi  

Current Events And Breaking News

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Nikola Tesla's Technology Has Been Revived
January 28 2020 | From: ForbiddenKnowledgeTV / Various

Aaron and Melissa Dykes of TruthstreamMedia were driving outside of Dallas near the small farming town of Milford, Texas, when a strange tower in the middle of a field caught their eye.

It almost seemed like a joke because the shape was unmistakable.

Related: Nikola Tesla: Animated Book Summary

It looked just like Nikola Tesla’s Wardenclyffe Tower, the legendary experimental wireless transmission station he built in 1901 in Shoreham, New York to transmit phone calls, fax images and electrical power but which was demolished 16 years later due to bankruptcy.

Related: Five Thousand Inventions In Limbo And Under “Secrecy Orders” At The US Patent Office

A little bit of research revealed that the tower’s owners are Viziv Technologies and that the structure is, in fact a Tesla wireless transmission tower! Viziv is currently reviving the technologies of Nikola Tesla, having;

“Developed a system of patent-pending processes and equipment to efficiently launch the Zenneck surface wave…[which is ] an electromagnetic wave that uses the surface of the earth as a waveguide enabling it to carry communications signals or electrical power efficiently over long distances…”

Related: Tesla’s Anti-Gravity Research In Use In Dozens Of Secretive Military Projects

This discovery leads the Dykes on an investigative journey through FOIA documents into the story of Nikola Tesla, Wardenclyffe Tower, the Philadelphia Experiment and the Montauk Project – and to the military and Big Oil people (and their lawyers) behind Viziv Technologies.

Viziv’s website acknowledges that their technology “has the potential to impact numerous sectors of the economy.”

Indeed, the current planetary financial and energy infrastructure and its millions of jobs and the petrodollar is what has kept the dinosaur fossil fuel model in place for the better part of a century – and all of the horrible things associated with it, from petrochemical toxins in the environment to the psychopathic wars in the Middle East.

Nikola Tesla’s Lost Nikola Tesla Anti Gravity Technology Papers and The Ether

As explained by Tesla himself, the Earth is “…like a charged metal ball moving through space”, which creates the enormous, rapidly varying electrostatic forces which diminish in intensity with the square of the distance from Earth, just like gravity. Since the direction of propagation radiates from the earth, the so-called force of gravity is toward earth.

We all know that Nikola Tesla was a man far ahead of his time. Tesla envisioned a future on planet Earth where free energy was available for everyone, but his ideas and inventions went far beyond electricity, and energy.

If it wasn’t for Tesla, we’d probably still have no idea about Radio, Television, AC electricity, Tesla coil, Fluorescent lighting, Neon lighting, Radio control devices, Robotics, X-rays, Radar, Microwaves and dozens of other amazing inventions.

William R. Lyne, a Tesla ‘scholar’ and author of the book “Occult Ether Physics”, states that among the manuscripts found in the scientist’s house were numerous notes on antigravity. In his book, Lyne says that Tesla spent the last years of his life collecting information on a revolutionary propulsion system that would use the ether’s force to mobilize objects.

Related: Unraveling Nikola Tesla’s Greatest Secret: Radiant Energy

The writer based his theory on the last lectures given by Tesla, in which he spoke of his latest discoveries, capable of changing all the conceptions related to physics known by man.

Curiously, Tesla’s latest patent, filed in 1928, (#6,555,114) was that for a flying machine that resembled both a helicopter and an airplane.

This vehicle used a revolutionary propulsion system that would have changed everything we knew about flight. Lyne details in his book that during a lecture for the Institute of Immigrant Welfare, Tesla mentioned his Dynamic Theory of Gravity, and that this was: “One of two far-reaching discoveries, which I worked out in all details in the years 1893 and 1894.”

The Dynamic Theory of Gravity - assumed a field of force which accounts for the motions of bodies in space; assumption of this field of force dispenses with the concept of space curvature (ala Einstein); the ether has an indispensable function in the phenomena (of universal gravity, inertia, momentum, and movement of heavenly bodies, as well as all atomic and molecular matter).

Nikola Tesla & Spacecraft Anti Gravity

A high-level investor friend tells me of rumors that Elon Musk’s Tesla also has its hands on similar technology, which they’re getting ready to release

Is a new technological era is about to explode publicly?

Are we looking at some good investments that might give us a comfortable retirement?

This technology also looks like how the Internet of Things may eventually be transmitted and Aaron raises the appropriate concerns about the psychoactive, brainwave entrainment and mind control dimensions of this technology, as part of how it can be weaponized.

Related: Elon Musk Just Exposed The Oil Oligarchy’s Control Over Mainstream Media In Epic Rant

Aaron says, “In the next 10 or 20 years, it may change the way that we live. What do you think about that?”

The details in this video are better than this write-up! Aaron and Melissa do such consistently vital and compelling work and this piece is a great example.

Related Articles:

Inventor Of ‘Free Energy’ Electrical Generator: “I’ve Been Poisoned Several Times”

Free Energy Breakthrough In Russia + South Korea On The Verge Of Unlimited Energy Breakthrough

13-Year-Old Invents Tesla Inspired Free Energy Device For Under $15

Russian Scientists Revive Nikola Tesla's Designs With Help From Crowdfunding

Russian Physicists Launch Campaign To Rebuild Tesla's Wardenclyffe Tower And Power The World

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

George Soros In Davos: 2020 Election Will Determine 'Fate Of The World'
+ Trump At Davos: “The Great American Comeback”
January 27 2020 | From: Breitbart / OneWorld / Various

Left-wing billionaire George Soros on Thursday reportedly warned that the 2020 election will determine the “fate of the world” and lashed out at President Donald Trump during a private dinner event at the World Economic Forum in Davos, Switzerland.

Soros, the 89-year-old founder of the progressive advocacy organization Open Society Foundations, accused the president of being a “con man” and a “narcissist” who wants the world to “revolve around him,” according to CNBC.

The Davos World Economic Forum (WEF) Is at It Again – Celebrating 50th Anniversary

“When his fantasy of becoming president became a reality,” his ego swelled, Soros said, adding: “This has turned his narcissism into a malignant disease.”

Soros, who has yet to endorse a 2020 Democrat candidate, then said that this year’s election will decide the “fate of the world,” CNBC reports. In October, the billionaire argued White House contender Sen. Elizabeth Warren (D-MA) is the “most qualified to be president,” but stopped short of formally throwing his support behind her.

This, of course, is not the first time the hedge fund manager has taken aim at President Trump at the World Economic Forum.

Last year, Soros criticized the president’s negotiating style against China, which culminated in the signing of a phase one trade agreement last Wednesday.

Related: The Diabolical World Of George Soros: “I Cannot And Do Not Look At The Social Consequences Of What I Do”

“Regrettably, President Trump seems to be following a different course: Make concessions to China and declare victory while renewing his attacks on U.S. allies,” Soros said at the time. “This is liable to undermine the U.S. policy objective of curbing China’s abuses and excesses.”

At this year’s event, Soros also lambasted Chinese Communist Party leader Xi Jinping for his government’s use of a totalitarian social credit scoring system on Chinese citizens. Xi is using “artificial intelligence to have total control of his people,” Soros warned. He also mused that China’s president is “trying to exploit” President Trump on trade.

These remarks follow President Trump’s speech before the World Economic Forum, in which he touted his America First economic policies as a model for global prosperity.

“A nation’s highest duty is to its own citizens,” the president told attendees.

“Honoring this truth is the only way to build faith and confidence in the market system. Only when governments put their own people first will people be fully invested in their national futures.”

“A pro-worker, pro-citizen, pro-family agenda demonstrates how a nation can thrive when its communities, its companies, its government work together for the good of the whole nation,” he added.

President Trump also used the speech to reject climate alarmism, which loomed large over this year’s event, partly due to teen climate activist Greta Thunberg’s attendance.

“These alarmists always demand the same thing – absolute power to dominate, transform, and control every aspect of our lives,” the president stated

“We’re committed to conserving the majesty of God’s creation and the natural beauty of our world.”

Related Articles:

Trump On Establishment Media: “Truth Doesn’t Matter To Them” & Leaked 49-Page Memo Documents How George Soros Is Behind Social Media Censorship

Globalists Unite: Elites Target Trump, Nationalism At Davos

The World Economic Forum Talks About “Mind Control Using Sound Waves” & Total Individual Control Technology – Insider Exposes How You And Your DNA Are Being Targeted

Former Secret Service Agent Files RICO Lawsuit Against Clintons, Podesta And Soros

George Soros Could Not Subvert Europe Without Washington’s Approval & Rothschild – Soros – McCain
Connection To The Real #Russiagate Scandal

Google And Soros-Backed ‘Fact-Checkers’ Join Forces To Control News Search Results & USG Conspiracy To
Censor Alternative Views As Fake

Soros Transfers $18 Billion To His Open Society Foundations

Hungarian PM: ‘Christian Duty’ To Fight ‘Satan’s Soros Plan To Bring Migrants Into Europe’ + Sharia Law is
NOT Islamic Law

Hungary PM Orban Explodes On ‘Mafia Boss’ George Soros For Plotting To ‘Muslimize Europe’

How George Soros Singlehandedly Created The European Refugee Crisis - And Why

Trump At Davos: “The Great American Comeback”

The theme of Trump's second Davos speech during his presidency was what he described at the beginning of his talk as "The Great American Comeback", a point that he returned to time and again to emphasize the fact that he fulfilled his promise to "Make America Great Again".

The American President rattled off a dizzying array of statistics for the majority of his speech to hammer home the point that the US economy has never been better.

Related: Trump Davos speech: 'This is not a time for pessimism'

Whether it's the record-high stock market or record-low minority unemployment, the end effect is what he proudly trumpeted as a "blue-collar boom" that he insists has been nothing but beneficial for his people.

The reader can skim through his speech for additional details such as the fact that 25% of all foreign direct investment in the first half of last year went to the US if they're interested in learning about all of his accomplishments thus far, but the point of this article is to analyze the larger theme of his speech so the author doesn't believe that there's any reason to needlessly take up space by republishing each and every statistic when they're easily accessible in the previous hyperlink.

The essence of "The Great American Comeback" is embodied in the parts of the speech where Trump implicitly touches on his ideology.

The key components thereof are his belief that "a nation's highest duty is to its citizens", ergo why he's focused on pursuing what he described as a "pro-worker, pro-citizen, pro-family agenda (which) demonstrates how a nation can thrive when its communities, its companies, its government, and its people work together for the good of the whole nation."

Related: A List of Accomplishments by President Donald Trump

He's advanced his vision through several key policies. In his own words, "I knew that if we unleashed the potential of our people, if we cut taxes, slashed regulations - and we did that at a level that’s never been done before in the history of our country, in a short period of time - fixed broken trade deals and fully tapped American energy, that prosperity would come thundering back at a record speed."

This contrasts with his fear of "radical socialists" [Cabal] who he says are plotting to "destroy our economy, wreck our country, or eradicate our liberty", especially under the cover of the climate issue which he regards as a scam for seizing "absolute power to dominate, transform, and control every aspect of our lives."

Elaborating on his four main policy pillars, he told the audience how he "passed the largest package of tax cuts and reforms in American history."

As for slashing regulations, he bragged that "for every new regulation adopted, we are removing eight old regulations".

His global trade negotiations are well known, but Trump reminded everyone about his achievements with China, the USMCA that was formerly known as NAFTA, Japan, and South Korea, as well as his plans to reach a similar deal with the post-Brexit UK.

On the topic of fully tapping American energy, Trump told the world that his country "is now, by far, the number-one producer of oil and natural gas anywhere in the world", which has correspondingly freed up its foreign policy from its former dependence on the Mideast and hence why he encouraged the Europeans to follow suit by purchasing American resources in order to do the same vis-a-vis that region as well as Russia by innuendo.

Related: Inspector General’s FISA Report Released - Finds FBI Misled Secret Court To Spy On Trump

Altogether, these four interconnected policies are most responsible for "The Great American Comeback".

In terms of the bigger picture, it can be said that the US' domestic and foreign policy gains have been greatly advanced through the economic means that were described.

Even if one disagrees with them for reasons of ideology, there's no denying that they've been extremely effective in promoting America's interests.

In fact, it can even be said that Trump himself doesn't even regard any of this through an ideological prism except for example his opposition to socialism since this billionaire businessmen understands it all as simply being the most pragmatic policies to implement.

Additional: Read about the Alliance that has been working behind the scenes for decades to take down the 'Cabal' within the work of David Wilcock.

Some of those reading this may be confused because the cabal-controlled mainstream media is doing everything within it's power to denigrate
Trump - as he is part of the effort to take the Illuminati down once and for all.

And the Alliance effort operates beyond the bounds of countries - out of neccessity; as that is how the Luciferian Cabal does.

Do you think you can trust the mainstream media? Look at whom they target. One must wonder why 'they' also do not like

Related Articles:

Who Is QAnon? An Introduction To The QAnon Phenomenon #QAnon #GreatAwakening

Global Alliance Moving For A Checkmate Versus The Deep State

Battle for Disclosure: The Ultimate QAnon Brief

DECLAS: Section Five: The Forbidden Story

Of course, the argument can be made that he's such a "capitalist ideologue" that he takes his ideology for granted and doesn't even recognize that he has one, but in any case, it's the ultimate outcome more so than the intent that counts.

The US is truly experiencing "The Great American Comeback" even if everything obviously isn't perfect nor likely ever will be by virtue of the system in which it's operating, but the country's recent gains in aggregate are comparatively better than anyone else's.

After all, the American marketplace is so important for the rest of the global economy that Trump has been able to easily leverage access to it through primary and secondary sanctions/tariffs in order to achieve serious foreign policy objectives vis-a-vis his rivals.

Related: It's Clear Even From The Other Side Of The World: Entire Impeachment Debacle Is Nothing But A 'Power Grab' + About Trump

None of those states on the receiving end of this strategy have been able to successfully replicate it against others of a similar size, except perhaps China to an extent through its reciprocal tariffs that eventually resulted in restarting the "trade war" negotiations that have thus far led to "phase one" of a more comprehensive trade deal between the two.

Even so, China hasn't weaponized its economy against others without provocation because of the fear that this would reduce confidence in its Belt & Road Initiative (BRI) which aims to establish a Community of Common Destiny with time.

The US, meanwhile, only aims to retain its hegemonic role in the global system as opposed to completely revolutionizing its structural foundations like the rising underdog of China aspires to do, which therefore enables it to be much more "flexible" with is strategies since it doesn't depend on soft power anywhere near as much as its rival.

All told, "The Great American Comeback" has both domestic and international implications, each of which are connected to this game-changing development that's entirely attributable to Trump's economic policy ("ideology").

By unleashing the full power of the American economy through tax cuts, deregulations, renegotiated trade deals, and energy independence, the President has successfully fulfilled his promise to "Make America Great Again" even if the outcome obviously isn't perfect nor ever will be.

Related: Understanding Trump’s United Nations Appearance – He Was Speaking To America, Scorning The Cabal Servants In The Room

The point in emphasizing all of this is simply to draw attention to the fact that he's been extremely effective in implementing his agenda regardless of whether one supports it or not for whatever their reasons may be.

Refusing to recognize this reality, as is regrettably the norm in the Alt-Media Community, is the definition of "Trump Derangement Syndrome".

While his supporters only have to pat themselves on the back, his detractors need to have an objective understanding of what he's accomplished if they seriously attain to challenge it one way or another be it on the domestic and/or foreign policy fronts, yet few have reached that point of political maturity.

Related Articles:

Davos – A Family Reunion of People Who Broke the World

Trump Foiled Soros’ Master Plan To Impose New World Order + Theresa May: Brexit Britain And Donald Trump Can
Lead The World Together

Ex-CIA Agent: H.R. McMaster Authorized NSA To Spy On Donald Trump Jr. - Sent Intel To Facility Owned By
George Soros + Laura Ingraham Reminds America Why Obama Was Worst President In US History

Trump Outmanoeuvers Soros With Early FEC Form 2 Filing & Democrats Organizing Criminal Coup Against Trump

Soros Alliance Of Tech Giants Join PornHub To Create “Day Of Action” Protest & “Aren’t You Embarrassed?”:
Conway Takes On CNN’s Fake News In Marathon Interview

Soros Expands Efforts To Keep “Net Neutrality” Censorship

Prime Minister Of Hungary: George Soros “Has Ruined” Millions Of Lives & George Soros Battles $10B Lawsuit,
Familiar Charges Of Wielding Political Influence

Soros Insider: Banks Ending Cash To Establish World Government & The Real John McCain: “33 POWs Faced
Execution For Treason After Vietnam Until Nixon Pardoned All POWs.” McCain Was #1 On The List + Biden Family Drama Has Everything: Sex, Hookers, Debt, Cocaine And A Son Sleeping With His Dead Brothers Wife

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi
ClimateChangeGate: The Hidden Agenda Behind The Huge Hoax And Global Criminal Conspiracy & Climate Change Hoax Collapses As New Science Finds Human Activity Has Virtually Zero Impact On Global Temperatures
January 26 2020 | From: StateOfTheNation / ClimateScienceNews / Various

Climate Change Hoax Exposed as Massive Money-Making Scam and Global Control Scheme.

The whole world has been suffering tremendously from a highly premeditated and complex hoax initially known as Global Warming.

Related: Over 30,000 scientists say 'Catastrophic Man-Made Global Warming' is a complete hoax and science lie

When this carefully packaged fraud did not pan out, the New World Order globalist cabal repackaged the unparalleled scam as Climate Change.

What is critical to understand is that the globalist perps have been stealthily geoegineering climate change for decades so that it will appear to be taking place in a much worse way

Clearly, there is unprecedented atmospheric flux occurring planet-wide, but the geoengineers are manufacturing it on a regular basis.

A daily look at the sky presents the most obvious evidence as to how they are conducting solar radiation management and water vapor production (H2O is the most abundant greenhouse gas) via chemical engineering techniques. 

These ongoing chemtrail operations have been proven with various video and photo-documentaries such as this overwhelming presentation: Chemtrails: A Planetary Catastrophe Created by Geoengineering.

Related: Climate Scientist Caught Lying To Australian Public

The planet has been experiencing wild and wacky weather for decades now; however, it’s the geoengineers who are primarily responsible for the unprecedented meteorological chaos. And then, there are solar infulences.

There are other valid reasons for both the unpredictable weather and climate chaos tormenting planet Earth. Most of these scientifically proven factors are well explained in the following extended essay.

Global Warming

The Global Warming narrative actually began quite naturally, but was then quite purposefully hijacked and manipulated by malevolent forces determined to dominate the entire planetary civilization.  As follows:

The Back Story:

This is what TPTB did. They saw that the planet had entered a period of natural and very gradual global warming.  

This occurred during World War II when they had to track the weather very closely for wartime purposes.  

The steady warming of the planet paralleled the same period when the Oil & Gas Industry really began to take off and the global population explosion first began.  

At the time when the data really started to pour in, the warming was just a “small campfire” … this was early on, right after World War II.  Soon after they first made those observations about the slow warming of the planet, the decision was made to turn the little campfire into a raging wildfire.  

They experimented with HAARP and used chemtrails and other advanced geoengineering technologies to ramp up the heat worldwide.  

Eventually the wildfire of global warming was stoked sufficiently so that full-blown forest fires, brush fires and grass fires were jumping off anywhere and everywhere.

In this way, the synthetic component of Global Warming was fabricated on top of a very real phase of planetary heating.

 The next part of their plan was to fabricate the patently false narrative known as the human activity CO2-driven climate change scam.

- Source: New World Order: Where Geoengineering Via HAARP and Chemtrails Meets The Global Carbon Control Matrix

Only with this correct understanding can the true depth and breadth of the furtive NWO plot to take over the world be properly comprehended and responded to.

But, first, it’s important to be aware of the financial and economic, fiscal and commercial drivers of this massive out-of-control Climate Change juggernaut rolling across the 7 continents. 

For it is the secret society of banksters known as the International Banking Cartel and their “Global Money-Making Scam”, that is continuously co-opting Fortune 1000 corporations and national governments, which is at the heart of this “Huge Hoax”.

Solar Variability and Climate: Professor Joanna D. Haigh

Joanna D. Haigh on the ‘little ice age’, solar radiation, and global warming.

Related: Global Warming: Fact or Fiction? Featuring Physicists Willie Soon and Elliott Bloom

Weather Warfare

There is another major component to this geoengineered Climate Change fraud.

Extreme weather events are now routinely geoengineered and weaponized into what are essentially false flag weather attacks. This highly destructive and deadly type of weather warfare is being used for several reasons.

First and foremost among them is the NWO manufactured need to advertise Climate Change as a real threat to humanity. 

What better way to do this than to let loose a plague of violent superstorms, debilitating drought and deluges, as well as other devastating weather events around the globe.

This is how Mother Earth is being blamed for the “meteorological mayhem via false flags” that are really manufactured by the globalist-directed geoengineers. 

In this way, nations everywhere are being misled in the camp of Climate Change whose fanatics are desperate to stop weather flux, some of which are totally natural, but most of which are manmade.

The following irrefutable and highly perceptive statement was made by Catholic nun and PhD scientist Rosalie Bertell in her ground-breaking book titled “Planet Earth, the Latest Weapon of War”.

Related: Geo-Engineering & The Real Weapons Of Mass Destruction

It should also be noted that much of the weather warfare is being aimed at locations that have been targeted by the NWO cabal for specific reasons - political and governmental, economic and financial.

For example, two of the most destructive superstorms on to hit North America on record have occurred within the past couple of years.  Behind each of these calamitous weather attacks were hidden agendas that are explained in detail in the exposés posted below (See Related Articles section.)

In point of fact, the geoengineers are now systematically taking control of natural storms, or fabricating them from scratch and amping them up into megastorms, just before slamming them into a targeted city, state or region of a country.

In this manner, nations are either compelled to stay on the NWO reservation, or coerced to comply with a cabal dictate that significantly advances their NWO agenda.

Related: Head Of World Meteorological Organization Slams Climate Extremists, In Unprecedented Move &
NASA Admits That Climate Change Occurs Because Of Changes In Earth’s Solar Orbit, And Not Because Of SUVs And Fossil Fuels

1960 C.I.A. Memorandum

There is perhaps nothing more damning in the official record that proves the existence of this immense conspiracy to defraud humanity than the CIA’s memo titled “The Need For A Climate Control Study Program”.

This “sanitized version” of an official memorandum published by the C.I.A. clearly establishes the intent, strategy and tactics of their illicit scheme: 1960 Memorandum for Climate Control by CIA Proves Global Warming Hoax

The preceding CIA document from 1960 outlines the plan and ‘need’ for large-scale climate control initiatives with both civil and military applications.

Knowing that weather changes in the last few decades have been planned and then actualized confirms that CO2 itself is not to blame for the now pervasive weather upheavals.

In their own words, we now know that the profound weather disorder was effectuated according to a master plan. 

The key element of that NWO conspiracy was to create a new global bogeyman - Climate Change - that would sufficiently unite the world community of nations so that every country would eventually demand a One World Government.

Related: Unstoppable Solar Cycles

Report from Iron Mountain

There is also the Report from Iron Mountain that clearly spells out How War Will Be Replaced By Environmental Destruction To Traumatize Humanity.

It is surely no coincidence that this top-secret and highly consequential government report first began to take shape in 1963, not long as the aforementioned CIA document was produced.

Clearly, this exceedingly elaborate and far-reaching conspiracy to deceive the Western people was designed by the World Shadow Government as a means of coming out of their closet. 

For their ultimate goal is to rule the world via a totalitarian and tyrannical government not too unlike the European Union, where citizens still think they have a voice but in reality they do not.

Toward that end, the primary purpose of a One World Government would be to act as the enforcement arm of the International Banking Cartel that greedily covets all of the natural resources on the planet.

See: NWO Cabal Pursues Total Dominion Over The Earth’s Weather And Natural Resources

My Gift To Climate Alarmists (Climate Alarmists Debunked)

This is my most concise expose of climate fraud. Please pass it around to everyone you know and your elected officials. The video is short, but cuts right to the heart of the matter.

Related: "I don't want to die!" Climate Exploitation of Children

The NWO globalists know that they must also completely control the weather worldwide because of its enormous impacts on the land, sea and air. 

Hence, numerous geoengineering experiments are now being covertly conducted on the land masses, in the oceans and throughout the atmosphere as a prelude to their future world domination.

The Carbon Control Matrix, which was fastidiously developed as a reaction to the fake Global Warming narrative, is just one glaring example of how the One World Government will react to these contrived crises. 

The clandestine standing armies now supported by the U.N. will be used to police the panoply of new laws and statutes, rules and regulations, taxes and surcharges that are coming down the pike.

This is also why the various “agendas” were deceptively inaugurated by the United Nations. 

For instance, Agenda 21, the 2030 Agenda for Sustainable Development and Vision 2050 were each implemented as a means to prepare (and especially program) governments and citizenries alike for this rapidly unfolding NWO paradigm.

Related: Six Issues That Are Agenda 21 & Myth Busters: Introducing Agenda 2030


The current trend of Climate Change hysteria will only get worse. The globalists have never been so desperate to foist their warped vision on all of humankind.

2019 saw an extraordinary uptick in meticulously staged events, each designed to over-dramatize the utterly bogus yet thoroughly captivating Global Warming fiction.

Here’s just one example of how far the globalists will go to pull of this Con of the Millennium.

What the patriots can do in order to thwart this juvenile attempt to corral every inhabitant of the planet into the Climate Change pen of compliance is to disseminate information like this. 

The more aware folks are everywhere of this demonic connivance, the more difficult for the perps at the top of the food chain to succeed.

Related: "The UN's 'Woke' Climate Change Propaganda Is An Insult To Science" + “What They Haven’t Told You About Climate Change.” – According To The Co-Founder of Greenpeace

In other words, shining the light of awareness on their exceedingly misguided project is the best way to terminate it

The Truth Movement ought to come together in such numbers so that the raw people power poses a massive and monolithic countervailing force to their unending insanity.

We can all start by disseminating peer-reviewed scientific research papers such this one that provide hard evidence of the imminent dangers associated with weather modification and climate engineering technologies: Global Chemical Geoengineering Operations Now Pose the Very Real Prospect of an Extinction Level Event.

“The climate change hoax is the most complex and convoluted criminal conspiracy in world history. The global warming scam is - BY FAR - the biggest boondoggle ever. 

There’s not even a close second. What the globalists did, early on, was to entice everyone into some aspect of this fraudulent business venture. 

The International Banking Crime Syndicate made sure everyone thought they could get a piece of the action. 

Once they did, and it’s still going on, it was just a matter of executing the climate ruse. Then, anyone without a conscience eagerly joined the climate change club."
  -  Intelligence Analyst & Former U.S Military Officer

Related Articles:

The Ultimate Scam: How Al Gore Became The World’s First Carbon Billionaire” By Profiting Off Irrational
Climate Fears

Delingpole: Environmentalists Made Australia’s Bush Fires Worse

California & Australian Wildfires Exposed As "Controlled Burns" For Future High Speed Rail

Are Australia Bushfires Worsening from Human-Caused Climate Change?

 'Climate Change Doesn't Cause Fires'

Independent Researcher Ronan Connolly (ice trends in arctic)

While this exploited child distracts the world, 5G is being quietly implemented

Global Climate Change: A Definitive Essay On The Primary Causes Of Global Warming soon to shift to Global Cooling

ClimateChangeGate: The Global Criminal Conspiracy Hatched by the International Banking Cartel to Rule the World

A Geoengineered Superstorm Targeting Tallahassee and Florida Panhandle - Why! A Geoengineered Hurricane Weaponized and Targeting Florida - Why?

Climate Change Hoax Collapses As New Science Finds Human Activity Has Virtually Zero Impact On Global Temperatures

The climate change hoax has collapsed. A devastating series of research papers has just been published, revealing that human activity can account for no more than a .01°C rise in global temperatures, meaning that all the human activity targeted by radical climate change alarmists - combustion engines, airplane flights, diesel tractors - has virtually no measurable impact on the temperature of the planet.

Finnish scientists spearheaded the research, releasing a paper entitled, “No Experimental Evidence for the Significant Anthropogenic Climate Change.”

Related: New evidence emerges to show that climate change is a criminal science fraud ring run by corrupt pseudoscience puppets

The paper explains that IPCC analysis of global temperatures suffers from a glaring error - namely, failure to account for “influences of low cloud cover” and how it impacts global temperatures.

Natural variations in low cloud cover, which are strongly influenced by cosmic radiation’s ability to penetrate Earth’s atmosphere due to variations in the strength of our planet’s magnetosphere, account for nearly all changes in global temperature, the researchers explain.

As this chart reveals, more cloud cover is inversely related to temperature. In other words, clouds shield the surface of the Earth from the sun, providing shade cover cooling, while a lack of clouds results in more warming:

Related: Climate's Fatal Flaw : ‘Greenhouse Gases Simply Do Not Absorb Enough Heat To Cause Global Warming

Cloud Cover Accounts for the Real Changes in Global Temperatures

This is further supported by researchers at Kobe University in Japan who published a nearly simultaneous paper that reveals how changes in our planet’s magnetic field govern the intensity of solar radiation that reaches the lower atmosphere, causing cloud formation that alters global temperatures.

That study, published in Nature, is called, “Intensified East Asian winter monsoon during the last geomagnetic reversal transition.” It states:

"Records of suborbital-scale climate variation during the last glacial and Holocene periods can be used to elucidate the mechanisms of rapid climate changes…

At least one event was associated with a decrease in the strength of the Earth’s magnetic field.

Thus, climate records from the MIS 19 interglacial can be used to elucidate the mechanisms of a variety of climate changes, including testing the effect of changes in geomagnetic dipole field strength on climate through galactic cosmic ray (GCR)-induced cloud formation…"

In effect, cosmic rays which are normally deflected via the magnetosphere are, in times of weak or changing magnetic fields emanating from Earth itself, able to penetrate further into Earth’s atmosphere, causing the formation of low-level clouds which cover the land in a kind of “umbrella effect” that shades the land from the sun, allowing cooling to take place.

But a lack of clouds makes the surface hotter, as would be expected. This natural phenomenon is now documented to be the primary driver of global temperatures and climate, not human activity.

A New Climate Religion for Idiots

There is no evidence that CO2 drives climate change, never mind human-generated CO2 which is 3% - 5% of total CO2. The ice-core data that exists demonstrates the opposite; that temperature change drives changes in CO2 levels.

The Climate Crisis is about controlling us not controlling CO2.

Related Videos:

The Sun | Plasma Climate Forcing

Plasma Climate Forcing | Path to the Atmosphere

Plasma Climate Forcing | Vortex and Jet Streams

Burn all the oil you want, in other words, and it’s still just a drop in the bucket compared to the power of the sun and other cosmic influences. All the fossil fuel consumption in the world barely contributes anything to actual global temperatures, the researchers confirmed.

As they explain, the IPCC’s climate models are wildly overestimating the influence of carbon dioxide on global temperatures:

"…the [IPCC] models fail to derive the influences of low cloud cover fraction on the global temperature.

A too small natural component results in a too large portion for the contribution of the greenhouse gases like carbon dioxide.

That is why J. KAUPPINEN AND P. MALMI IPCC represents the climate sensitivity more than one order of magnitude larger than our sensitivity 0.24°C.

Because the anthropogenic portion in the increased CO2 is less than 10%, we have practically no anthropogenic climate change. The low clouds control mainly the global temperature."

The Entire “Climate Change” Hoax is a Fraud

Carbon dioxide, in other words, isn’t the “pollutant” that climate change alarmists have long claimed it to be.

CO2 won’t destroy the planet and barely has any effect on global temperatures (the IPCC’s estimate of its effect is, according to Finnish researchers, about one order of magnitude too large, or ten times the actual amount).

In fact, NASA was forced to recently admit that carbon dioxide is re-greening the Earth on a massive scale by supporting the growth of rainforests, trees and grasslands. See these maps showing the increase in green plant life, thanks to rising CO2:

Click on the image above to view a largre version in a new window

Related: Exposing The Bogus "97% Consensus" Claim Over Climate Change 'Science' & Top-Level Climate Modeler Spills The Beans On The ‘Nonsense’ Of ‘Global Warming Crisis’

Importantly, reducing our global consumption of fossil fuels will have virtually no impact on global temperatures.

The far bigger governor of climate and temperatures is the strength and configuration of Earth’s magnetosphere, which has always been in flux since the formation of the planet billions of years ago.

The weaker the magnetosphere, the more cosmic rays penetrate the atmosphere, resulting in the generation of clouds, which shield the planet’s surface from the sun.

Thus, a weaker magnetosphere causes global cooling, while a stronger magnetosphere results in global warming, according to this research. This phenomenon is called the “Svensmark Effect.”

As reported by Science Daily:

"This suggests that the increase in cosmic rays was accompanied by an increase in low-cloud cover, the umbrella effect of the clouds cooled the continent, and Siberian high atmospheric pressure became stronger.

Added to other phenomena during the geomagnetic reversal - evidence of an annual average temperature drop of 2-3 degrees Celsius, and an increase in annual temperature ranges from the sediment in Osaka Bay - this new discovery about winter monsoons provides further proof that the climate changes are caused by the cloud umbrella effect."

Related: Same Media That Once Deemed Chemtrails A Conspiracy Theory Now Openly Promotes Chemtrailing The Entire Planet To “End Climate Change” & Global Geoengineering (Chemtrails) Experiment Pushed By Bill Gates Also Funded By Nazi-Linked Alfred P. Sloan Foundation, Linked To Eugenics And Depopulation

The “War on Carbon” is Derived from Sheer Stupidity, Arrogance and Scientific Illiteracy

The extreme alarmism of climate change lunatics - best personified by Alexandria Ocasio-Cortez’ insistence that humanity will be destroyed in 12 years if we don’t stop burning fossil fuels - is all based on nothing but fearmongering media propaganda and faked science. (The IPCC and NOAA both routinely fudge temperature data to try to create a warming “trend” where none exists.)

It’s all a massive, coordinated fraud, and the mainstream media deliberately lies to the public about climate change to push anti - free market schemes that would destroy the U.S. economy while transferring literally trillions of dollars into the pockets of wealthy globalists as part of a “carbon tax” scheme.

Yet carbon isn’t the problem at all. And the “war on carbon” is a stupid, senseless policy created by idiots, given that humans are carbon-based lifeforms, meaning that any “war on carbon” is a war on humanity.

Why Carbon Dioxide is the "Miracle Molecule of Life" for Greening our Planet

Related: Climate Change Hoax Collapses As Michael Mann’s Bogus “Hockey Stick” Graph Defamation Lawsuit Dismissed By The Supreme Court Of British Columbia

See more research papers from Jyrki Kauppinen at this link on Researchgate.net. And stay informed by reading Climate.news.

Related Articles:

David Bellamy The Honest Man Who Told The Truth About The Climate Change Hoax – David Icke

Greta the Teenage Climate Puppet Goes Full Marxist

Greta Thunberg is a Serial Plagiarist or We've Discovered Her Muppet Masters

Australian Police Say Arsonists & Lightning to Blame For Bushfires, Not Climate Change

Facebook Glitch Reveals Greta Thunburg's Father Posting As Teenage Climate Activist

Report Hyped By Climate Alarmists Warned: Millions Dead, Nuclear War, & Sunken Major Cities By 2020

Climate Fraud: UN General Secretary Guterres Tells 3 Lies In Single Sentence! He’s “Saying Exact Opposite Of What’s True”

Who Programmed The Eco-Terrorism Zombie? - Ten Reasons Greta Thunberg Is A Fraud + Dozens Of Failed Climate Predictions Stretch 80 Years Back

Global Warming Is A blatant Lie & This video scientifically proves it

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Why People Get Addicted To Drugs (Or Other Things)
January 25 2020 | From: TheUnboundedSpirit

In most countries around the world, drug addicts are considered to be criminals. As a result, they are usually treated with contempt and, if they're caught using drugs, they're locked behind bars.

The truth, however, is that drug addicts (and addicts in general) are individuals who're suffering from mental illness. Hence, what they need is healing - not punishment.

US Attorney General Finally Admits Weed Isn’t A Gateway Drug - Prescription Pills Are + Study Proves Medical Marijuana Can Replace Dangerous Pharmaceuticals

But why exactly do people get addicted to drugs or other things, such as food, porn, video games and social media?

Globally, tens of millions of people are addicted to drugs. Because of their addiction, many of them lose all that they have: Τheir health, their wealth, their relationships, and often their lives.

Yet nothing can force them out of their addiction. Although they know that drugs are harmful, they still keep on taking them. So, the question is, why do they do that?

Our society considers drug addicts as irresponsible, stupid and immoral. Psychological research, however, shows something very different: Τhat they are deeply hurt individuals who are trying to find relief from their suffering.

They are people who were abused - sexually, physically or emotionally - usually during their very early childhood. They are mostly men and women who were unloved, neglected or abandoned during their formative years.

Related: The Truth About Addiction And Recovery

As a result of their traumatic experiences, drug addicts feel a sense of inner lack - a lack of love, joy, meaning and purpose - and try to fill it through substance abuse.

Whether by drinking alcohol, sniffing cocaine or injecting heroin into their bodies, all they try to achieve is to experience a sense of comfort, a sense of inner peace, a sense of control over their lives.

The problem is, the exhilarating psychological effects of drugs are always short-lived. While they last, it feels incredibly good, but within minutes or at most hours, they start to fade away. And then the pain returns. In fact, it never returns - it was already there, hidden yet present. And it feels unbearable.

When this happens, drug addicts feel drawn to psychotropic substances again.

But no matter how many of them they take, they’re never enough to satisfy their needs. Hence, they inevitably lead to the exact same result. And the cycle of addiction repeats itself one more time.

The reason why drugs don’t work in the long run is because they don’t address the root cause of addiction: the sense of emptiness inside.

Related: Everything We Think We Know About Addiction Is Wrong

On the contrary, they only offer an external substitute of what the addict is really looking for: to feel worthy and complete.

The Buddhists have a mandala called Wheel of Life, which divides human existence into six different realms - each representing our various ways of being.

One of those realms is the Realm of Hungry Ghosts. The inhabitants of that realm are depicted as creatures with long scrawny necks, tiny mouths, skinny limbs and big, bloated, empty bellies.

“This,” addiction expert Gabor Maté says, “is the domain of addiction, where we constantly seek something outside ourselves to curb an insatiable yearning for relief or fulfillment.

The aching emptiness is perpetual because the substances, objects or pursuits we hope will soothe it are not what we really need.

We don’t know what we need, and so long as we stay in the hungry ghost mode, we’ll never know. We haunt our lives without being fully present.”

A monk prays for a hungry ghost. From the Kyoto National Museum

Now, when we think of addiction, most of us tend to think specifically of drug addiction.

But addiction can be to anything: food, money, possessions, porn, video games, social media and so on. And whether we realize it or not, many of us are addicted to at least one of them - some more, others less.

Food can provide us with a fleeting sense of fulfillment. Money can provide us with a fleeting sense of power. Possessions can provide us with a fleeting sense of security. Porn can provide us with a fleeting sense of intimacy.

Video games can provide us with a fleeting sense of adventure. And social media can provide us with a fleeting sense of connection.

But, again, no matter how many of those things we consume or acquire, in the end they always let us down, because they can’t give us what we truly deep down long for.

Related: How Consumerism Is Ruining Our Lives And The World

Often, we try to deal with addiction by fighting against it. We restrict our caloric intake, we renounce money and possessions, we repress our sexual urges, and so on, not realizing that addiction is merely a symptom of an underlying disease, and not the cause of it.

Hence, we can’t get rid of it. On the contrary, we usually find that we crave even more what we deprive ourselves of. In other words, our addiction becomes stronger, not weaker.

When it comes to drug addiction, we collectively try to deal with it by waging war against drugs and their users. How exactly? By legally punishing those we find to possess them, in an effort to control their circulation and consumption.

But we never ask: Why do people get hooked to drugs in the first place?

If we did, we’d see that drug addicts are mentally ill people who need help, not criminals who should be locked in jail.

We’d also find out that our society is structurally breeding mental illness and addiction through systems that lead to oppression and social alienation.

Related: Addiction Is Not Addictive

But those in power don’t want us to know about that, afraid that otherwise we’d kick them out of power, and dismantle the systems that brought them into it.

So they choose to misdirect our attention. By demonizing drugs and drug addicts, they make us forget what truly matters.

It’s no wonder, therefore, that so many people are addicted to drugs, regardless of the harsh drug laws in place in most countries around the world.

To treat drug addiction, or any other form of addiction, we need to stop fighting against it and instead try to understand it.

In addition, we need to stop judging or punishing those who suffer from it, and instead start treating them with respect and compassion.

Then and only then will we be able to figure out where addiction really comes from, as well as το support addicts in their journey to recovery and healing.

Related Articles:

The Spiritual Consequences Of Alcohol Consumption + The Likely Cause Of Addiction Has Been Discovered, And It Is Not What You Think

Why Nutritional Psychiatry Is The Future Of Mental Health Treatment + Depression Is A Symptom Of Nutrient Deficiency; Treating It With Drugs Is Not Only Ineffective But Dangerous

Pharmacist Speaks Out: Get Off Prescription Drugs, Avoid Vaccines

The Cult Of 'Scientism' Explained: How Scientific Claims Behind Cancer, Vaccines, Psychiatric Drugs And GMOs Are Nothing More Than Corporate-Funded Science Fraud

Non-Addictive Natural Pain Killer Kratom Relieves Chronic Pain, Depression - Leave Rx Drugs Behind

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

The Incredible Hidden Life Of Trees
January 24 2020 | From: UpliftConnect

Seven amazing facts you may not know: Trees have captured the human imagination since the beginning of time. Watching their cycles of growth, shedding of leaves, and re-flowering in the spring, people have long perceived trees as powerful symbols of life, death, and renewal.

We look to them for inspiration when we need grounding energy, as their roots descending deep into the Earth remind us of our own connection to and dependence on our planet for stability and life. Trees live for hundreds or even thousands of years, and so we revere them as keepers of past secrets and sentinels of the future.

A Biologist Believes That Trees Speak A Language We Can Learn

Forests cover one-third of the Earth’s landmass. They provide a home to at least 80% of land-based plants, animals, and insects. Trees are one of our main defenses against climate change, as they balance our air by absorbing carbon dioxide from human activities and turning it into oxygen; they also protect watersheds by holding our soil in place.

In honor of the International Day of Forests on March 21, here are seven incredible facts about the hidden life of trees.

Trees have captured the human imagination since the beginning of time.

1. Pando, or the Trembling Giant

Pando is a grove of approximately 47,000 quaking aspen trees in Utah. This remarkable group of trees is considered a single organism, because all the trees share a single root system and each tree is genetically identical. New trees are produced by sprouting from the massive parent root system.

It is estimated that Pando has been alive at least 80,000 years, making it one of the oldest living things on the planet.

Consider that when this tree colony first sprouted from the ground, humans would still not arrive on North America for another 50,000 years. In some parts of the planet, Neanderthal people were still 30,000 years from going extinct.

The 106-acre grove of trees has seen unimaginable changes, living through the ice age and at times being completely burnt down above ground, but surviving and renewing itself below ground.

Pando treesThe stunning pando trees

Related: The Trees Will Teach You Telepathy + Now You Can Hear Chemistry?

2. More than 25% of Western Pharmaceuticals Originate in Rainforest Plants

There are 3,000 plants currently recognized by the U.S. National Cancer Institute as active against cancer cells, and 70% of these come from rainforests. Perhaps this is why the shamans of the Amazon believe that for every human ailment, the rainforest holds a cure.

And yet, only 1% of all rainforest plants have actually been studied (by modern science) for medicinal purposes. Imagine how many valuable healing plants are destroyed or even made extinct as the rainforests are cleared at a rate of 1.5 acres per second. Due to rainforest destruction, the Earth loses approximately 137 species of plants, animals, and insects per day.

3. Not All Rainforests are in Tropical Zones

The Pacific Temperate Rainforest is the largest remaining coastal temperate rainforest on Earth. It is situated along the Pacific Coast and stretches from Northern California up to the Prince William Sound in Alaska.

It is characterized by high amounts of rainfall, more than 10 feet per year in some areas; and in many places the forest grows right up to the shoreline. It includes the Great Bear Rainforest in western Canada, home to the Spirit Bear, a rare subspecies of black bear with a white coat.

A National Geographic article about the Great Bear Rainforest states: “Grizzlies, black bears, wolves, wolverines, humpback whales, and orcas thrive along a coast that has been home to First Nations like the Gitga’at for hundreds of generations.

It’s a spooky, wild, mysterious place: There are wolves here that fish. Deer that swim. Western red cedar trees that have stood a thousand years or more. And a black bear that is white.”

Alt text hereSpirit bear in the Great Bear Rainforest

Carbon Dioxide Revealed As The “Miracle Molecule Of Life” For Re-Greening The Planet & Leonardo DiCaprio’s War On Carbon Is Actually A War Against All Plants, Rainforests And Ecosystems On The Entire Planet

4. In Many Cultures, it is Believed That Hugging a Tree Releases Negative Energy From the Human Body

Many people believe that trees, like humans and all living things, possess an energetic vibration and an aura. Because trees’ vibrations are slower and deeply connected to the Earth through their roots, connecting with trees can help us to feel safe, secure, and stable.

Most would agree that a walk in the forest or even simply gazing at a tree provides a deep feeling of peace and serenity, and can be emotionally and psychologically healing.

5. People in Malaysia Maintain a Very Intimate Relationship With Trees

Among the Sng’oi indigenous people, a person and a tree can belong together, and this relationship is maintained for life. When a person belongs with a tree, they also belong with its offspring: any trees that grow from the seeds of the first tree, no matter how far they become scattered.

Also in Malaysia, trees are planted around houses so closely that the walls of the homes may give way to the growing roots. In the graveyards, the trees are allowed to take root into graves, and it is said that the trees whisper prayers to the creator asking for the forgiveness of sins of those buried in that place.

These practices speak to an ancient knowing that people and trees are intimately interconnected throughout life and forever in history.

Hugging a tree can release negative energy from the bodyHugging a tree can release negative energy from the body

6. Trees are Literally Saving our Lives Every Day

A July 2014 study showed that trees prevent $6.8 billion per year in averted health costs annually, just in the United States. It is estimated that by removing massive amounts of air pollution through their leaves, trees “prevented 850 human deaths and 670,000 cases of acute respiratory symptoms in 2010 alone.”

Studies show that trees in urban areas are removing 4 to 8 times the pollution from the air as their equivalents in rural areas.

This highlights the importance of planting trees everywhere we possibly can, and especially in highly-populated areas where pollution is highest.

Trees are saving our livesTrees are an important part of our lives

Related: The Quantum Theory On Mind-Body Connection + Morphic Resonance: The Science Of Interconnectedness

7. Trees in a Forest Communicate With One Another Through Underground Networks

Trees are connected below the ground by mycorrhizal fungi, which live symbiotically with the roots of the trees. Both the trees and the fungi need each other to survive. But that’s not all. Because the fungi essentially connect the roots of one tree to another, the trees can use the fungi to pass nutrients to one another.

So, for example, in winter when aspens are weaker, nearby conifers were found to pass additional nutrients to the aspens to keep them healthy. Similarly, older, more-established trees pass nutrients through the fungi to young seedlings which need to grow larger toward the sun’s light in order to survive.

The largest, oldest trees in the forest serve as the hub because they possess and produce large amounts of resources, and their massive roots spread out in all directions.

When one tree is attacked by insects, it distributes pheromonal chemicals through the fungi beneath the soil to warn nearby trees of a possible attack so the other trees can prepare by changing the chemical makeup of their leaves. The fungal networks also strengthen the immune systems of the trees.

So not only do different species of trees help each other out in the forest, but fungi and even other types of plants join the underground network and communicate together to support the health of the entire ecosystem.

There is documented proof that when a tree is dying, it releases its resources into the root networks so that its neighbors can benefit from the nourishment that it will no longer need - it is making the ultimate sacrifice.

Trees communicate with each other below the groundTrees communicate with each other below the ground

Related: Research Reveals Plants Can Think, Choose & Remember

Natural, Sacred and Wild

In closing, here is a beautiful poem written by Clare Dakin of TreeSisters, which will help you to deepen your connection with trees and with all of nature:

Let the birds take your clothes
Let the waves undo your holding back
Let the vines unravel your tired mind
And the earth savour your sweat and tears.

Let your stories burn off like rising mist,
As your past and the false floors of curbed self love
Dissolve into butterfly wings and fire flies
As your edges blur and your Planetary Self ignites.

Let the trees bathe your breath
Let the meadows embrace you
Let the mountains and the bees remind you
Let the sky flood in and allow the clouds to guide you.

Let your undoing be as total
As your becoming is beautiful –
And when the living world has climbed inside
Enough for you to feel four legs, scales and wings.

May you finally know yourself alive as all things –
Indivisible and responsible
Reborn into wholeness
Natural, Sacred and Wild

~ Clare Dakin

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi
This 1926 Eugenics Exhibit Sums Up What The Elite Think About You And Your Family
January 23 2020 | From: HumansAreFree / Various

This is an exhibit about Eugenics, dated 1926.

According to eugenics, “some people are born to be a burden on the rest”.

Related: Genetics Are The New Eugenics: How GMO’s Reduce The Human Population & This Major Report On GMO Safety Has Just One Small Problem: Undisclosed Conflicts Of Interest

You see, the eugenics movement - which steadily gained popularity for the first nearly 40 years of the 20th century and is the direct reason for forced sterilization laws implemented across America - sought to “breed out” people the elite that ultimately funded and promoted it (the Carnegie Institute and the Rockefeller Foundation, etc.) determined were genetically defective “riff raff” by way of pseudoscience parading as science.

Click on the image above to view a larger version in a new window

Related: Eugenics And Population Control To Save The Planet, Says Berkeley Professor

Victims of eugenics included minorities, the children of Caucasians who interbred with minorities, poor people, people with physical disabilities or who were considered “feeble-minded,” those who were deemed “delinquent,” and really, the list goes on and on (the slope got more and more slippery over time).

Eugenics only disappeared from public view when the PR disaster of World War II forced it to.

Guess it looked pretty bad after the Nazis began so heavily promoting it.

Related: Eleven Common Symptoms Of The Global Depopulation Slow Kill

Aside from the Eugenics Record Office set up at Cold Spring Harbor on Long Island, the movement would train and send field workers around the country to take family pedigrees and compile data used to argue who had good breeding or not and who deserved the right to reproduce or not.

They set up exhibits at county fairs for “public education” on eugenic matters.

They would even sponsor contests called “Better Baby” and “Fitter Family” at these fairs to judge “human stock” the way other organizations attending county fairs judged other things like prize pigs and heirloom tomatoes.

The poster shown at the start of this article is from one such eugenics educational exhibit. It featured lights that flashed at specific intervals to demonstrate different “facts” about the types of babies being born in the U.S.

Related: Eugenics: Population "Control", New World Order Style

According to this sign, in 1920s America:

Every 15 seconds $100 of your money goes for the care of person with bad heredity such as the insane, feeble-minded, criminals and other defectives.

Every 48 seconds a person is born in the United States who will never grow up mentally beyond that stage of a normal 8 year old boy or girl.

Every 50 seconds a person is committed to jail in the United States. Very few normal persons ever go to jail.

Every 16 seconds a person is born in the United States

And do you see what it says in the box on the far right?

Related: Same Media That Once Deemed Chemtrails A Conspiracy Theory Now Openly Promotes Chemtrailing The Entire Planet To “End Climate Change” & Global Geoengineering (Chemtrails) Experiment Pushed By Bill Gates Also Funded By Nazi-Linked Alfred P. Sloan Foundation, Linked To Eugenics And Depopulation

“This light flashes every 7½ minutes. Every 7½ minutes a high grade person is born in the United States who will have the ability to do creative work and be fit for leadership. About 4% of all Americans come within this class."

Just consider the gall of that statement for a moment.

These eugenicists - the elite of society who funded this movement - only considered “about 4%” of all Americans to be “high grade”.

And truly, those are the people the elite eugenicists wanted to breed more of while using twisted, fake science to justify getting rid of everyone else.

As far as they were concerned, everyone else not in that 4% should either be sterilized or, at the very least, laws should be passed where they would be forced to apply to the government for permission first before they would be allowed to procreate.

“About 4%.”

Related: The Globalists Are Openly Admitting To Their Population Control Agenda - And That's A Bad Sign

Again, eugenics didn’t end when it fell out of favor during World War II; it was simply forced to go underground.

It got renamed and buried in what they hope would sound like more benign scientific areas, like genetics, human ecology, and bioethics.

The Rockefeller Foundation and other elite family foundations quietly continued their quest for population control of the general “riff raff” through different means.

Today we still have population control, scaremongering overpopulation myths, and crypto-eugenics.

We still have people like Bill Gates pushing his paralyzing polio vaccines in countries were polio is supposedly eradicated anyway and paralyzing African-only meningitis vaccines, while people like Richard Dawkins go around saying all babies who test positive for potentially having Down’s Syndrome in the womb should be automatically aborted because it would be immoral for their mothers not to do so. (That’s just to name a few).

We’re continually bathed in the idea that we’re expendable. Modern society goes like this: we’re just slightly higher animals than other animals floating around on a rock in a vast, empty nothingness with no higher meaning or purpose to any of it. Oh, and there are too many of us, too.

Pretty soon we’ll all be replaced by robots.

Related: The NWO Depopulation Agenda Is The Only Explanation Why Expensive Mainstream Medicine Is Lethal

The system has us divided and conquered, fighting with each other all the time over one thing or another while the evil eugenicist elites have positioned themselves at the top to continue raping and killing us through various industrial- complexes (military, prison, medical, agricultural, etc.).

Meanwhile, fighting with each other over silly things like manufactured politics or skin color, they have us running for the “cure” which doesn’t cure anything while we overlook the cause.

It’s a rule-by-experts scientific dictatorship in a time when the government and rich psychopaths own, steer, and weaponize all the meaningful science to begin with. “The game is rigged,” as comedian George Carlin would say.

So why do we even keep playing it? It’s their box, their Matrix, not ours.

The reality is we have been dehumanized so much more by now than we were during the days of open eugenics in the first half of the 20th century.

The elite probably don’t even consider 4% of us “high grade” at this point.

“About 4%.” That one exhibit says it all.

Hidden History: The Eugenics Record Office Is for Sale

Related Articles:

The Global Fascist State: Physical Control Of The Global Population Is Impossible

The Awakening to Human Truth – Powerful new video forces Leftists to face the depths of their own anti-human evil

Explaining The Methods (And Insane Reasoning) Behind The Depopulation Agenda

Evidence Mounts That Plague Outbreak In Africa Is An Engineered Depopulation Bioweapon

Eugenics & The Depopulation Agenda

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi
Five Historical Vaccine Scandals Suppressed By The Establishment & FDA Admits Vaccines Contaminated With Serious Viruses Including Cancer + Measles Vaccination Is Not Protecting Against Measles
January 20 2020 | From: GlobalFreedomMovement / PrinicipiaScientific / GisbornedHerald / Various

“89% of doctors rely on drug company salesmen for their information.” - The Australian Doctor 1989.

Contentions around vaccines - and vaccine fraud - are not a recent development....

Related: Interview with a Retired Vaccine Researcher

1. Frauds of the Founding Father – Basic Truths About Jenner

Here’s number 1 of our 5 historical vaccine scandals.

Edward Jenner (1749 – 1823) has been lauded as a medical pioneer and saver of the lives of millions for supposedly developing the earliest crude forms of vaccination, but is he really all that? Was he even an original thinker? See for yourself.

Jenner set up practice as a “surgeon” in Berkeley in the 1700s but he, in fact, did not earn the title of “doctor” at all. Jenner’s history is actually quite amusing. Dr Walter Hadwen, JP, MD, LRCP, MRCS, LSA., explained during an address in 1896:

“Now this man Jenner had never passed a medical examination in his life. He belonged to the good old times when George III was King - (laughter) - when medical examinations were not compulsory.

Jenner looked upon the whole thing as a superfluity, and he hung up “Surgeon, apothecary,” over his door without any of the qualifications that warranted the assumption.

It was not until twenty years after he was in practice that he thought it advisable to get a few letters after his name. Consequently he then communicated with a Scotch University and obtained the degree of Doctor of Medicine for the sum of £15 and nothing more. (Laughter.)

It is true that a little while before, he had obtained a Fellowship of the Royal Society, but his latest biographer and apologist, Dr. Norman Moore, had to confess that it was obtained by little less than a fraud.

It was obtained by writing a most extraordinary paper about a fabulous cuckoo, for the most part composed of arrant absurdities and imaginative freaks such as no ornithologist of the present day would pay the slightest heed to.

A few years after this, rather dissatisfied with the only medical qualification he had obtained, Jenner communicated with the University of Oxford and asked them to grant him their honorary degree of M.D., and after a good many fruitless attempts he got it.

Then he sent to the Royal College of Physicians in London to get their diploma, and even presented his Oxford degree as an argument in his favour.

But they considered he had had quite enough on the cheap already, and told him distinctly that until he passed the usual examinations they were not going to give him any more.

– Dr Walter Hadwen, 1896

So, after about 20 years of practicing his special brand of “medicine,” Jenner the professional bullshit artist thought he might benefit from some extra letters after his name.

Thus it was that in 1790 Jenner simply bought a medical degree from St.Andrews University for £15. Welcome to the man who helped create what is now a multi-billion dollar fascist medical empire (disguised as medical “progress”) - a person who was not only a complete fraud and confidence man, but evidently a pathological liar.

1791: Edward Jenner vaccinates his 18 month old son with swine-pox and eight years later in 1798 with cow-pox. His son will die of TB at the age of 21, and Jenner thereafter chooses not to vaccinate his second son. (Yes, he became a “refuser” of sorts, at least where his own family’s health was concerned!)

Related: One Year Old Dies After Vaccination, Death Ruled Unexplained Due To Natural Causes & Questions To Ask Pro Vaxers

1796: Edward Jenner in Gloucestershire, England, is falsely credited with the concept of vaccination, which he actually appropriated from the dairy maids. Hadwen in his 1896 address:

“He was not, however, the discoverer. The whole thing was a superstition of the Gloucestershire dairymaids years before Jenner was born - (laughter) - and the very experiment, so-called, that he performed had been performed by an old farmer named Benjamin Jesty twenty years previously.”

He added:

“When he first of all heard the story of the cow-pox legend that the dairymaids talked about, that if you only had cow-pox you can’t have small-pox, he began to mention it at the meetings of the Medico-convivial Society, where the old doctors of the day met together to smoke their pipes, drink their glasses of grog, and talk over their cases.

But he no sooner mentioned it than they laughed at it. The cow doctors could have told him of hundreds of cases where small-pox had followed cow-pox, and Jenner found he would have to drop it.”

Yes, vaccination began with an utterly unscientific superstition unbacked by any evidence at all and propagated by the local English dairymaids to one self-confident crank named Edward Jenner, a medical fraud who bought his credentials for fifteen pounds.

The Criminalization Of Science Whistleblowers + The Connection Between Sudden Infant Death, Vaccines And Vitamin C

1801: First widespread experimentation with vaccines reputedly begins. Jenner has successfully self-promoted and marketed his pseudo-medicine in spite of the overwhelming evidence against his foundational premise.

1802: Jenner petitions English parliament (House of Commons) for funding using blatant falsehoods, stating that vaccination can be done with perfect safety (where have we heard that before?).

Government awards Jenner 10,000 pounds (Higgins says 30,000 in his book, perhaps pertaining to Jenner’s 1807 triumphant petition which landed him further funds) for continued “experimentation.”

His arm-to-arm method of vaccination ultimately proves so dangerous that it is abandoned and even prohibited.

His claim of lifelong immunity was quickly exposed to be one of the more brazen pieces of self-promoting mendacity medical “science” has produced.

As vaccinated subjects continued to develop the diseases they were supposedly “immunized” against, this claim was modified to roughly 7 years protection with subsequent re-vaccination deemed “necessary.”

How Vaccines Are Really Made

Genetic sequencing of common vaccine finds entire male human genome from aborted human baby… “a complete individual genome” with abnormal, modified genes… 560 genes linked to cancer

(By 1914 this “immunity” period was shortened yet again to an estimated 6-12 months(!), sharply exposing the lunacy of the vaccine paradigm to anyone paying attention. This is over 200 years ago and nothing much has changed.)

Jenner’s original claims for vaccination were stated in his Petition to Parliament March 17, 1802, asking for a reward for his alleged “discovery” in these words:

“That your petitioner, having discovered [false – he got the idea came from the dairymaids of rural England] that a disease which occasionally exists in a particular form among cattle, known by the name of the cow-pox, admits of being inoculated on the human frame with the most perfect ease and safety [false – it proved time and again to be dangerous and not to prevent smallpox at all], and is attended with the singularly beneficial effect of rendering through life the person so inoculated perfectly secure from the infection of the smallpox [false – he claimed perfect immunity for life based on a mere few years of observation and no evidence at all – people got cowpox AND smallpox!

Three strikes and you’re out, Ed! Charles M. Higgins in his excellent book The Horrors of Vaccination Exposed referred to Jenner’s statement as a “tissue of falsehoods,” and so it was.

That however did not prevent Jenner from collecting the whopping sum of 30,000 pounds from the British government as a reward for his imaginative fabrications. This translates to over 3 million pounds in 1901 money (a century later)!

Related: Facebook Bans All Content On Vaccine Awareness, Including Facts About Vaccine Ingredients, Vaccine Injury And Vaccine Industry Collusion & Mark Zuckerberg Goes All-In With The Deadly Vaccine Industry In Sweeping New Plan To Censor All Posts That Question Big Pharma’s Vaccine Dogma

In the following years, through to the 1900s, many cases of smallpox in those who had received the smallpox vaccine/s continued to be recorded.

In the early 1820s, while the British government was still funding Jenner’s “experiments,” he continued to do his best to hide the evidence showing his vaccines were causing more carnage than immunity.

Pro-vaccinism became largely a face-saving exercise which has only swelled in scale (and funding) ever since.

A study of Edward Jenner is a study in modern medicine’s roots in charlatanry. (Don’t get me started on the Rockefellers.)

Related: One out of every 39 children vaccinated with government-mandated vaccines suffers serious injuries

2. Smallpox Statistics We Were Meant to Forget

Many people are starting to catch on to the dangers inherent in vaccination, but too few realise at present that there is no shortage of instances where far more harm is done than presumed “good.”

We venture right back to the beginning of the 20th century in England and find that there are similar numbers of vaccine - induced deaths to smallpox deaths, except in the case of children under 5 yrs of age, where the vaccine proved much riskier than smallpox itself.

Vaccine Deaths versus Smallpox Deaths – Data from Reports of the Registrar General of England
1906: smallpox (SP) deaths = 21, vaccine deaths = 29
1907: SP deaths = 10, vacc. Deaths = 12
1908: SP deaths = 12, vacc. Deaths = 13
1905-10: SP deaths = 199, vacc. Deaths = 99.
Deaths from SP in children under 5 yrs = 26, vacc. = 98
1911-13: SP deaths = 42, vacc. Deaths = 31.
SP deaths in children under 5 yrs = 8, deaths from vacc. = 30

Related: Scientists Share Facts About Vaccines At World Health Organization Conference For Vaccine Safety

Let’s not forget:

1831: there is a smallpox outbreak wherein 995 vaccinated (yes, vaccinated) people developed the disease in Wurtemberg, Germany.

1831: 2,000 people in Marseilles, France, who have received smallpox vaccination develop smallpox.

1854: England legislates for compulsory vaccination; widely opposed by eminent doctors.

1857-59: Vaccination in England is now enforced by fines, much to the disgust of rational medical men around the country who vigorously oppose it. Thus begins the smallpox epidemic of England that lasts until 1859, killing over 14,000 people.

1854-63: Smallpox has claimed over 33,000 by this point, following compulsory vaccine program.

Caught on Camera: W.H.O Scientists Question Safety Of Vaccines

Shocking footage from inside The W.H.O. Global Vaccine Safety Summit on December 2&3, 2019.

Related: Vaccine bombshell as U.N. health experts admit toxic vaccine ingredients are harming children worldwide – see video, transcript

1863-65: England’s second major epidemic strikes, claiming 20,059 lives.

1870-72: England’s third major epidemic claims 44,840 lives, the worst of the three which occurred following compulsory vaccination.

1907: Compulsory vaccination is repealed as the grotesque failure is too obvious to disguise or “spin” with methods available at the time.

1910 – 1933: in England and Wales combined, only 109 kids under 5 yrs died of smallpox; 270 died from vaccination. It’s estimated there were around 40 million people in the UK in 1910. Improved living conditions had all but wiped smallpox out despite the vaccine-induced epidemics.

Repeat after me: “Safe and effective, safe and effective…”

It is pathetic and ludicrous to say we ever vanquished smallpox with vaccines, when only 10% of the population was ever vaccinated."

- Dr. Glen Dettman A.M.M., BA, PhD., F.A.P.M.

Related: Top Ten Facts About The Vaccine Industry That The Dishonest Media Refuses To Report

3. The City of Leicester: Sanitation Trumps Vaccination

A.k.a. Why Won’t Leicester Go Away?

“One of the medical profession’s greatest boasts is that it eradicated smallpox through the use of the smallpox vaccine. I myself believed this claim for many years.

But it simply isn’t true. One of the worst smallpox epidemics of all time took place in England between 1870 and 1872 – nearly two decades after compulsory vaccination was introduced.

After this evidence that smallpox vaccination didn’t work the people of Leicester in the English midlands refused to have the vaccine any more.

When the next smallpox epidemic struck in the early 1890s the people of Leicester relied upon good sanitation and a system of quarantine.

There was only one death from smallpox in Leicester during that epidemic. In contrast the citizens of other towns (who had been vaccinated) died in vast numbers…

Doctors and drug companies may not like it but the truth is that surveillance, quarantine and better living conditions got rid of smallpox – not the smallpox vaccine.

- Dr. Vernon Coleman, MB

1914: Dr. C. Killick Millard, Medical Officer of Health (Leicester, England) publishes The Vaccination Question and admits that the city of Leicester, with a population of around 300,000 at the time, had for 30 years abandoned infantile vaccination and yet “miraculously” experienced an “enormous decline” in smallpox mortality.

Something is Rotten in the State of Samoa

There's something happening in Samoa that should have every Kiwi's attention. The implications could change New Zealand forever. Are you going to let this happen to you?

Related: Measles Outbreak in Samoa

We should consider his words carefully, because Millard was a man who at the outset was pro-vaccine (by the 1900s the endless repetition of vaccine propaganda and dogma had definitely made an impression upon the collective mind), and yet, his empirical experience with the city of Leicester caused him to change his views:

“The two crucial and outstanding facts which I wish to lay stress upon, are:
  1. The unexpected and remarkable experience of the town of Leicester, which for thirty years has abandoned in­fantile vaccination, yet has shown an enormous decline in smallpox mortality.

  2. The fact that, although infantile vaccination is falling more and more into disuse throughout the whole country, yet smallpox, contrary to all pro-vaccinist expectation and prophecy, continues to decline and has almost disappeared.

…The striking facts that in Leicester, without infantile vaccination, the decline has been greater than in most places, and that throughout the country smallpox has continued to decrease in spite of the falling off in vaccination, should surely be sufficient grounds for legitimate doubt.

…If it can be shown that “sanitation”, thoroughly carried out, is alone sufficient for the effective control of smallpox in this country (as in Leicester), why inflict upon the commu­nity universal vaccination with all its inseparable drawbacks? Moreover, what justification can there be any longer for compulsion?

It cannot be denied that vaccination causes, in the aggregate, very considerable injury to health, most of it only temporary, but some permanent…

We must never forget that vaccination is an evil…
There is not the slightest evidence that vaccination, apart from its [presumed] effect in preventing smallpox, is of the least value or anything but detrimental to the human race…

During the last decade the deaths from vaccinia have several times outnumbered those from smallpox
, whilst if we have regard to the amount of ill health caused by the two diseases (and putting aside for the moment the question of the alleged effect of vaccination in lessening smallpox) it looks as if vaccinia [vaccine-induced disease] were becoming, so far as the community is concerned, the more serious disease of the two.

- Dr. Vernon Coleman, MB

Related: Reasons Why Many People Refuse The Flu Shot

4. Vaccine Campaigns Were Always Known to Cause Outbreaks

In Compulsory Vaccination in England (1884), William Tebb observed: “Vaccination was made compulsory by an Act of Parliament in the year 1853; again in 1867; and still more stringent in 1871.

Since 1853, we have had three epidemics of small-pox, each being more severe than the one preceding.”

One quite well suppressed historical trend regarding vaccines is that serious outbreaks have a habit of occurring in the most heavily vaccinated areas and dodging less vaccinated areas.

Only the most facile logic presupposes that those areas enduring outbreaks must have not followed vaccine procedure correctly, or had the misfortune of “bad batches,” etc., etc.

The logical conclusion to draw from the evidence is that the vaccine campaigns were actually creating epidemics where none were likely to ever occur. Eminent medical men recognised this in the 1800s but did we listen?

Biggest Medical Scandal In History Breaking! UN Comes Clean, Admits Vaccine Death And Damage Coverup

On Dec 2nd and 3rd the UN funded WHO held a Global Vaccine Safety Summit where scientists admitted that vaccines are killing people, adjuvants in the vaccines are part of the problem, they have not conducted adequate safety studies. This is a bombshell report.

Related: How to Stop an Anti-Vaxxer: Training Video

While advocates argue correlation doesn’t equal causation (true enough), no independent investigator is satisfied with ignoring the mountains of evidence indicating causality, and which date back to the very beginnings of vaccination.

Big Pharma prostitutes of course can warn of the post hoc ergo propter hoc fallacy, but some of us extend our efforts end energies beyond mere fancy rhetoric – we also note that the correlation has a bi-directional effect, i.e., disease incidence and mortality regularly increases in the wake of vaccination, and also regularly drops with a corresponding decrease in vaccination rates. It goes both ways. Meaningless coincidence?

Anatomy of 3 epidemics and the smallpox statistics from England for the period 1857-1873, spanning the outbreaks

Related: Texas Republican Says Vaccines Are 'Sorcery,' Claims 'Parental Rights' Are More Important Than Science

Notice the disproportionately high increases in smallpox mortality rates above as compared to population growth. Meanwhile, we remember that Leicester abandoned infantile vaccination and eliminated smallpox simply by thoroughly enhancing sanitation methods.

“It’s the environment, stupid!” Our programmed fear of smallpox, flu, and other “dreaded” diseases is out of all proportion with reality and shows that we have forgotten how potent basic natural and common sense measures can be in staying healthy.

Also worth noting: exposure doesn’t equal illness – the internal terrain must conduce to the development of symptoms.

Below is a graph also from Tebb’s book showing that the mandating of smallpox vaccination did not prevent the mortality rate from more than doubling within thirty years, while the population increased by only about one third.

Related: WikiHow goes insane with vaccine propaganda, teaches children how to “get vaccinated in secret” by scheming against “anti-vaxxer” parents who WikiHow warns might “abuse” their own children

In summarising the origins of vaccine fraud, coverups, and the resultant vaccine religion, Jennifer Craig PhD states:

“The report of Dr. William Farr, (1807 – 1883), Compiler of Statistics of the Registrar General of London and considered to be the first developer of vital statistics, stated:

Smallpox attained its maximum mortality after vaccination was introduced. The mean annual mortality for 10,000 population from 1850 to 1869 was at the rate of 2.04, whereas after compulsory vaccination, in 1871 the death rate was 10.24.

In 1872 the death rate was 8.33 and this after the most laudable efforts to extend vaccination by legislative enactments.”

The compulsory vaccination law was repealed in 1907. By 1919, England and Wales had become one of the least vaccinated countries and had only 28 deaths from smallpox out of a population of 37.8 million people.

According to official figures of the Registrar General of England, 109 children under five years in England and Wales died of smallpox between 1910 and 1933. In that same period 270 died from vaccination.

Between 1934 and 1961 not one smallpox death was recorded but 115 children under five years died from smallpox vaccination

5. Statistical Wizardry: When In Doubt White it Out!

One of the lynch pins of the vaccine machine has always been systematic (and often high-level) deception in order to maintain the illusion of efficacy.

Put bluntly, when things don’t pan out as the vaccinists want, they simply tinker with the data and play semantic games to create figures that seem to support a given vaccine program/goal.

Sometimes, the tactic is more straightforward: gather the data and bin it so it never sees the light of day, as William Thompson has recently elucidated for us regarding the MMR scandal whereby the CDC knew of the MMR-autism link and deliberately buried the evidence (for some 14 years!).

Related: The debate is over: The MMR vaccine can cause Autism, and the CDC is engaged in a criminal conspiracy to cover up this fact

Meanwhile, Dr Andrew Wakefield was defamed, ostracized, chased out of England, and left to pick up the pieces of his life without a shred of evidence supporting the vindictive narrative created against him. However, we’re focusing in on pre-WWII material here for a historical perspective that will be easy to digest.

Maurice Beddow Bayly, member of the Royal College of Surgeons, LRCP, wrote in 1934:

After vaccination was introduced, cases of aseptic meningitis were reported as a separate disease from polio, but such were counted as polio before the vaccine was introduced.

The Ministry of Health admitted that the vaccine status of the individual is a guiding factor in diagnosis…

If a person who is vaccinated contracts the disease, the disease is simply recorded under a different nameThose who contracted polio after the first inoculation were placed on the non-inoculated list

It’s obvious that this practice of screening statistics, apparently in order to suppress facts unfavourable to immunization, invalidates most of the evidence brought forward by the supporters of immunization.

In short, when the numbers don’t support pro-vax dogma, medical authorities simply change them to suit their purposes.

Considering the embarrassingly large sums of money that governments have invested in vaccine campaigns (and the attendant propaganda/psychological warfare), it is somewhat understandable that in their cowardly bureaucratic state of mind, rather than admit to such monstrous mistakes which have generated such incomprehensible human suffering, said bureaucrats and medical stooges simply try to hide the evidence and save face.

(There is of course the malignant influence of Big Pharma and its greed lurking in the background too, along with the publicly known depopulation program.)

We will elaborate on this statistical fraud theme with more recent examples in our follow up.

Related: The Great Big Autism Obfuscation

After Jenner’s death, when vaccinated people continually contracted smallpox, thus repeatedly proving the fraud of the smallpox vaccine, the medical records were to show  they had “pustular eczema” instead.

Instead of admitting the dangerous and ineffectual nature of the earliest vaccines, however, authorities plowed ahead creating more and more vaccines, all on the same superstitious premises that gave birth to the mythology now rammed down our throats.

George Bernard Shaw (1856 – 1950) saw this data-recording fraud firsthand:

During the last considerable epidemic at the turn of the century, I was a member of the Health Committee of London Borrough Council, and I learned how the credit of vaccination is kept up statistically by diagnosing all the revaccinated cases (of smallpox) as pustular eczema, varioloid or what not – except smallpox."

The fact is that the medical authorities have been lying and covering their tracks all along, just as Edward Jenner, the godfather of the vaccine lie, was right from the start.

So vaccines are safe and effective are they? Is that why after Japan started compulsory smallpox vaccination in 1872 smallpox rates increased thereafter?

After twenty years, their records indicated 165,774 cases with 29,979 deaths – ALL of them vaccinated. Meanwhile, in Australia, where there was no such compulsion, there were only three deaths in fifteen years.

Who Needs Antivaxxers? Hear the Truth from IMAC’s Director: Dr Nikki Turners Greatest Quote So Far

Dr Nikki Turner, IMAC Director (New Zealands Immunisation Advisory Council) has just advised the world the flu vaccine WON'T protect you! If your vaccination advisory "experts" are telling you this, then what else do they really want to tell you? It's time you started questioning vaccines.

Related: Vaccines cause brain damage -- United States vs. Zeller

Clearly we are protecting ourselves from these diseases somehow, and it starts with the basics: sanitation, hygiene, and nutrition.

I could go on and on with the stat’s but hopefully you get the idea.

Those of you inclined to object to my “fixation” on smallpox while I lay out some basic historical context for vaccination must wait for the follow up article for a more “inclusive” exposé based on more recent material. If you love vaccines you probably won’t like it. See below for concluding sentiments.

Related: FDA Admits Vaccines Contaminated With Serious Viruses Including Cancer

A Note on Planned Forced Vaccination Tthrough the Biosecurity Act of 2015 (and Equivalent Legislation)

The technocracy thrown up around us and calling itself “civilization” is a dark and brutal beast emanating from the collective unconscious, and unless we collectively awaken and take a stand for truth and the right to self-determination, then this situation will only become more dire (as is planned), particularly with the TTP and its equivalents now brought in, setting the stage for full-blown corporate control of all facets of human life.

With measures such as the Biosecurity Act 2015 (Australia see here), the government will be creating the legal framework to forcibly vaccinate people against their will (including those subjects in the high risk category for severe abreaction) under the pretense of protecting public health.

Consider Dr Hadwen’s 1896 statement (from his aforementioned speech) on the issue of compulsory vaccination:

As a medical man I look upon vaccination as an insult to common sense, as superstitious in its origin, unscientific in theory and practice, and useless and dangerous in its character; whilst as a father and a citizen I view the Compulsory Vaccination Acts as demoralising in their tendencies, degrading in their character, cruel and unjust in their enactments, and an unwarrantable interference with parental responsibility and liberty such as ought not to be tolerated...."

Nearly forty years later, researcher Anne Riley Hale shared this sentiment on the subject of mandatory vaccination:

But to put behind it the full force of the Government – the public funds and the police powers of the State – to enforce these destructive and disease-breeding inoculations upon the unwilling and the defenseless, constitutes a form of tyranny in modern times which shames most of the despotisms of the past."

Fear and ignorance are used daily by the Establishment to scare people so silly that the thought of investigating the evidence for and against vaccination never even occurs to them.

Our collective ignorance is the best weapon the Establishment has to coerce and cajole us into a forced vaccination agenda.

If you want to have some idea of what that will look like if it succeeds, just take a look at America where the vaccine schedule is the most intense on the planet, the infant death rate is absolutely atrocious (far worse than various countries using far less vaccines), and autism is now at 1 in 45 and still rising – just as the vaccine schedule is planned to continue to do so.

Fact or Fiction: Aborted Baby DNA in Vaccines

To end the controversial debate on whether aborted fetal fragments are in our most common vaccines, we asked THE expert. Adult stem cell pioneer, Dr. Theresa Deisher, PhD, breaks down the science and provides the facts on this very controversial topic.

Related: Gone too soon - children killed by vaccines

Thus far, as we have let our egos get in the way of learning the truth, it is the children primarily who have paid, but if the forced vaccine agenda succeeds, we all will.

Knowledge is power, and vaccine slogans are not knowledge. Propaganda is not wisdom. Groupthink is not a sound basis for epistemology.

Truth is not nearly so well funded as cancerous lies, and the peer review system is broken (just ask any of the scientists we have interviewed!). Remember to ask “who benefits?”

We can change this if we want. What are we choosing to create from here? Have we had enough of the vaccine scandals?

Related: Shocking vaccine truth: Hundreds of cancer genes are deliberately engineered into the MMR vaccine to promote cancer for generations to come

Related Articles:

Ebola Was Engineered: US Government And Bill Gates Own The Patents And Related Vaccines

Ebola in DRC: New vaccine to be tested on 500,000 Congolese

50 Year Old Woman Dies Within 48 Hours After Receiving 8 Vaccines

Vaccines an unresolved story in many ways

Vaccine Free

Vaccines -The True Weapons Of Mass Destruction

Vaccines: “preventing every bad thing”

Profile of a CIA-funded vaccine propagandist: Lena Sun at the Washington Post attacks natural health pioneers while pimping deadly vaccines

You will never look at vaccinated children the same! Shedding Viruses

New calls emerge for “anti-vaxxers” to be thrown in re-education camps while their children are kidnapped and their homes seized

Thousands Rally in DC for Vaccine Injury Awareness

Two huge vaccine scandals the press is ignoring

Facebook Reveals Its Own Censorship Tactics To Congressman Posey

Zuckerberg Tells Congress How Facebook Censors Vaccine Safety

Canada Health Minister Accused of Faking Flu Shot While Pushing Vaccines

User Clip: Zuckerberg on Vaccines

Man, Measles, and Make-believe - Andrew Wakefield, MBBS

Highly recommended: This is God father of vaccines under oath- he gives away so much

Court hears claims GSK 'directed and controlled' HSE over swine flu vaccine

Baby Receives 13 Vaccines - Dies in Mothers Arms

Is India actually free of polio?

Vaccines: The Science Isn't Settled, It's Corrupt! Hilary Butler with Vinny Eastwood

YouTube, Google, Facebook and Vimeo are complicit in the massive polio outbreak cover-up: It’s all caused by vaccines

Leaked Pentagon Video Shows Vaccine Designed to ~ Modify Behavior ~

Dr. Brian Hooker In Medford at Southern Oregon Vaccine Education Seminar

Gardasil Vaccine Found To Increase Cervical Cancer Risk By 44.6% In Women Already Exposed To HPV

Highly toxic ingredients are deliberately formulated into mandatory vaccines so that you are forced to submit to being poisoned

Inside the Life of an Anti-Vaxxer

Millions Protest Mandatory Vaccines in Poland

Great interview here from 2 great minds on vaccines (Hilary Butler & Dr. Suzanne Humphries), full of gems re measles, rubella during pregnancy , you don’t need to login to fb to view

Facts About California's Mandatory Vaccine Law

Michelle Malkin rises above them all, demands “freedom to question vaccines,” even in the face of extreme medical tyranny and Big Tech censorship


FDA Admits Vaccines Contaminated With Serious Viruses Including Cancer

The U.S. Food and Drug Administration (FDA) has published shocking results which found that cells used in the manufacturing of numerous childhood vaccines are often contaminated with serious viruses including cancer.

The FDA study looked at vaccines that are made from living cells, or replicated cell substrates that some manufacturers are investigating to create.

Related: Has The Australian Government Gone Stark-Raving Mad? + Basic Vaccine Lies In The World Of Fake News

According to research, these cells are oftentimes contaminated with hidden viral fragments which have the potential to cause cancer.

These viruses are dormant, meaning they live “quietly” inside other cells. However, eventually these cells no longer hide and circulate throughout the body in the form of serious disease.

As a result, a person injected with a vaccine containing these cancer-causing micro-organisms may not display signs of health complications until long after they have been jabbed sometimes several years later.

An experiment injecting rodents with vaccines yielded surprising results showing that the rats now had tumor cells.

“In some cases the cell lines that are used might be tumorigenic, that is, they form tumors when injected into rodents,” the FDA paper explains.

“Some of these tumor-forming cell lines may contain cancer-causing viruses that are not actively reproducing. Such viruses are hard to detect using standard methods. These latent, or ‘quiet,’ viruses pose a potential threat, since they might become active under vaccine manufacturing conditions.”

Related: U.S. Govt Loses Landmark Vaccine Lawsuit & Expert Study Shows Vaccinations Actually Turn Your Own Bodies Immune System Against You

The list of tumorigenic or cells that run the risk of causing cancer include MDCK and CHO cells (for influenza virus vaccines), 293 and PER.C6 cells (for adenovirus-vectored HIV-1 and other vaccines), and tumor-derived cells such as HeLa cells (for HIV-1 vaccines) according to the FDA.

Although this author is against the injection of foreign chemicals into his own body, the FDA proceeded with the study for other reasons.

The FDA writes they want “to ensure the safety of vaccines, our laboratory is investigating ways to activate latent viruses in cell lines and to detect the activated viruses, as well as other unknown viruses, using new technologies.

We will then adapt our findings to detect viruses in the same types of cell substrates that are used to produce vaccines.”

The FDA adds, “These methods will enable FDA scientists to help manufacturers to determine whether their specific cell substrate is safe to use for vaccine production.

The methods our laboratory are developing and testing will help to ensure the production of safe and effective vaccines in two ways:

1. FDA will be able to develop testing guidelines for manufacturers who use new cell substrates for producing vaccines; and

2. FDA will publish the new methods it develops in peer-reviewed scientific journals, thus making them readily accessible to all manufacturers.”

The FDA is also evaluating the risk of retrovirus infections in humans such as Simian foamy virus (SFV) which can be transmitted from monkeys to humans.

Vaxxed 2 Producers Release Devastating Information To The World

Mike Adams interviews the producers of the film Vaxxed 2, the follow up to the explosive film Vaxxed. See more about the upcoming film here.

Harvard Medical School Professors Uncover A Hard To Swallow Truth About Vaccines

Although, the FDA says “there is no evidence that SFV causes disease.” However, the FDA cautions that the virus can “remain in a lifelong quiet state in the DNA after infection.”

Despite these claims, we know that polio and smallpox vaccines contain monkey, pig, kidney and other foreign cells that are contaminated with SIV, SFV, and various other cancer-causing viruses.

Most are also well aware that the Polio vaccine SV40 is documented on record by the CDC themselves (on a now - deleted page) to have cost people their lives and caused cancer.

However, you can confirm the web page existed by using Archive.org’s time machine. Also there’s other evidence that SV40 has been detected in some human tumors.

So the claim made by the FDA “there is no evidence that SFV causes disease” is a laughably ill-researched statement.

In other gene sequencing news, recently it has been reported by scientists in a separate study that there are 560 cancer genes in the human gene sequencing for GlaxoSmithKline’s (GSK) combination vaccine for measles, mumps, rubella, and varicella (MMRV).

Cancer genes aren’t the only worry with MMR vaccines or vaccines in general. As Activist Post has previously expressed, mercury and aluminum have long been debated by people like Robert Kennedy Jr. as ingredients (adjuvants) in vaccines that could cause autism.

Related: The Deeper Reason For Drug Ads On Television & The Pharmaceutical Industry Is Largely Run By Leftists,
Stunning New Research Finds… Vaccine Mandates, Drugging Of Children, Chemotherapy And More

This is for good reason since we know that both aluminum and mercury are neurotoxins that harm the body at high levels.

RFK, Jr. believes “it’s the preservative Thimerosal in the vaccines that causes autism.”

Kennedy expressed his opinion in a weighty now-deleted piece on the CDC whistleblower entitled “CDC’s Latest Tuskegee Experiment African American Autism and Vaccines.” (archive)

Thiomersal isn’t the only ingredient in vaccines; they have admitted to traces of aluminum, which is classified as a neurotoxin to the body and stated that “despite using it for 90 years medical sciences’ understanding about using aluminum as a vaccine adjuvant is remarkably poor.

In 2017, Activist Post reported a previous separate study that confirmed aluminum in vaccines may cause Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD), and children who suffer from it have up 10 times more metal in their brains than what is considered a safe amount for adults.

Those researchers discovered that aluminum causes the membrane to separate the brain from blood flowing to it, thus affecting its internal temperature, non-neuronal cells and inflammatory cells.

Another previous study in 2012, from the peer-reviewed medical journal Lupus by Lucija Tomljenovic, PhD and Christopher A. Shaw, PhD of the University of British Columbia corroborates those claims, indicating that aluminum toxicity targets the mitochondria.

Lead Supervisor in Merck Says Vaccines Not Safe

A compelling interview with Jorge Araujo, former lead supervisor in Merck’s vaccine department, on his search for safety data and why he decided not to vaccinate his own children. Trailer is below, full interview is here.

Vaccines now being used to harvest biometric identities of everyone; Big Brother merges with Big Pharma

That experiment found evidence that aluminum as an adjuvant can lead to permanent detrimental alterations of the brain and immune system function.

court ruling in the UK found that the Swine Flu vaccinations had caused brain damage and Guillain-Barre syndrome (GBS) in multiple kids in 2015  who took the jab.  

Another case in an Italian court in September, 2014, “ruled mercury and aluminum in vaccines cause autism” and awarded a plaintiff’s family compensation for their young boy who developed autism from a six-in-one hexavalent vaccine manufactured by GlaxoSmithKline.

GSK even admits INFANRIX Hexa can cause several deadly illnesses, but insists that its risk-benefit profile “continues to be favorable.” In 2013, two kids were awarded millions by the vaccine court, confirming the MMR vaccine causes autism.

There are several additional court cases; although the CDC and pharmaceutical industry would love to have these covered up, I dug them up. One MMR clinical trial’s results were faked by Big Pharma Merck.  

Merck knowingly falsified its mumps vaccine test results to fabricate a “95% efficacy rate.” In order to do this, Merck “spiked the blood test with animal antibodies to artificially inflate the appearance of immune system antibodies,” as reported by CourthouseNews.com.

In fact, regarding the use of aluminum and other metals in vaccines as an adjuvant, we may all be part of a 90-year-old experiment where we were all the lab rats.

Aluminum is an experimentally demonstrated neurotoxin and the most commonly used vaccine adjuvant. Despite almost 90 years of widespread use of aluminum adjuvants, medical science’s understanding about their mechanisms of action is still remarkably poor.

There is also a concerning scarcity of data on toxicology and pharmacokinetics of these compounds. In spite of this, the notion that aluminum in vaccines is safe appears to be widely accepted.

Experimental research, however, clearly shows that aluminum adjuvants have a potential to induce serious immunological disorders in humans.

In particular, aluminum in adjuvant form carries a risk for autoimmunity, long-term brain inflammation and associated neurological complications and may thus have profound and widespread adverse health consequences.

In our opinion, the possibility that vaccine benefits may have been overrated and the risk of potential adverse effects underestimated, has not been rigorously evaluated in the medical and scientific community.

We hope that the present paper will provide a framework for a much needed and long overdue assessment of this highly contentious medical issue."

US National Library of Medicine National Institutes of Health

The MMR vaccine isn’t the only vaccine under scrutiny. In 2017, the Centers for Disease Control (CDC) announced there might be a link between miscarriages and vaccinations.

The researchers found that women who had miscarriages between 2010 and 2012 were more likely to have had back-to-back annual flu shots including the Swine flu vaccine that a UK court ruled caused brain damage and Guillain-Barre syndrome (GBS) in multiple kids in 2015, as Natural Blaze reported.

At this point, the FDA effectively just inadvertently proved that jabbing yourself with a vaccine is the equivalent to trying Chinese research chemicals.

Except that these deadly chemical combinations are approved by the FDA.

The question on everyone’s minds is, how wasn’t any of this identified long before any of these vaccines were ever approved for use by the masses? Especially, the Polio and Smallpox vaccines which have injured and killed many over the years.

Related: Vaccine Authoritarians Try To Censor Billboard That Dares Ask, “Do You Know What’s In A Vaccine?” &
Australia Will Now Fine Parents Twice A Month If They Don’t Vaccinate Their Kids

Where at first the problem may have been isolated to metallics (aluminum) used in vaccines that the US National Library of Medicine National Institutes of Health has admitted their understanding of as a main adjuvant in vaccines is “poor.”

The new issue is vaccines that are made from living cells, or replicated cell substrates that may cause cancer or other serious diseases.

Despite all this evidence, forced vaccinations are occurring in places like BC, Canada where, as Activist Post reported, parents have no choice but to vaccinate children.

As this writer previously wrote, vaccines affect individuals differently and can have adverse side effects; now parents need to worry about deadly cells hidden beneath the vaccines that can cause illnesses.

Is it ever really safe to put a foreign substance into your body when each person’s body functions differently and has a different chemical make up? As RFK, Jr. says when it comes to vaccines: “Let the evidence speak for itself.”

Read more at ActivistPost

Related Articles:

USA Today bestselling author Jennifer Jaynes, who penned thrillers exposing the murderous vaccine deep state, found shot to death

WHO admits polio outbreak in the Philippines caused by polio vaccines… outbreak “caused by vaccine-derived poliovirus type 2”

NZ Ministry of Health Can Count to Potato

Vaccine-Injured Teen Heals From Severe Symptoms After Detox Diet & Herbal Formula

Congressman Confronts Zuckerberg About Censoring Information About Vaccine Safety

Shocking vaccine truth: Hundreds of cancer genes are deliberately engineered into the MMR vaccine to promote cancer for generations to come

CDC Vaccines Include Fetus DNA Sparking Cancer

Report says deadly pandemic could sweep world in 36 hours - killing millions

Healthy Infant Dies Of “SIDS” Within 48 Hours Of 8 Vaccines

Flea and tick vaccine rendered millions of cats autistic claims veterinarian

Measles Vaccination Is Not Protecting Against Measles

The two areas with highest measles outbreak have MMR vaccination rates of 97 percent.* Yes, you read it right, more than that 95 percent figure our Ministry of Health advisers keep telling us would ensure “herd immunity"!

The lowest vaccinated regions have the lowest measles rates, or indeed zero cases as is the case in Gisborne.

Related: Harvard Immunologist: Unvaccinated Children Pose Zero Risk To Anyone And Here’s Why + New York Times
Confirms Natural News Investigation: Mumps Now Spread Mostly By Vaccinated Children

Next let’s look at the official data for the Canterbury outbreak, which is now officially over. Cumulative total for that outbreak was 49! You may be surprised as we were led to believe it was a big outbreak. This information obtained under the OIA may shed some light:

Dr Shane Reti to the Associated Health Minister (27 Aug 2019): “How many samples tested at the National Measles Laboratory in Christchurch, if any, identified the vaccine strain of the measles virus?”

Hon Julie Anne Genter replied: “61 samples tested between 1 January 2019 and 19 July 2019 detected the vaccine strain of the measles virus and were subsequently identified as not being cases of measles.”

Please do read that statement again and see that based on the official data, the majority of measles cases were due to measles vaccine, not wild measles. I let you draw your own conclusions!

Also, have you noticed that in all announcements those older than 50 are told that they don’t need MMR vaccine? Ever wondered why?

They are immune due to natural exposure to measles in childhood (remember measles parties) and any such immunised-for-life mother was able to pass that immunity to her baby during pregnancy and via breastfeeding.

Related: Vaccines For Profit And Destruction & You Cannot Be Pro-Freedom And Pro-Forced Vaccinations At The Same Time

So, prior to the measles vaccines, measles was a childhood disease which parents knew how to deal with (cod liver oil - VitA - plenty of fluid, sleep in a dark room, rest at home) and other parents would welcome their children’s exposure and thus-acquired life-time immunity. Measles wasn’t even an issue for a healthy breast-fed child.

All problems arose after measles vaccination started and as a result many people started to get measles at an age - inappropriate time.

Also, as mothers no longer had immunity, they couldn’t pass it to their babies. And as we see, based on our own official data, the measles vaccine doesn’t offer protection for our children and there is a mass, hyped panic re measles!

Also, your readers may like to know that if someone is vaccinated with MMR and develops measles in the following two weeks, their status is recorded as “unvaccinated”!

This artificially and misleadingly increases the number of “unvaccinated” cases and reduces the number who have been vaccinated and develop measles.

Any nurse in Auckland hospitals could tell you that more than half of those turning up with measles are vaccinated!

Do Vaccines Cause Autism? Highly Informative Video

Share this video with everyone you know. Why? Because it explains the real story of how the vaccine industry is damaging countless children while getting away with it.

Related: Cot Deaths Linked To Vaccinations + Harvard Medical School Doctor: Vaccine Science Is Not Settled

A majority of those categorised as “Unknown” are indeed vaccinated against measles but don’t have their vaccination records, while their parents testify that they had vaccinated their kids according to the NZ schedule.

Pacific Islanders, who have one of the highest vaccination rates in NZ, also have the highest rate of measles. The higher rate of hospitalisation (which is defined as more than three hours in hospital) is partly due to quarantine cases where the patient can’t be sent home for isolation purposes (and not due to the severity of their case).

I find the lack of advice for treatment of this childhood disease from public health officials extremely disconcerting.

And as you see, blaming outbreaks on the unvaccinated is not borne by official data. Indeed, if we are truly concerned by measles outbreaks we would halt MMR vaccine immediately, as data shows those populations with a higher rate of MMR are more likely to develop measles.

Theo Brandt, Communications manager for The Immunisation Advisory Centre, University of Auckland responds. New Zealand is experiencing a serious outbreak of measles, the worst we’ve seen in decades.

Many people, particularly infants too young to be fully immunised, have suffered severe complications requiring intensive hospital treatment. This is not a disease that can always be managed by a healthy lifestyle, cod liver oil or rest.

Related: Measles outbreak: Housing conditions a factor in South Auckland spike

Misconceptions are being shared across social media in New Zealand about our MMR immunisation coverage, the seriousness of measles and the effectiveness of the MMR vaccine.

1. Some people claim that data from the Ministry of Health and the National Immunisation Register (NIR) show high MMR coverage across the country.

This incorrect claim is based on misuse of data. The data show that of children offered MMR vaccination, 97 percent completed and 3 percent declined. Population coverage cannot be calculated from these two groups alone.

This calculation does not include many other children who were eligible but did not complete or decline vaccination. Omitting this group from the calculation creates a false impression of overinflated coverage. Inferring failure of population protection made from these claims is incorrect.

New Zealand has a measles outbreak because our immunisation coverage is sub-optimal. Historically it was particularly low, leaving many adolescents and midlife adults now at risk, often unaware they are not protected. If all eligible people had two doses of MMR, measles could not spread so easily.

This is well demonstrated in other countries using the same vaccine, where rates of vaccine coverage of 95 percent or greater shows sustained prevention of the spread of measles.

2. An uncommon but known side effect of the MMR vaccine is the occurrence of a mild rash and fever. This is caused by the immune system’s response to the measles or rubella component of the vaccine.

People with this rash have a reaction to the vaccine strain, not transmissible measles. They cannot pass on measles to anyone and are correctly excluded as measles cases.

3. It is true that some people with measles have had two doses of the MMR vaccine (currently 75 of the 1275 cases in New Zealand). This is because no vaccine is 100 percent effective.

Related: There Is Deadly Formaldehyde In Clothing, Food, Cigarettes And Vaccines - What Will You Be Wearing, Eating,
Smoking And Injecting Today?

When tens of thousands of people are vaccinated, a small number of these will still contract the disease. If 100 vaccinated people were all exposed to measles, we would expect 1 or 2 to get the disease. If 100 unvaccinated people were exposed to the disease, then about 90 of them would get measles.

4. Mothers immunised against measles do pass on some protection to their unborn child. This protection doesn’t last more than a few months.

Measles is not a disease that can be easily treated.

The complications from measles can be managed, but as mentioned, there are never any guarantees that we will successfully manage all cases, even in well-nourished, breast-fed children and with the most advanced heathcare. It is a credit to the NZ health services that to date no one has died in this outbreak, despite much severe illness.

Although we can’t treat measles, we can prevent it. Since 2000, 21.1 million deaths have been prevented by the measles vaccine (World Health Organisation data).

The WHO cautions against “Vaccine misinformation” which it indicates “has the potential to impact public health and is as contagious and dangerous as the diseases it helps spread”.

Related Articles:

Improved access to immunisation needed: PM Jacinda Ardern

Vaccine Industry In Panic Mode As *Vaccinated* Children Keep Dying From The Flu All Across America

Vaccines-The True Weapons Of Mass Destruction

Vaccine Free

Whooping cough outbreak sweeps through Texas school with 100% vaccination rate, PROVING that vaccines don’t work (yet again)

Polio Vaccination - Still Causing Polio After All These Years

“It’s Degrading” - Mothers of Vaccine-Injured Children Speak Out

Measles vaccination is not protecting against measles

Vaccine ingredient warning: Ethyl mercury in vaccines 50 times more toxic than methyl mercury in fish

Dr. Suzanne Humphries - Neonatal Immunity: The First Three Years Parts 1-6

Part One | Part Two | Part Three | Part Four | Part Five | Part Six

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Amazing Science Lesson: Environmentalists Declare War On Photosynthesis In Stupefying Effort To Exterminate All Recognizable Life On Planet Earth
January 21 2020 | From: NaturalNews

We were all taught how photosynthesis works in high school… or at least you should have been taught how it works. Photosynthesis is arguably the single most important metabolic process on the planet, and it is from this process that nearly all complex life is sustainted.

Photosynthesis is a process by which plants produce metabolic energy. 

Related: Green Gestapo Says You're Mentally Ill If You Challenge Climate Change + Over 30,000 Scientists Say 'Catastrophic Man-Made Global Warming' Is A Complete Hoax And Science Lie

Using this energy combined with elemental materials pulled from air and soil, they build tree trunks, food crops, leaves, pollen, seeds, stems and everything you’ve come to associate with living plants.

Even alga use photosynthesis to grow and divide, which is why microalgae such as spirulina require sunlight to flourish.

Photosynthesis is the foundation of most food webs on the planet.

Any rational scientist would agree that if photosynthesis were halted, nearly all recognizable life on planet Earth would be exterminated.

This is inarguable.

Related: Things You Know That Ain't So - Carbon Dioxide Is A Pollutant

Photosynthesis Has Three Inputs:

1. Sunlight – A source of light energy

2. Carbon dioxide – An essential source of carbon, used by plants to build almost everything that plants need

3. Water – Used by plants to maintain structure, circulate metabolic nutrients, etc.

Why do these three inputs matter so much? Because environmentalists have declared WAR on two out of those three: Sunlight and carbon dioxide.

Related: Hollywood Sci-Fi Filmmakers Tapped To Dramatize Fictional Climate Change To Scare Everybody Into Voting For Climate Totalitarians

Environmentalists Are at War With Photosynthesis and All Plant Life on Planet Earth

It seems impossible, but environmentalists are at war with two out of the three primary inputs required to sustain photosynthesis.

First, they’re at war with carbon, and you often hear them talk about the “war on carbon” or “carbon sequestration” - a way to bury carbon in the ground so that it’s removed from atmospheric air.

Environmentalists have even declared carbon dioxide to be a “pollutant” even when it is the single most important molecule for supporting photosynthesis and nearly all plant life across the planet.

Related: NASA Confirms: Sea Levels Have Been Falling Across The Planet For Two Years - Media Silent & Dr. Tim Ball Crushes Climate Change: The Biggest Deception in History

Only a complete moron would declare war on the molecule of life that sustains trees, forests, plants, food crops, grasses, algae and seaweed, yet that’s exactly what environmentalists have done.

Their goal is the complete elimination of carbon dioxide from the atmosphere - an outcome that would exterminate all recognizable life on Earth.

All in the name of being “green,” of course, since virtue signaling is more important than actually supporting living organisms these days.

Environmentalists seem to be utterly oblivious to the fact that all humans, plants, animals and insects are carbon-based life forms.

That’s because nearly every molecule in your body contains carbon.

You are made of carbon.

Vitamin C is made of carbon. The anti-cancer nutrients in broccoli are made of carbon.

Wait… you didn’t know that?

Astonishingly, very few people realize that vitamins, essential oils, fatty acids, natural medicines and even pharmaceuticals are almost all made of carbon.

Related: The UN Admits That The Paris Climate Deal Was A Fraud + UNESCO Booted Out Of The United States

To prove this to yourself, visit ChemSpider.com and search for any phytochemical you want. If you search for “ascorbic acid” - vitamin C - you get this vitamin C page revealing the molecular formula for ascorbic acid: C6H8O6.

That formula, of course, means that one molecule of vitamin C is made from 6 carbons, 8 hydrogens and 6 oxygens. Mapped out in a 2D diagram, the molecule looks like this:

Related: When Plutocrats Own The Weather & Nobody Is Buying The “Climate Change” Hoax Anymore

If you’re not a chemist, you might be wondering, “So where’s the carbon in that?” Chemists laugh at the question because every intersection of black lines indicates a carbon atom.

Carbon atoms are so common in organic chemistry that chemists don’t even note them because every diagram would be littered with the symbol for carbon.

As the molecular diagram shows, vitamin C is made of just three elements Carbon (C), Hydrogen (H) and Oxygen (O). Nothing else.

The black lines are not elements; they merely indicate chemical bonds. Double lines indicate double bonds, and the stair-step lines indicate the 3D orientation of the elements.

Related: The Ultimate Scam: How Al Gore Became The World’s First Carbon Billionaire” By Profiting Off Irrational Climate Fears

Plants Use the Same Three Elements to Build Millions of Different Molecules, Including Medicinal Nutrients and Antibacterial Phytochemicals

Did you notice that these same three elements are also found in photosynthesis? CO2 provides the Carbon. H2O provides the Hydrogen.

Sunlight provides the energy. Vitamin C is synthesized by plants using carbon dioxide, hydrogen and metabolic energy for synthesis.

Any environmentalist who hates carbon dioxide must also hate vitamin C, herbal medicines, essential oils, nutrients, plant pigments and omega-3 oils… because they’re all made out of carbon. If you are at war with carbon, you are at war with life itself.

Many people who are into saving the planet are also into healthy, plant-based oils such as omega-3s or DHA. What an interesting coincidence, since DHA - Docosahexaenoic acid - is also made out of just three elements. Care to guess what they are?

Carbon, Hydrogen and Oxygen. (C22H32O2)

Related: Inconvenient Reality: Al Gore’s Global Climate Apocalypse Never Took Place - He Now Says It Did But You Just Couldn’t Tell + Hero EPA Administrator Speaks Out Against Junk Science – Denies CO2 Is Primary Contributor To ‘Global Warming’!

DHA is synthesized by various species of algae, and they use Carbon, Hydrogen and Oxygen to make DHA, a powerful brain-boosting nutrient that boosts the neurological development of babies.

Environmentalists must think DHA is bad, since it’s made out of carbon.

In fact, millions of useful molecules are made out of carbon. Many of them are synthesized by plants using nothing but carbon (from CO2), hydrogen (from water) and oxygen (from water or CO2).

Environmentalists Who Are at War With Carbon are at War With Life

Just about every molecule you value - and nearly every molecule you’re made of - is made out of carbon. If you are at war with carbon, you are at war with LIFE on planet Earth.

If you want to eliminate carbon dioxide, you are working to exterminate life.

Yet probably 90% of college students today believe that carbon dioxide is a “pollutant” and they would politically support any effort to eliminate it, even if doing so resulted in global ecological collapse and the extinction of humanity.

Astonishingly, environmentalists have been so deeply brainwashed and deliberately mis-educated that they actually think carbon is bad. They must also hate themselves, since 96% of the human body is made of just four elements: Oxygen, Carbon, Hydrogen and Nitrogen.

Roughly 18% of your body is carbon, by molecular weight. If you hate carbon, you hate yourself.

Maybe that’s why environmentalists are so full of hatred and ignorance: They are made of the very element they’ve declared war against. If you’ve ever wondered why Leftists are so angry all the time, it’s because they’re made of the very element they hate: Carbon.

Related: New Climate Study Throws Wrench In Global Warming Debate: "Our New Technical Paper... Will Likely Be Ignored"

Hydrocarbons release fresh carbon into the atmosphere where plants can use it to create valuable molecules that support life

Burning fossil fuels, by the way, means combusting hydrocarbons to release energy. One of the byproducts of burning fossil fuels is the release of CO2 into the atmosphere, providing fresh CO2 that plants are starving to harvest from the air.

CO2 levels in the atmosphere right now are at near-emergency low levels of barely above 400 ppm. Forests, food crops and indigenous plants across the globe would flourish at double or triple the current level of CO2.

If we had, for example, 1200 ppm of CO2 in the atmosphere, the Earth would be greener and more lush.

Yet for some reason, environmentalists hate the thought of plants having more nutrients. They want the Earth to be “green,” they say, by eliminating CO2 from the atmosphere, taking away the single most important nutrient for photosynthesis and plant metabolism.

Related: Carbon Dioxide Revealed As The “Miracle Molecule Of Life” For Re-Greening The Planet & Leonardo DiCaprio’s War On Carbon Is Actually A War Against All Plants, Rainforests And Ecosystems On The Entire Planet

The burning of fossil fuels releases nutrients into the air that plants need to survive. Instead of keeping all the carbon trapped underground, fossil fuel “consumption” actually frees carbon to be used by plants in support of a greener, more lush, more biodiverse ecosystem across the planet.

When carbon is trapped in fossil fuels under ground, that carbon is isolated from the plants that need it.

When fossil fuels are burned, that carbon is finally released into the air so that plants can use it to synthesize the molecules we all use and enjoy, from vitamin C to anti-cancer compounds such as sulforaphane, found in broccoli. Yes, it’s made of carbon: (C6H11NOS2)

Related: Climate Engineering Is A Gateway To Global Government

Sulforaphane is a lifesaving anti-cancer nutrient that’s synthesized by cruciferous vegetables which pull carbon dioxide out of the air in order to build sulforaphane molecules. If you hate carbon, you hate sulforaphane and millions of other plant-based molecules that are made out of carbon.

A war on carbon is a war on plants, nutrition, herbs, natural medicine, superfoods and life itself. Only a complete moron, a raging lunatic or a brainwashed idiot could be convinced to think that carbon is bad for the planet.

Yet that describes about 90% of the “scientific establishment,” now consisting of complete anti-science idiots who have forgotten how photosynthesis works and why it’s the basis of ecology for the entire planet.

If you really want to “green” the planet, keep consuming clean sources of hydrocarbons such as natural gas, because they release trapped carbon into the atmosphere where plants can finally use it.

Even burning gasoline in your vehicle actually releases CO2 that plants can use. Far from destroying the world, fossil fuels are actually the very source of carbon that can help “green” the world.

If you don’t understand that, you don’t understand the very basis of life on our planet: Photosynthesis.

Related: Agenda 21: Awareness And Activism + UN 2030 Agenda Decoded: Blueprint For The Global Enslavement Of Humanity Under Corporate Masters

And if you support the elimination of carbon dioxide from the atmosphere, you support the extermination of all complex life on planet Earth.

If environmentalists succeed in eliminating carbon, they will exterminate life on Earth

Notably, if environmentalists ever succeed in eliminating carbon from the atmosphere, they will almost instantly exterminate all recognizable life on Earth.

Is this their goal? Is the environmental movement some kind of suicide cult? Or, better yet, are they actually pushing an insidious agenda of terraforming planet Earth to make it uninhabitable by humans?

Or are they just stupid and suicidal?

Personally, I wouldn’t necessarily mind all the environmentalists going off to their own planet somewhere and exterminating themselves with their suicidal intentions, but the problem we have is that they are trying to murder the planet where the rest of us live.

Related: Geoengineering And Weather Modification Exposed

That cannot be allowed. The life-killing lunatics must be stopped.

They are ecological murderers… botanical eugenicists. They want to destroy all plant life on Earth in the name of “saving the planet,” and they don’t seem to mind the fact that human civilization cannot possibly survive their insane agendas rooted in either mass delusion or murderous intent.

They’re either trying to kill all life on the planet, in other words, or they’re so incredibly stupid that they’ve been talked into supporting mass murder in the name of environmentalism.

Either way, they are death cult lunatics, and if we hope to survive their dangerous, planet-killing schemes like “carbon sequestration” or “global dimming” (see below), we must rip these lunatics from power, take their hands off the controls and put them all in straight jackets where they belong.

Simply put, there is no future for the human race if the current breed of lunatic environmentalists are allowed to run their “death cult” programs that would shut down photosynthesis and exterminate all recognizable life on our planet.

Thank God carbon dioxide is produced by every living mammal on the planet - including you - meaning that you can help save the planet by taking a jog and simply exhaling.

In the spirit of that simple, inescapable truth, I propose a new bumper sticker: Piss off a liberal. Just BREATHE.

The war on sunlight and the new scheme of “global dimming”

Waging war on carbon isn’t the end of the lunacy of whacko environmentalists. They also think there’s something wrong with sunlight, another key input for photosynthesis.

Related: Weather Weapons Are Real, They Have A Treaty To Regulate Them

They’ve launched a program of “global dimming” that seeks to literally pollute the atmosphere by dispersing millions of tons of smog (sulfur dioxide) into the atmosphere, running 4,000 flights a year over the next 15 years, all in the name of “geoengineering” the atmosphere. (These are the same lunatics who said “chemtrails” were a conspiracy theory; now they’ve re-named it “Stratospheric Aerosol Injection” and claim it will save the world.)

In essence, they are terraforming the Earth and making it uninhabitable by humans. Are they completely insane, or are they prepping the planet for colonization by something that isn’t human? (Coming soon: Terraforming.news)

See full coverage of that crucial issue at this story on Natural News called “Terraforming has begun: Global dimming is a plot to exterminate humanity.

Watch a summary of that issue here:

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Houston Anthropologist Reveals Irrefutable Proof That Recorded History Is Wrong
January 20 2020 | From: WakingTimes

Evidence Found Across the Globe of Highly Evolved Human Species from before the Ice Age, Demand Scientific Recognition of our Past that Depicts Societies of Advanced Technology and Culture.

Houston anthropologist, Dr. Semir Osmanagich, founder of the Bosnian Archaeology Park, the most active archaeology site in the world, declares that irrefutable scientific evidence exists of ancient civilizations with advanced technology that leaves us no choice but to change our recorded history. 

Related: "Under The Carpet" New Zealand Hidden History Documentary

An examination of the age of structures across the earth reveals conclusively that they were built by advanced civilizations from over 29,000 years ago.

“Acknowledging that we are witness to fundamental proof of advanced civilizations dating back over 29,000 years and an examination of their societal structures forces the World to reconsider its understanding of the development of civilization and history,”
explains Dr. Semir Osmanagich.

“Conclusive data at the Bosnian Pyramid site revealed in 2008 and confirmed this year by several independent labs who conducted radio carbon testing dates the site at 29,400 +/-400 years minimum.”

The radiocarbon dating tests of 29,200 years +/- 400 years was done by Radiocarbon Lab from Kiew, Ukraine, on organic material found at the Bosnian Pyramid site. Physicist Dr. Anna Pazdur of Poland’s Silesian University first announced the news at a Press Conference in Sarajevo in August of 2008.

Professor of Classical Archaeology from the University of Alexandria Dr. Mona Haggag called this discovery “writing new pages in European and World history.”

Related: “Negative Hallucination” Hypnosis Experiment Demonstration Video & The Weaponisation Of History And Journalism

The C14 date of 29,000 years at the Bosnian Archaeological Park was obtained from a piece of organic material retrieved from a clay layer inside the outer casing to the pyramid. It follows a sample date obtained during the 2012 dig season on material located above the concrete at 24,800 years, meaning this structure has a construction profile stretching back almost 30,000 years.

“The ancient people who built these pyramids knew the secrets of frequency and energy. They used these natural resources to develop technologies and undertake construction on scales we have never witnessed on earth,
said Dr. Osmanagich.

Evidence clearly shows that the pyramids were built as ancient energy machines aligned with the earth’s energy grid, providing energy for healing as well as power.

Ancient historians in the US have news just as astonishing as anything found in the far corners of the globe. For instance, the Rockwall discovery outside of Dallas, Texas, is only one example of how we are now re-examining ancient mysteries to reveal more about our past, right in the United States.

Related: The Stolen History Of Australia And New Zealand

H2 (History 2) popular series Unearthing Ancient America recently filmed an episode about the Rockwall that will air later this year. The Texas site is a complex and massive wall ten miles in diameter built over 20,000 years ago and covered by soil seven stories below the ground.

The question is by whom was this structure built and for what purpose and, most importantly, how can knowledge left by these past civilizations help shape our future?

Newly-revealed or rediscovered traces of ancient civilizations have ignited an innate curiosity about human origins as reflected by recent coverage in mainstream media and TV. The November 2013 issue of National Geographic: 100 Greatest Mysteries Revealed-Ancient Civilizations Unearthed says;

“Sometimes cultures leave behind mysteries that baffle those who come after them, from standing stones to coded manuscripts, indications that ancient people indeed had a profound purpose.”

Forward-thinking scientists continue to pursue knowledge from our past that is useful to determine a better future. Renowned author Michal Cremo in his book Forbidden Archeology theorizes that knowledge of advanced Homo-sapiens has been suppressed or ignored by the scientific establishment because it contradicts the current views of human origins that don’t agree with the dominant paradigm.

Cremo’s body of work has been described as “a useful teaching resource, raising a wide range of issues covering aspects of knowledge transfer, sure to be provocative in the classroom.” It has been reviewed with widespread appraisal by hundreds of academic journals.

Gobekli Tepe in Eastern Turkey

Results clearly indicate that similar advanced civilizations of humans were present all across the globe at that time in history. For example, Gobekli Tepe located in Eastern Turkey, is a vast complex of enormous megalithic stone circles with a radius of between 10 and 20 meters, much larger than the well-known Stonehenge in Great Britain.

Related: 20 History Questions They Refuse To Answer In School

Excavations at Gobekli Tepe that began there in 1995 revealed radio carbon dating at least 11,600 years. German archaeologist Dr. Klaus Schmidt from the German Archaeological Institute, Berlin, Germany, with the support of ArchaeoNova Institute from Heidelberg, Germany, has led the excavation of these recently-discovered pre-historic megalithic circles at the Turkey location.

“Gobekli Tepe is one of the most fascinating Neolithic locations in the world,” Dr. Klaus Schmidt claims. But as he explains in a recent report, to understand the new finds, archaeologists need to work closely with specialists in comparative religion, architectural and art theory, cognitive and evolutionary psychology, sociologists using social network theory, and others.

“It is the complex story of the earliest, large settled communities, their extensive networking, and their communal understanding of their world, perhaps even the first organized religions and their symbolic representations of the cosmos,”
as reported by Klaus Schmidt.

In addition to the megalithic structures, figures and carvings have been discovered, depicting animals of pre historic nature such as dinosaurs and other wild life. Since excavations started in 1995, four of the circles have been partially cleaned, but it is thought that there are a total of up to 50 circles hidden underground. 

Related: Michael Tellinger And Jim Marrs: Suppressed Ancient History & Real History

These vast monoliths, soaring seven meters in height and 25 tons in mass at Gobekli Tepe, are situated right in the heart of what we perceive as the origin of civilization. This find offers new guidance to the true history of earth and our ancient civilizations.

“Our archaeological research goal is not to simply uncover all of the megalithic circles but to try to figure out their purpose,” adds Schmidt.

Bosnian Pyramid Now in Eighth Year: Proof of Advanced Civilizations from over 30,000 years ago

The Bosnian Valley of the Pyramids now in the eighth year of excavation spans six square kilometers in the Visoko River Basin 40km northwest of Sarajevo. Comprised of four ancient pyramids almost three times the size of Giza and an extensive subterranean pyramid tunnel complex, new discoveries each year continue to reveal proof of a much different history of mankind on earth.

Related: Disinterest In Pre-Maori History Stuns

The central pyramid of the Sun rises a colossal 420 meters in to the air and has a mass of millions of tons. By comparison the Great pyramid of Cheops (Khufu) in the Giza plateau is 146 meters high, making the Bosnian Pyramids the largest and oldest known pyramids on the planet.

Since research began at the Bosnian site, Dr. Osmanagich has amazed the scientific and archaeological community by gathering a team of interdisciplinary engineers, physicists and researchers from around the world to conduct open and transparent investigation of the site to try and discover the true nature and purpose of this pyramidal complex.

“This is an unknown culture presenting highly-advanced arts and sciences, technology capable of forming truly massive structures and we believe in that process demonstrating an ability to harness pure energy resources,”
comments Tim Moon, who has recently joined Osmanagich as lead archeologist at the Bosnian site.

The archaeological project delivered another significant finding this year in the pyramid tunnel complex known as Ravine. Tunneling deep into a ridge line leading toward the Pyramid of the Sun the team has unearthed several megalith stones. 

Oh yeah, that one was definitely made with ropes and pulleys too. Sigh.

Related: An Ancient Device Too Advanced To Be Real Gives Up Its Secrets At Last + Is This Proof Of Aliens In Peru?

In August an enormous stone estimated at 25,000 kgs was uncovered approximately 400 meters into the labyrinth. This is a hugely significant find,”comments Moon. Here we have a massive stone, possibly a constructed ceramic, buried under hundreds of thousands of tons of material.

We are locating foundation walls around its perimeter and cut stone blocks.” Large quantities of artifacts have been recovered from the associated tunnels leading to the site, including effigies painted on stone, art objects and a series of hieroglyphics or ancient texts carved into the tunnel walls.

Dr. Osmangich stresses that it is time for open sharing of knowledge so we can understand and learn from our past.

“It is time for us to open our minds to the true nature of our origin and destruction of each other as a civilization on this planet. Our mission here is to realign science with spirituality in order to progress as a species, and this demands a clear path of shared knowledge.”

Visitors are welcome to the Bosnian Valley of the Pyramids and its Foundation offers a volunteer program each dig season, running June to September.

To hear Dr. Sam’s interview on Lost Knowledge go here.

For more on the Bosnian Pyramids go to www.icbp.ba.

Related Articles:

Hidden Origins: Exposing Humanity's Ancient Secrets

Unexplainable Discovery: Ancient Indian Mandala Found At Peru’s Nazca Lines

Evidence Of Prehistoric Civilizations: 3 Pieces Of Advanced Ancient Technology Hundreds Of Millions Of Years Old

Easter Island - Ancient Links With New Zealand Maori

Mars And Earth Have Same Ancient Man Rock-Engraving: Visitors To Both Planets?

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi
Advertising Watchdog Partially Upholds 5G Advertisement Claiming Wireless Tech Is Harmful & Wifi, 5G And EMF Pollution Can Cause Psychiatric Effects In Humans, Plus Spontaneous Abortions, Infertility And Cellular DNA Damage
January 19 2020 | From: Stuff / NaturalNews / Wired / Various

An advertisement that claimed 5G technology was harmful to people and animals' health has been removed following a decision from the Advertising Standards Authority.

The flyer distributed in a Wellington suburb by advocacy group 5G Free New Zealand claimed that radiation emitted by 5G and wireless technologies could "increase cancer risk, alter brain development and damage sperm" and posed a threat to wildlife.

Related: 5G devices exposed as actual beam weapon systems by man who disassembles them on camera and finds weaponized electronics inside

It also claimed that "over 200 scientists and physicians worldwide who have researched the biological and health effects of radio-frequency radiation have signed the 5G appeal, calling for a moratorium on the use of 5G technology".

The complainant said the statements in the advertisement were false and misleading.

5G Free NZ, whose tagline is "don't let them fry your brain", defended the advertisement saying all its claims were based on published science and actions taken by scientists.

But the authority's complaints board upheld the complaint in part because four of the six claims the complainant had issues with were not sufficiently proven.

Related: Why Vodafone’s Claims That 5G Is Safe Are Not Credible & Lawyer Presents Strong Case Against 5G

According to the Advertising Standards Authority codes of practice, advertisements must be truthful, balance and not misleading and advocacy advertising must clearly state the identity and position of the advertiser.

The board agreed the advertisement's message was a warning about 5G wireless technology because it could be harmful to human health and the environment, and that a significant number of scientists were concerned about it.

While the board found it was clear the flyer was advocacy advertising, the identity of the advertiser, 5G Free NZ could have been made clearer.

The board said that any claims made about about potential harm that could result from the use of new technology needed to be "adequately substantiated".

On the claim that more than 200 scientists and physicians worldwide had researched the biological health effects of radio-frequency radiation, the board found the advertiser had provided sufficient evidence of this.

Sue Grey & Joe Rifici: How to Stop the 5G Deployment in NZ

Joe Rifici of 5G Free Nelson and lawyer Sue Grey sat down together to discuss the question on everyone's mind: what can we do to halt the 5G deployment under way in New Zealand?

Related: 5G tech is ‘crime under international law’

The board also did not uphold the complaint about the line "wireless radiation consumes mega amounts more energy than do wired options of communication".

The board found the complainant was not disputing whether wireless radiation consumes more energy than wired options of communication, rather that the advertiser was suggesting its opposition was "to mobile phones per se, not just to 5G".

The board said it was up the advertiser's choice on how it wanted to present its arguments and that statement was not misleading.

However, the board did find that 5G Free NZ's the four other claims were unsubstantiated - "radiation from small cells is not small", "wireless antennas emit microwaves - non-ionising radiofrequency radiation - and essentially function as cell towers", "5G poses a threat to our wildlife" and "independent science shows the type of radiation emitted by 5G and wireless technologies is capable of harming our health".

As a result the advertisement was pulled and upheld in part.

Related Articles:

‘No’ to being 5G radiation lab rats

Wellington Airport becomes first 5G connected airport in the country

Anthony Steele Congratulates New Zealand

Are 5G-Enabled "Smart Ambulance" Tests Contributing to Multiple Deaths of UK Ambulance Workers?

5G is a threat to rural internet

Couple question how council could approve cellphone antenna outside their home video

5G broadband introduced into five heartland communities

Swiss Citizens Take to the Streets to Protest 5G Implementation as New Illnesses Start at Same Time

Debunking 2degrees - Cell Phone Towers and Property Devaluation

Dr Dariusz Leszczynski’s visit to New Zealand

Wifi, 5G And EMF Pollution Can Cause Psychiatric Effects In Humans, Plus Spontaneous Abortions, Infertility And Cellular DNA Damage

Are you aware of just how much electromagnetic pollution is impacting your body on a daily basis?

The problem isn’t just wireless internet, by the way: it’s also fifth-generation mobile telecommunication technology, also known as 5G, as well as every other source of electromagnetic frequencies (EMFs) that exists all around us.

Related: 4G wi-fi at 2.45GHz damages fertility, 5G at between 30-300GHz will do what?

A review published in the peer-reviewed journal Environmental Research draws attention to the many threats of WiFi in terms of human health – and they’re pretty serious.

In addition to spurring the death of healthy cells and damaging human DNA, WiFi signals can lead to psychiatric damage in those who are persistently exposed to them – think depression, difficulty thinking clearly, mood swings, and other behavioral abnormalities.

Neuropsychiatric damage is a common adverse effect of wireless exposure, and it could explain why many people in the modern age suffer from chemical imbalances in the brain that negatively impact their ability to function consistently.

One of the studies included in this review suggests that WiFi exposure during pregnancy could cause impaired neurodevelopment in unborn babies.

Related: 5G Cell Phone Radiation: How The Telecom Companies Are Losing The Battle To Impose 5G Against The Will Of The People + French NGOs Demand Stop To ‘Out Of Control’ 5G Network

WiFi is also associated with increased cholinesterase and changes in GABA and cholinergic transmission, decreased special learning, and a “greatly lowered” ability to “distinguish familiar from novel objects.”

Spontaneous abortion is another common effect of wireless exposure that stems from chromosomal mutations. Besides lowering fertility in both males and females, wireless signals cause oxidative stress that, in pregnant woman, can cause them not to have healthy deliveries.

This includes fifth-generation wireless technology, or 5G, which we’ve shown is a highly damaging form of microwave radiation that just might be the most damaging form of wireless radiation yet.

For more related news about the 5G rollout, be sure to check out 5Galert.com.

5G is Imposed on the People - While the Government Protects Itself

The surroundings of the EU-parliament, WHO, UN, as well as the city of Gates & Co. are safe from 5G radiation at first. However, the new mobile communication standard 5G is imposed on the people although massive opposition is coming from the population. Coincidence or political calculi?

Related: The Reason Behind President Trump's 5G Decision - Paul McGuire

Is All of this Wireless Pollution Spurring on Cancer?

Recognizing the incredible amount of cellular and DNA damage that can arise from perpetual wireless exposure, it only makes sense that cancer is a common outcome after many years of exposure.

Dr. Martin Pall presents four pieces of evidence that EMFs, acting via what’s known as voltage-gated calcium channel (VGCC) activity, can cause cancer.

These include:

By attacking the DNA of cells

By disrupting the tight junctions of cell membranes

By inflammatory carcinogenesis

By triggering mutations through excess activity of T-type VGCCs

Multiple WiFi studies referenced in the review suggest that exposure to microwave EMFs actively reduces testosterone levels inside the body, leading to decreased testicular size. EMFs also damage testicular epithelial structure, as well as induce gross testicular histological changes.

Further, EMFs can decrease spermatogenesis, revealing at least one way that EMFs impair healthy pregnancy and reproductive function.

5G Unmasked

Related: 5G Whiz

Similar changes can occur in women, as EMF exposure tends to increase nitric oxide (NO) levels in the body, which in turn inhibits cytochrome P450s.

P450s, in case you’re unaware, are involved in steroid hormone synthesis, and their inhibition can lead to decreased levels of not just testosterone, but also estrogen and progesterone.

One surefire way to help mitigate this is to consume more antioxidant-rich foods, including those that are high in vitamin C.

Anything that can help to remedy the oxidative and DNA damage caused by EMFs will contribute to protecting your body against brain, reproductive, and other associated health damage.

“Telecommunications industry-linked individuals and groups have claimed that there are no and cannot possibly be any health impacts of Wi-Fi,” the review explains.

"However with Wi-Fi exposures becoming more and more common and with many of our exposures being without our consent, there is much concern about possible Wi-Fi health effects."

Related Articles:

5G devices exposed as actual beam weapon systems by man who disassembles them on camera and finds weaponized electronics inside

MP says cutting down trees to improve 5G signal is 'ridiculous' environmental negligence

UK Deploying 5G Weapon within Streetlights


5G: Health Risks, Surveillance and BioWeaponry - Lena Pu

‘Totally insane’: Telecomm Industry ignores 5G dangers (Prof. Pall)

What is Elon Musk's Starlink network?

Students Ditch Their Phones For a Week, Report Feeling Happier & More Refreshed

Life to the power of 5G

Open Season on Critics of 5G Cell Phone Technology: Media Censorship And Smear Campaigns against Prominent Scientists and Physicians

5G Smartphones Cause Cancer; Big Wireless Doesn’t Want You To Know

I have been waiting and waiting for this particular form of popular fear to surface again. Electro-radiation fear has been subterranean for decades now.

If smartphones cause cancer (and who knows, maybe they do, why not) then it’s even more likely that electric blankets, high-tension lines, microwave ovens and even household electrical wiring cause even more cancer.

Related: Harvard Physicist: ‘No Safe Way To Implement 5G’

Plus, there must be thousands of other things that cause far more cancer than 5G smartphones, as otherwise we’d be seeing a colossal mortality wave of men and women with brain tumors and most likely ear tumors.

Ever been to California? Where you walk into certain buildings with loud, alarming signs that declare, “Something In Here Causes Cancer In the State of California, Only, There’s Nothing You Can Do About That, Except To Worry”? This is an intervention that is very much like that.

How Big Wireless Made Us Think That Cell Phones Are Safe: A Special Investigation

The disinformation campaign - and massive radiation increase - behind the 5G rollout.

Mark Hertsgaard, the Nation’s investigative editor and the author of seven books, and award-winning investigative journalist Mark Dowie offer the first exposé of the wireless industry’s decades-long, global campaign to war-game science, manipulate media coverage, and massage government officials into convincing the public that cell phones are safer than independent science suggests.

Everyone knows Big Tobacco lied about cigarettes; Big Oil lied about climate change.

Related: The 5G Electromagnetic “Mad Zone” Poised To Self-Destruct: The 5G “Dementors” Meet The 4G “Zombie Apocalypse” & 5G Wireless: A Ridiculous Front For Global Control

This is the third leg of the stool: how Big Wireless used the same exact playbook to deceive the public and create the appearance of scientific uncertainty - making people think that cell phones are safer than independent science suggests.

This, despite the fact that the wireless industry’s own scientists privately warned it decades ago there were “serious questions” about wireless radiation’s links to cancer and genetic damage.

(One key player has not been swayed by all the wireless-friendly research: the insurance industry.

We found not a single insurance company that would sell a product-liability policy that covered cell-phone radiation.

“Why would we want to do that?” one executive asked with a chuckle before pointing to more than two dozen lawsuits outstanding against wireless companies, demanding a total of $1.9 billion in damages.)

Cell Phone Radiation & 5G Dangers | An In-Depth Exploration

Related: 5G Wireless: A Dangerous ‘Experiment on Humanity’

In the 1980s, cell phones were allowed onto the US consumer market without any government safety testing.

This year, 5G is poised to roll out across the country, where antennas the size of a pizza box will have to be installed approximately every 250 feet to ensure connectivity.

Wall Street is salivating at the potential trillions of dollars in economic activity - but by fast-tracking the technology and not doing premarket safety testing, will we make the same mistake with 5G as we did with cell phones?

According to the National Toxicology Program’s study, commissioned by the FDA in 1999, there is much more evidence of a cancer-cell phone connection than is widely assumed.

More shockingly, NTP brass attempted to water down the public health implications of their findings - in line with the wireless industry’s long-standing denial that cell phone users face risks.

Related: The Urgency To Educate On The Dangers Of 5G Technology, Especially With Mothers & “With 5G, We Are Guinea Pigs” - Media Reports 5G Injuries From Swiss Experiments In Geneva

“How Big Wireless Made Us Think That Cell Phones Are Safe: A Special Investigation” was the April 23, 2018, cover story for The Nation.

Related Articles:

5G Will Cause Decimation Of Humanity World Wide

Lawyer presents strong case against 5G

Big Wireless Concedes: No studies showing safety of 5G - 7th Feb 2019

5G was never designed to be safe. A 1977 study on millimeter waves shows clear biological damage

The Hidden Military Use of 5G Technology

Cell Phone Cancer 5G Destroy Brain and Heart

5G Unmasked Documentary

Switzerland: Dispute Over the 5G Network: The Battle Goes to the Next Round

Everybody Will Eventually Be Targeted

Video on Post 5G 6G Cell Free MIMO

5G The War on humanity, an energy healer explains his findings

Greens Try To Censor Anti 5G Candidate

The Truth About 5G - Dr Graham Downing

Feinstein Statement on 5G National Security Concerns

5G-Dead Birds Fall From The Sky All Over The World

Are You Confused About 5G, The Military’s Microwave Weapon?

5G & Cell Tower Protests Worldwide

"Archon Artificial Intelligence & 5G Frequency Control"

Dr Martin Pall - How wireless technology harms people and nature

Brighteon Films posts new 5G mini-documentary that warns humanity about the imminent danger of 5G cell towers

"I'm Not Recommending Anyone Use It": First 5G Rollout Fails To Live Up To The Hype

5G LED Antenna Explained Anthony Steele

#5GADoctorsConcern - The Tide is Turning

Children in Ireland Singing Against Plan To Install Cell Tower In School (To Tune of Pink Floyd)

5G turned on in Coventry - birds fall from trees dead

Dark Side of Wireless Gifts: Hidden Health Costs

The Perils of Fifth Generation ( 5G ) Wireless Beverly Rubik, Ph.D.

Cell antenna base station tower is demolished by activist with a tank

Mind Control by Cell Phone

The Madness of Putting 53,000 5G Satellites in Space

“Verizon Pitches 5G as Climate Champion” - Manipulative Marketing and Manure

5G Exerts Control over Living Matter

5G Hardware Breakdown

1080, 5G, accountability & people power. Sue Grey, NZ Outdoors Party with Vinny Eastwood

5G - Weaponizing the Airwaves

Possible 5G Tower Next To School Is Removed After 4 Young Elementery Students Develop Cancer

5G, Cell Phone Radiation and Cancer: Dr. Anthony Miller Interview

Cellphone towers, health and democracy

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi
Ten Insane, Completely Irrational Things Millions Of People Believe As We Enter The 2020s
January 18 2020 | From: NewsTarget / Various

The 2020s may one day be called the “decade of insanity,” given all the insane things believed by a surprisingly large number of people.

The frantic beliefs of these people are, of course, driving them to the brink of insanity. [Comment: This article is somewhat dramatic, however it does highlight some highly relevant points.]

Related: ‘Cultural Schizophrenia’: Media Shift To Feelings Over Facts Tearing US [West] Apart & You Are Being Bombarded By Fake News, Fake News “Filters,” Fake People, Fake Food, And Fake Medicine

We see this with Greta Thunberg and the climate change lunatics, who are all convinced the world will literally be destroyed in 10 years if we don’t stop using fossil fuels (that’s item #3, see below).

When the masses can be convinced that they are all going to die, they tend to become rather crazed and irrational.

And that’s where we are today in America [The West], no longer the “land of the free” but rather the “cesspool of the insane,” led by psycho-terrorism organizations known as CNN, the Washington Post and the New York Times [The Mainstream Media].

They’ve all abandoned journalism and now prioritize carrying out acts of psychological terrorism (or what I’ve called “journo-terrorism”) against the people.

So now we launch the decade of the 2020s as a nation that’s largely run by criminals and traitors (i.e. most of Congress and the bureaucracy), where the university students are taught by libtard nut jobs pretending to be “professors,” where investors think the stock market will never suffer a correction again, and where CNN literally reports that men can get pregnant and give birth to human babies, some of whom the Left says should probably be murdered in the name of “women’s rights” (i.e. abortion).

Related: Fear-Based Manipulation: How Politicians, Marketers And The Media Create Panic To Control The Masses

We are now living in the Age of Insanity, and it’s not looking any better for 2020 and beyond.

So here’s a list of 10 totally insane things that millions of Americans believe right now as we enter this decade of insanity.

Hint: Given all the 5G radiation, brain damaging fluoride in the water, heavy metals in the food and hormones in food packaging, it’s certain that the insanity is only going to get worse, so buckle up and prepare for life in a mad, mad world.

Insane Belief #1: Men Can Become Women by Wishing it So

Nearly all Leftists literally believe there are more than two genders and that a person of one gender can magically transform into a completely different gender just by wishing. (See Gender.news for many examples.)

Yes, Leftists now believe that men can get pregnant and have babies, and children are being taught that there are an infinite number of genders when, in reality, there are only two.

By the same token, children are also being taught that getting the right answer on a test question isn’t important anymore… it’s how you feel about your answer that’s the new “reality.”

Related: America’s First Non-Binary Person Renounces Transgenderism, Says, “I Have Always Been Male” & Who Are The Rich, White Men Institutionalizing Transgender Ideology?

Insane Belief #2: Stock Market Crashes are a Thing of the Past

This belief afflicts nearly all the masses, the oblivious retail investors who stupidly think their pension funds and mutual fund investments will keep growing forever, with no retractions, corrections or crashes.

So they buy and buy even as we are in such overbought territory that all the professional investors are selling everything and heading to their cabins in the woods with bars of gold.

In 2020, the typical American is now in “full FOMO” mode (Fear Of Missing Out) and is almost fanatically plunging all assets into the stock market in a desperate effort to chase the irrational exuberance to its final, disastrous end.

When the day of reckoning comes for these markets, the masses will be destroyed. But if the Fed plays along with more money creation and spontaneous liquidity, that day may yet be delayed until perhaps 2021 (or not).

Related: Do Financial Markets Still Exist?

Insane Belief #3: The Earth Will be Destroyed in 10 Years if We Don’t Stop Using Fossil Fuels

AOC reminds us that we now have a clinically retarded lunatic as a member of Congress, and she quite literally believes the entire planet will cease to exist in just ten years if we don’t immediately stop burning fossil fuels.

But she’s not alone: The incessant fearmongering of the journo-terrorism media has managed to transform all sorts of previously rational people into raving climate lunatics who, when they speak, sound dumber than dirt.

If we were to halt the use of fossil fuels, of course, the global food supply would almost immediately collapse, leading to mass starvation, disease and a population implosion. Perhaps this is what the globalists really want, it seems, since they keep demanding it at every turn.

What’s new in all this is the fact that climate lunatics are now terrorizing children, then holding them up as “warriors” to fight for “climate justice” when, in reality, they’re just terrorized, abused young people who will one day come to harshly resent how they were exploited and psychologically terrorized by left-wing lunatics for political gain.

Related: Discovery Of Massive Volcanic CO2 Emissions Puts Damper On Global Warming Theory & Climate Change Hoax Collapses As New Science Finds Human Activity Has Virtually Zero Impact On Global Temperatures

Insane Belief #4: A Human Baby that’s Born Alive Isn’t Really “Alive” Until the Mother Decides She Wants to Keep It

According to the same lunatic Leftists who have decided that men can somehow become women by wishing for a sex change, human babies that are born alive and healthy aren’t really “alive” until the mother decides she wants to keep that baby.

Until that moment comes, the mother, the doctor and apparently anyone in the room with a baseball bat can legally murder that child in the name of “progressivism,” Leftists insist.

This is the new culture of the mainstream Left: Infanticide and violence against human babies. Celebrated and applauded by all Democrats.

And they justify it all by claiming that Trump is bad, therefore murdering babies makes it all even, somehow.

Related: UK Court Decides That Children Belong To The State, Not Their Parents

Yes, it’s insane, but this is how the Left thinks. And it brings up the question: If these people are willing to murder their own children, do you really think they will hesitate to murder their political opponents if given the opportunity?

Keep that in mind the next time some baby-killing Governor (Northam, anyone?) announces he’s coming for your guns.

Heck, they probably need your guns to help them execute all the children they plan to kill in the hospitals, while Michelle Wolf celebrates how killing babies makes her feel “like God.”

Insane Belief #5: Flat Earth

Yes, in the year 2020, we still have millions of Americans who quite literally believe the Earth is flat… like a disc floating in space. They also believe the sun and moon are discs, and that satellites don’t exist, and that gravity isn’t real.

And they are rather fanatical about these beliefs, convincing themselves that there is a global conspiracy to silence the truth about the “flat Earth” in order to prevent humans from discovering the edges where you can step off into outer space… or something.

I recently posted a detailed science article explaining what Flat Earthers get wrong about gravity and elliptical orbits, but it doesn’t matter what you say to them: They’re happy to redefine Kepler’s laws of motion, or Newton’s laws, or Einstein’s equations, or whatever it takes to pretend the Earth is a flat disc and all space flight was faked on a green screen stage in Hollywood.

Related: Twenty Five Rules Of Disinformation, Propaganda, “PSYOPS”, Debunking Techniques

At least the Flat Earthers aren’t fascists who demand we give up combustion engines or something, like AOC. Mostly, the Flat Earth movement is all about a “thought experiment,” but they aren’t dangerous like Leftists who want to murder children and collapse entire economies.

If we had Flat Earthers in congress instead of climate lunatics, we’d actually be better off, come to think of it. And elections would be far more entertaining.

Insane Belief #6: All Vaccines are Safe, Because Somebody on the News Said So

It’s amazing how many people still believe vaccines are safe, even when the federal government itself publishes vaccine damage statistics and details of the billions of dollars in payouts that have been made to the families of vaccine-damaged children. You can download the data yourself at VAERS.HHS.GOV.

Yes, vaccines kill children and adults, too. Vaccines use toxic ingredients, and they contain the genetically modified DNA of aborted humans who were altered to activate cancer genes.

Yes, the CDC openly admits vaccines contain neurotoxic substances such as formaldehyde, mercury, squalene and aluminum.

There is no debate that vaccines carry risk of harm and manage to harm a great number of children each year, yet many American adults who consider themselves to be “informed” have no clue of this reality.

Related: U.S. Govt Loses Landmark Vaccine Lawsuit & Expert Study Shows Vaccinations Actually Turn Your Own Bodies Immune System Against You

That’s because anyone who talks about vaccine safety is immediately de-platformed from all the major tech platforms.

And that’s happening because the vaccine deep state is run by the same CIA that runs the tech giants, and they’re using vaccines as a depopulation bioweapon against humanity, right now at this very moment. If you’re curious to see the overwhelming evidence that proves this assertion, check out this article and video.

Insane Belief #7: The Mainstream Media Tells the Truth, or at Least Tries To

Of all the really stupid beliefs held by modern Westerners, the belief that the mainstream media is even attempting to tell the truth is among the most insane.

It’s not just that CNN, the NYT, the WashPost, MSNBC, etc., get every major story wrong, it’s the fact that they intend to lie to their audiences.

For years, they’ve peddled false conspiracies about Russia and election meddling, always running cover for Hillary Clinton, Joe Biden and the deep state, while knowingly publishing damned lies about Trump and his supporters.

Related: The Business Of Journalists Is To Destroy The Truth & Americans Think The Media Is More Destructive Than
Banks & Corporations + The Normals vs. Conspiracy Theorists

The corporate media in America is, plainly stated, openly engaged in criminal treason against the United States of America, yet there are still a (shrinking number of) morons who can somehow watch CNN’s Brian Stelter and not laugh out loud or puke all over themselves.

I’m not sure which is shrinking faster: CNN’s audience, or the brains of the remaining few who somehow still watch CNN.

Insane Belief #8: Food Isn’t Medicine, and “Real” Medicine Can Only be Acquired From Pharmacies

Despite all the remarkable research about healing foods, nutrients, disease prevention, superfoods and “miraculous” food cures, there are still people - many of them are doctors - who think the only “real” medicine comes from a pharmacy.

Somehow, we are entering the decade of 2020 while millions of people still carry a belief system from the 1950s, when it was widely believed there were just four vitamins, and food was thought to be useless in promoting good health.

Related: 1899 Merck Manual Shows Natural And Food - Based Medicine Once Reigned Supreme + The Healing Web

Now, of course, we know the truth: Pharmaceuticals are fake medicine, and food is the real medicine.

If you’re not preventing disease and healing yourself through food, you’re not really up to speed on what modern science has documented about food as medicine.

In fact, we cover these breakthroughs every day at sites like FoodScience.news or SuperfoodsNews.com. Check them out to stay informed and prevent disease on a daily basis.

Insane Belief #9: All White People are Evil, and the Only “Experts” in the World are Children

This is a two-fer: The insane, delusional Left has now convinced millions of people that all white people are evil, but also that children are the new “experts” on things like gun control and climate change.

Yep, adults are stupid and children have all the answers. Is this a freaking Disney movie?

Nope, it’s the new narrative of the retarded Left, which thinks a 16-year-old girl whose mother claims she can literally see carbon dioxide - an invisible gas - is now a more credible “expert” than a 30-year scientist and expert in atmospheric chemistry.

And if you put up a poster that says, “It’s okay to be white,” you are immediately accused of hate crimes. Yes, it’s okay to be black, and it’s okay to be brown, but it’s never okay to be white in today’s insane “progressive” society defined by left-wing bigotry, racism and hate.

Related: A Conversation On Race, Identity Politics And Slavery

And if you’re Asian, the entire left-wing university system will brazenly discriminate against you for being too smart, making sure they can usher in a bunch of unqualified minorities who can’t compete with Asians when it comes to cognitive tests, so they’re given bonus points for “social justice,” whatever that means.

As we enter the 2020s, I do want to welcome all the Asians to the club, where we are all called “racists” by the very libtard lunatics whose policies are, by definition, the most racist of all.

Just remember, if you don’t agree with everything a Leftist says, you are engaged in hate speech.

Insane Belief #10: The World as You Know it is Sustainable and Normal, and Nothing Will Collapse Because that’s Unimaginable

Finally, the really big false belief is summarized by the phrase, “normalcy bias.” People think the world will always operate as it does now because that’s all they know.

They are incapable of imagining anything else, such as a grid down collapse, an economic collapse, World War III, a civil war on the streets of America, a food collapse followed by mass starvation, visitation by aliens and so on.

So they lead their pointless lives as sheeple living out some sort of mad experiment in shared insanity, oblivious to the reality that almost everything they think is permanent is actually headed for collapse.

Related: Society Is Made Of Narrative – Realizing This Is Awakening From The Matrix

Much of what currently functions in the world is entirely unsustainable, and that means it must come to an end.

Endless money creation must come to an end. Government debt spending must come to an end. The loss of fossil water to irrigate food crops must come to an end.

The ecological destruction of the planet will eventually collapse the food supply on which we depend. The pensions will collapse once the market corrects.

The dollar will eventually be abandoned as a failed fiat currency. The nuclear power plants will eventually fail and melt down, perhaps following a severe earthquake that already places multiple nuke plants in California in the direct line of fire.

You get the point. The history of our world has rarely seen as long a run of peace and prosperity as the one we are currently experiencing.

Most of human history has been punctuated by genocide, democide, world wars and economic collapse. The fool thinks that’s all “history” now, and modern humans finally have it all figured out, but the wise person knows that history repeats itself.

The Fourth Turning isn’t a myth, it’s a cycle.

Related: What Is Needed Is Overpowering Uncontrollable Mass Awakening: The Year Of The Light When Truth Will

There’s nothing new under the sun, my friends, and all the stupid things humans did in the past are about to be magnified in the present because humans are more stupid today than ever before.

This is partially thanks to Google, which is now in the business of suppressing human knowledge and dumbing down the masses, but it’s also the fault of the masses, who decided the internet was invented to deliver porn instead of wisdom.

Yes, we’re fighting against all this with the upcoming launch of our own search engine called Webseed.com - launching in January - which will focus on health and wellness content.

But that’s just a drop in the bucket compared to the ocean of idiocy that now defines those who both use and run Google, Facebook, Twitter and YouTube. Will The West survive past 2025 as it is structured now?

It is my belief that America as we know it will not survive beyond 2025, which means these are in the last five years of a world structured as “normal,” at least as you and I have come to know it.

I hope I’m wrong, but I fear I’m right, as I was right about the 2000 dot com crash, the 2008 sub-prime housing bubble crash, the criminality of Obama, the false flag operations of the FBI and a hundred other accurate predictions I’ve made over the last two decades.

Believe what you wish, just know that the more closely your beliefs are aligned with reality, the better chance you have at surviving what’s coming. Those who believe nonsensical things won’t fare well as reality smack them hard.

Related Articles:

I Woke Up And The World Around Me Is Still Asleep: What To Do? + Once You Learn These Nine Lessons From Confucius, Your Priorities In Life Will Completely Change

Government’s Vital Control Structure: Computers Manipulate Facebook Users - Governments Control The People

Western Culture Has Died A Politically Correct Death

We Are Eating Ourselves Insane: Causes Of Mental Insanity Identified In Factory Foods

Five Damaging Lies Advertisements Desperately Want You To Believe

Removing The Blindfold Of Dogmatic Belief

Are You A Mind-Controlled CIA Stooge? + The Term “Conspiracy Theory” Was Invented By The CIA In Order To Prevent Disbelief Of Official Government Stories

Merkel Admits German Multiculturalism Has "Utterly Failed" & Dalai Lama Criticizes Mass Migration, Says
“Keep Europe For Europeans”

Top 10 Most Delusional “Facts” Of The Lunatic Left-Wing Fact-Checkers

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi
A Whole Branch Of Science Turns Out To Be Fake
January 17 2020 | From: NoMoreFakeNews / Various

Devotees of science often assume that what is called science is real and true. It must be. Otherwise, their faith is broken.

Their superficial understanding is shattered. Their “superior view” of the world is torpedoed.

Related: The "Institutional Corruption" Of Psychiatry: A Conversation With Authors Of ''Psychiatry Under The Influence''

Such people choose unofficial “anti-science” targets to attack. They never think of inspecting their own house for enormous fraud.

For example: Psychiatry.

An open secret has been slowly bleeding out into public consciousness for the past ten years.

There are no definitive laboratory tests for any so-called mental disorder.

And along with that:

All so-called mental disorders are concocted, named, labeled, described, and categorized by a committee of psychiatrists, from menus of human behaviors.

Their findings are published in periodically updated editions of The Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders (DSM), printed by the American Psychiatric Association.

For years, even psychiatrists have been blowing the whistle on this hazy crazy process of “research."

Related: The Myth Of Mental Illness: Psychiatry Is A Fraud And It Is All About Control + “Opposition Defiant
Disorder” - Non-Conformity And Anti-Authoritarianism Now Considered An Illness

Of course, pharmaceutical companies, who manufacture highly toxic drugs to treat every one of these “disorders,” are leading the charge to invent more and more mental-health categories, so they can sell more drugs and make more money.

But we have a mind-boggling twist. Under the radar, one of the great psychiatric stars, who has been out in front in inventing mental disorders, went public. He blew the whistle on himself and his colleagues. And for several years, almost no one noticed.

His name is Dr. Allen Frances, and he made VERY interesting statements to Gary Greenberg, author of a Wired article: “Inside the Battle to Define Mental Illness.” (Dec.27, 2010).

Major media never picked up on the interview in any serious way. It never became a scandal.

Dr. Allen Frances is the man who, in 1994, headed up the project to write the latest edition of the psychiatric bible, the DSM-IV. This tome defines and labels and describes every official mental disorder. The DSM-IV eventually listed 297 of them.

In an April 19, 1994, New York Times piece, “Scientist At Work,” Daniel Goleman called Frances “Perhaps the most powerful psychiatrist in America at the moment…”

Related: Is Psychiatry Bullshit? Some Psychiatrists View The Chemical-Imbalance Theory As A Well-Meaning Lie + Psychotropic Drugs, Are They Safe? Fourteen Lies That Our Psychiatry Professors Taught Us In Medical School

Well, sure. If you’re sculpting the entire canon of diagnosable mental disorders for your colleagues, for insurers, for the government, for Pharma (who will sell the drugs matched up to the 297 DSM-IV diagnoses), you’re right up there in the pantheon.

Long after the DSM-IV had been put into print, Dr. Frances talked to Wired’s Greenberg and said the following:

“There is no definition of a mental disorder. It’s bullshit. I mean, you just can’t define it.”


That’s on the order of the designer of the Hindenburg, looking at the burned rubble on the ground, remarking, “Well, I knew there would be a problem.”

After a suitable pause, Dr. Frances remarked to Greenberg, “These concepts [of distinct mental disorders] are virtually impossible to define precisely with bright lines at the borders.”

Related: The Science And Pseudoscience Of Children’s Mental Health + Creating ADHD Is The New Education

Frances should have mentioned the fact that his baby, the DSM-IV, had unscientifically rearranged earlier definitions of ADHD and Bipolar to permit many MORE diagnoses, leading to a vast acceleration of drug-dosing with highly powerful and toxic compounds.

Here is a smoking-gun statement made by another prominent mental-health expert, on an episode of PBS’ Frontline series. The episode was: “Does ADHD Exist?”

PBS FRONTLINE INTERVIEWER: Skeptics say that there’s no biological marker - that it [ADHD] is the one condition out there where there is no blood test, and that no one knows what causes it.

BARKLEY (Dr. Russell Barkley, professor of psychiatry and neurology at the University of Massachusetts Medical Center): That’s tremendously naïve, and it shows a great deal of illiteracy about science and about the mental health professions.

A disorder doesn’t have to have a blood test to be valid. If that were the case, all mental disorders would be invalid…There is no lab test for any mental disorder right now in our science. That doesn’t make them invalid.

Without intending to, Dr. Barkley blows an ear-shattering whistle on his own profession.

So let’s take Dr. Barkley to school. Medical science, and disease-research in particular, rests on the notion that you can make a diagnosis backed up by lab tests. If you can’t produce lab tests, you’re spinning fantasies.

These fantasies might be hopeful, they might be “educated guesses,” they might be launched from traditional centers of learning, they might be backed up by billions of dollars of grant money…but they’re still fantasies.

Related: New Study Finds Antidepressants To Be “Largely Ineffective And Potentially Dangerous”

Dr. Barkley is essentially saying, “There is no lab test for any mental disorder. If a test were the standard of proof, we wouldn’t have science at all, and that would mean our whole profession rests on nothing - and that is unthinkable, so therefore a test doesn’t matter.”

That logic is no logic at all. That science is no science at all. Barkley is proving the case against himself. He just doesn’t want to admit it.

Psychiatry is all fraud all the time.

Without much of a stretch, you could say psychiatry has been the most widespread profiling operation in the history of the human race. Its goal has been to bring humans everywhere into its system.

It hardly matters which label a person is painted with, as long as it adds up to a diagnosis and a prescription of drugs.

300 so-called mental disorders caused by…what? No lab evidence. No defining diagnostic tests. No blood tests, saliva tests, brain scans, genetic assays. No nothing.

Related: The Violence-Inducing Effects Of Psychiatric Medication & The Psychiatric Agenda Destroys Creative Children

But psychiatrists continue to assert they are the masters of causation. They know what’s behind “mental disorders.” They’re in charge.

What about the generalized “chemical imbalance” hypothesis stating that all mental disorders stem from such imbalances in the brain?

Dr. Ronald Pies, the editor-in-chief emeritus of the Psychiatric Times, laid that hypothesis to rest in the July 11, 2011, issue of the Times with this staggering admission:

“In truth, the ‘chemical imbalance’ notion was always a kind of urban legend - never a theory seriously propounded by well-informed psychiatrists.”

Boom. Dead.

The point is, for decades the whole basis of psychiatric drug research, drug prescription, and drug sales has been: “we’re correcting a chemical imbalance in the brain.”

The problem was, researchers had never established a normal baseline for chemical balance. So they were shooting in the dark. Worse, they were faking a theory. Pretending they knew something when they didn’t.

Related: The Drugs May Be The Problem – Inconvenient Truths About Big Pharma And The Psychiatric Industry + Psychologist Speaks Out: Psychiatry Is Misleading Public About Mental Disorders

In his 2011 piece in Psychiatric Times, Dr. Pies tries to protect his colleagues in the psychiatric profession with this fatuous remark:

“In the past 30 years, I don’t believe I have ever heard a knowledgeable, well-trained psychiatrist make such a preposterous claim [about chemical imbalance in the brain], except perhaps to mock it…

The ‘chemical imbalance’ image has been vigorously promoted by some pharmaceutical companies, often to the detriment of our patients’ understanding.”

Absurd. First of all, many psychiatrists have explained and do explain to their patients that the drugs are there to correct a chemical imbalance.

And second, if all well-trained psychiatrists have known, all along, that the chemical-imbalance theory is a fraud…

…then why on earth have they been prescribing tons of drugs to their patients…

…since those drugs are developed on the false premise that they correct an imbalance?

The honchos of psychiatry are seeing the handwriting on the wall. Their game has been exposed.

The chemical imbalance theory is a fake. There are no defining physical tests for any of the 300 so-called mental disorders.

All diagnoses are based on arbitrary clusters or menus of human behavior. The drugs are harmful, dangerous, toxic. Some of them induce violence. Suicide, homicide. Some of the drugs cause brain damage.

Related: Researcher Uncovers What May Be The Real Cause Of Depression

So the shrinks have to move into another model of “mental illness,” another con, another fraud. And they’re looking for one.

For example, genes plus “psycho-social factors” cause mental disorders. A mish-mash of more unproven science.

“New breakthrough research on the functioning of the brain is paying dividends and holds great promise…” Professional PR and gibberish.

Meanwhile, the business model demands drugs for sale.

So even though the chemical-imbalance nonsense has been discredited, it will continue on as a dead man walking, a zombie.

Two questions always pop up when I write a critique of psychiatry. The first one is: psychiatric researchers are doing a massive amount of work studying brain function. They do have tests.

Yes, experimental tests. But NONE of those tests are contained in the DSM, the psychiatric bible, as the basis of the definition of ANY mental disorder. If the tests were conclusive, they would be heralded in the DSM. They aren’t.

Related: The Roots Of Mental Health - Maybe They’re Not In Our Heads + Rising Rates Of Suicide: Are Pills The Problem?

The second question is: if all these mental disorders are fiction, why are so many people saddled with problems? Why are some people off the rails? Why are they crazy?

The list of potential answers is very long. A real practitioner would focus on one patient at a time and try to discover what has affected him to such a marked degree. For example:

Severe nutritional deficiency. Toxic dyes and colors in processed food. Ingestion of pesticides and herbicides. Profound sensitivities to certain foods.

The ingestion of toxic pharmaceuticals. Life-altering damage as a result of vaccines. Exposure to environmental chemicals. Heavy physical and emotional abuse in the home or at school.

Battlefield stress and trauma (also present in certain neighborhoods). Prior head injury. Chronic infection. Alcohol and street drugs. Debilitating poverty. Other items could be added.

Related: Why Nutritional Psychiatry Is The Future Of Mental Health Treatment + Depression Is A Symptom Of Nutrient Deficiency; Treating It With Drugs Is Not Only Ineffective But Dangerous

Psychiatry is: fake, fraud, pseudoscience from top to bottom. It’s complete fiction dressed up as fact.

But the obsessed devotees of science tend to back away from this.

They close their eyes. If a “branch of knowledge” as extensive as psychiatry is nothing more than an organized delusion, what other aspect of science might likewise be parading as truth, when it is actually mere paper blowing in the wind?

Related Articles:

How Facebook Has Become The Strategic Media Mouthpiece For The Global Elite & The Impact Of Social Media On Young People's Mental Health

Nutrition And Mental Health + ADHD Is A Fabricated Disease, Says Reputed Neurologist

Why Anti-Authoritarians Are Diagnosed As Mentally Ill

Having Depression And Anxiety Means Having A Brain Constantly At War With Itself

Google Will Help Diagnose Your Clinical Depression: It’s Wonderful

Digital Addiction Increases Loneliness, Anxiety And Depression

Another Natural Remedy For Alcoholism And Depression? South American Psychedelic Herb Promotes Feelings Of Well-Being, According To New Study

7 Facts About Depression That Will Blow You Away

The Importance Of Having A Breakdown

The Truth About Suicide

Have You Noticed That The Crazy People Are Starting To Take Over Our Society?

Psilocybin Designated As A “Breakthrough Therapy” For Major Depressive Disorder (MDD)

Doctor explains how antidepressants affect marriages and relationships

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi
Higher Fluoride Levels During Pregnancy May Be Linked With Lower IQ Scores In Kids: Study
January 16 2020 | From: CTVNews / Various

Children whose mothers were exposed to higher levels of fluoride in their tap water during pregnancy scored lower on IQ tests than those with mothers who had less exposure while pregnant, according to a new study.

In an effort to determine whether fluoride should be considered a neurotoxin, researchers from York University in Toronto conducted an observational study of 512 mother-child pairs from six major Canadian cities.

Related: New Study: Fluoridation Lowers IQ of Formula-Fed Babies

Of this sample, 40 per cent lived in communities with fluoridated municipal water.

“We went into this not knowing what to expect… no study had been done on pregnancy and fluoride exposure,” lead author Christine Till told CTV News. Comment: Really? See below...

"It was shocking to see the size of the effect. I suppose it’s a shock because we were all told that it’s safe… but when you think about it, we shouldn’t be so shocked because there is a literature and decades of work showing this effect.

There are biological reasons the fetus can be at increased risk of neurotoxicity, so we are taking these findings very seriously."

The Public Health Agency of Canada (PHAC) says fluoride molecules can strengthen teeth by hardening tooth enamel, contributing to tooth surface re-mineralization, and deterring oral bacteria.

For decades, governments around the world have added fluoride to public drinking water to reduce rates of tooth decay in children and adults.

Despite being endorsed by major public health bodies around the world, including the World Health Organization and the U.S. Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, which considers water fluoridation one of the top 10 public health achievements of the 20th century, communities have resisted adding the mineral to their water supply out of concern that it is potentially toxic. 

Related: New Study Provides Further Evidence Of Low IQ In Children Due To Fluoride Exposure

According to PHAC, only 13.9 million Canadians or 38 per cent of the population had access to public fluoridated water in 2017.

By comparison, the York University researchers said that 66 per cent of U.S. residents had access to fluoridated water.

Europe, on the other hand, only had fluoridated water for 3 per cent of its residents, but they rely on other strategies to distribute the mineral, such as supplements and dental treatments.

For this study, published in the JAMA Pediatrics journal on Monday, the academics used information from the Maternal-Infant Research on Environmental Chemicals report to determine the potential association between fluoride exposure during pregnancy and cognitive development in children.

The children’s exposure to the mineral was estimated by the fluoride concentration in the mother’s urine samples while they were pregnant and how much water they reported they consumed during their first and third trimester.

When the children were three to four years old, their IQ was assessed using the Wechsler Primary and Preschool Scale of Intelligence test.

Related: Don’t Drink The Water: The Dark Side Of Water Fluoridation + Study Shows Water Has Memory: German Scientists Expand On Dr. Emoto’s Work

After controlling for other confounding factors, such as fluoride metabolism and children’s intellectual abilities, the researchers found that a 1-mg/L increase in maternal urinary fluoride concentration was associated with 4.5-point lower IQ score in boys. There wasn’t a statistically significant association in girls, the study said.

"This is a major loss of IQ points that would have societal and economic impacts; it would definitely be felt at a population level,”
said Till.

4.5 points is a dramatic loss of IQ, comparable to what you’d see with lead exposure, and that’s why we’re so concerned.

However, when the exposure was measured only by the pregnant mothers’ self-reported daily intake of water, a 1-mg/L increase in fluoride was associated with a deficit of 3.7 points in both boys and girls.

In a statement to CTV News, the Canadian Dental Association said it was reviewing the findings.

Related: Fluoride Officially Classified As A Neurotoxin In World’s Top Medical Journals & Perfluorinated Chemicals
(PFCs) Found In Nearly Half Of All Fast Food Wrappers From McDonald’s, Burger King, Starbucks And other Food Retailers

“While the study does not address the oral health benefits of fluoridated municipal water, the Canadian Dental Association is reviewing the findings in consultation with our colleagues in the scientific community,” read the statement.

"It is important to recognize that this is one study with small sample sizes within the context of more than 40 years of other research on the safety and health benefits of fluoridated water.

Careful attention to oral health is particularly important during pregnancy, and CDA recommends that women see their dentist as part of maintaining their oral health.”

The study’s authors acknowledged some of the limitations of their research, including its observational design, how fetal fluoride exposure and estimated fluoride intake was measured, and the lack of assessment of fluoride exposure during infancy.

The researchers said their findings indicate a possible need to reduce fluoride intake during pregnancy. 

Related: Fluoridation Is Mass Medication, New Zealand Supreme Court Rules

Based on our findings, we’re recommending that women reduced fluoride intake during pregnancy,Till said.

"It’s important to note that there are many sources of fluoride, but one major source is fluoridated water, that counts for about 70 per cent of our intake.”

Till acknowledged that the study results may be controversial.

JAMA Pediatrics has defended its decision to publish the paper, noting that the decision was “not easy.”

Related: The Dark History Behind Fluoride (That The Media Refuses To Report)

“Given the nature of the findings and their potential implications, we subjected it to additional scrutiny for its methods and the presentation of its findings,” read a statement issued alongside the publication.

“Publishing it serves as testament to the fact that JAMA Pediatrics is committed to disseminating the best science based entirely on the rigor of the methods and the soundness of the hypotheses tested, regardless of how contentious the results may be.”

Read: The Full Study in the Journal of the American Medical Association

Related Articles:

The missing words are "scientific integrity," and that is why what you see in this video is so important

Criticisms of Recent JAMA Fluoride/IQ Study Are Unfounded

JAMA admits FLUORIDE causes brain damage

JAMA Study Author Speaks in New Video Interview

The Question That Fluoridation Promoters Can’t Answer

NZ: Federal Control Of Fluoridation Would Be A Nightmare

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi
The Global AI Index - The Artificial Intelligence Arms Race
January 15 2020 | From: TortoiseMedia / Various

A groundbreaking new index ranking 54 countries in the AI race.

The world is in the grip of an unprecedented AI arms race, with the US and China surging ahead in a contest that could reshape our societies from the ground up, new data reveals.

Related: AI Expert Says We Are Summoning Robot “Entities” Who Will Treat Us Like Ants

More than 10,000 artificial intelligence (AI) companies have been founded since 2015, attracting private funding of $37 billion, and thousands of extra programmers have been drafted onto AI projects globally in the last three years as demand for the technology soars, a new index by Tortoise Intelligence shows.

AI technology simulates human intelligence to process information faster than conventional computers – often by learning from its mistakes. It has the potential to transform multiple industries from healthcare to finance, but has also been used to covertly monitor populations, develop deadly weaponry and transform the labour market.

Related: Total Individual Control Technology – Insider Exposes How You And Your DNA Are Being Targeted &
Psychotechnology: How Artificial Intelligence Is Designed To Change Humanity

Elon Musk, the billionaire entrepreneur, and Sir Stephen Hawking, the theoretical physicist, have both warned about the dangers of such “thinking machines”.

In 2018 Musk said that AI was more dangerous than nuclear weapons and called for global regulation:

"It’s capable of vastly more than almost anyone knows and the rate of improvement is exponential.”

Hawking, who died last year, warned in 2014 that AI could:

"Spell the end of the human race”.

To investigate this shift, the Global AI Index by Tortoise Intelligence has ranked 54 countries based on their AI capabilities, measuring performance across 150 indicators including research, coding platforms, investment and government spending.

For the first time, it discloses the huge acceleration of AI across the globe as the technology becomes a new battleground for influence and power.

Since the Canadian government issued the first national AI strategy in 2017, at least 30 more countries have followed suit, our data shows. The number of AI companies has doubled in four years, with almost 20,000 now developing technologies ranging from self-driving cars to medical algorithms capable of detecting disease.

Total investment in AI firms last year topped $26 billion – up from $7 billion in 2015 – according to Crunchbase, a business information platform.

Related: World’s First Robot Citizen Wants Her Own Family, Career & AI ‘Superpowers’

On Github, the world’s biggest open source development platform, the number of Chinese contributions to AI code rose from 150 per year in 2015 to 13,000 per year today. Those from Americans rose from 7,000 to 42,000.

Tortoise Intelligence has developed the Index to further understanding among policy makers, entrepreneurs and the public of a new technology that some suggest is a breakthrough as remarkable as the discovery of electricity.

“AI is one of the most important things humanity is working on,” Google CEO Sundar Pichai said last year. “It holds the potential for some of the biggest advances we are going to see.”

The Language of AI

Artificial intelligence is the defining technology of our future. Here is a short linguistic guide to help you navigate the revolution.

Algorithm: a set of rules that a computer can follow, as a mindless drone, in order to find a solution.

used in…

Artificial Intelligence: the science of programming intelligent machines with many algorithms so that they are able to do things that people would usually do – driving a car, or reading an MRI scan.

which spawned…

Machine Learning: the part of artificial intelligence that’s all about moving from programming machines, to training machines to perform tasks.

and then…

Deep Learning: A subset of machine learning, made up of algorithms that allow software to train itself to perform tasks such as image recognition or understanding human language.

and most recently…

Neural Networks: an artificial intelligence system that mimics the way the human brain works – they cluster and classify data. Neural network is a metaphor for the structure of the machine learning algorithm with the nodes and links looking a lot like a simple diagram of the brain.

many of which are developed by coders who’ve taken…

Massive Online Open Courses (MOOC): an online learning course, offering the opportunity to pick up new skills – many of which are related to computing and artificial intelligence.

and collaborate on…

GitHub: one of the code sharing and publishing services used by developers working on software for artificial intelligence, where coders around the world collaborate on projects.

where you might find code for…

Fundamental Platforms: a toolkit for building intelligent applications; some offering pre-built algorithms. Word is to a word doc, as a fundamental platform is to artificial intelligence software.

which may well be written in…

Python: a general purpose programming language used by lots of artificial intelligence developers; the use of which is a great indicator of how many developers are out there and what they are doing.

and require a supportive…

Operating Environment: the context for artificial intelligence in terms of rules, restrictions, trust and opinion that make technologies harder or easier to adopt.

Over 12 months, we measured 54 countries across seven key indicators: talent; infrastructure; operating environment; research; development; government strategy; and commercial ventures. Each indicator was weighted for importance after consultation with experts across the field.

The AI Index: Key Findings

The US is the undisputed leader in AI development, the Index shows. The western superpower scored almost twice as highly as second-placed China, thanks to the quality of its research, talent and private funding. America was ahead on the majority of key metrics – and by a significant margin. However, on current growth experts predict China will overtake the US in just five to 10 years.

China is the fastest growing AI country, our Index finds, overtaking the UK on metrics ranging from code contributions to research papers in the past two years. Last year, 85 per cent of all facial recognition patents were filed in China, as the communist country tightened its grip on the controversial technology. Beijing has already been condemned for using facial recognition to track and profile ethnic Muslims in its western region.

Britain is in third place thanks to a vibrant AI talent pool and an excellent academic reputation. This country has spawned hugely successful AI companies such as DeepMind, a startup founded in 2010 which was bought by Google four years later for $500 million. Britain has been held back, however, by one of the slowest patent application process in any of the 51 countries. Other countries are snapping at its heels.

To view an interactive version of this table in a new window (to see country scores) click on the image above

Related: Reflections on the recently launched Global AI Index, by Tortoise

Other Findings Include:

Despite playing a starring role in the space race and the nuclear arms race, Russia is a small player in the AI revolution, our data suggests. The country only comes 30th out of 54 nations, pushed down by its failure to attract top talent, and by a lack of research. Anxious to catch up, President Vladimir Putin announced last year a new centre for artificial intelligence hosted at the Moscow Institute for Physics and Technologies.

Smaller countries – such as Israel, Ireland, New Zealand and Finland – have developed vibrant AI economies thanks to flexible visa requirements and positive government intervention. Israel’s Mobileye Vision Technology, which provides technology for autonomous vehicles, was purchased in 2017 by Intel for $15.3 billion.

More than $35 billion has been publicly earmarked by governments to spend on AI development over the next decade, with $22 billion promised by China alone. Many more billions may have been allocated secretly through defence departments which are not made public.

Countries are using AI in very different ways. Russia and Israel are among the countries focusing AI development on military applications. Japan, by contrast, is predominantly using the technology to cope with its ageing population.

Neuralink: The War Against Humanity Goes Mainstream

Related: DARPA Advisor Reveals Conscious AI Supercomputers Used for Mind Control of Targeted Individuals

Multiple nations have expanded their AI capabilities as ministers realise that attracting top AI talent and research is dependent on government-led investment.

This month, the government of Jair Bolsonaro in Brazil announced the creation of eight new AI labs, with one working in direct partnership with the Brazilian army. “Since we came to the government, this has been among the priority plans to improve the country’s capacity for AI,” the country’s science minister said.

Nigeria is pushing out AI initiatives too, announcing a new agency for Robotics and Artificial Intelligence, while Slovenia have announced an International AI Research Centre in partnership with Unesco.

Last month, Hungary’s Minister for Innovation and Technology announced the establishment of the Centre of Excellence in Artificial Intelligence.

The Seven Pillars

We measured the 54 countries against these key indicators.


In 2010, US authors in top-rated AI journals outnumbered Chinese counterparts by two to one. That ratio has now reversed. Last year, 1,073 AI experts based at Chinese universities were credited in AI journals such as the Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers’s Transactions on Neural Networks, compared to 492 US authors. Australia and Israel also do well on this metric.

When experts are ranked according to their ‘H-index’ – a metric of productivity and the citation impact of the publications of a scientist or scholar – Americans occupy 626 of the 1,000 top spots, including all of the top ten spots at the time of our analysis. New Zealand, Saudi Arabia and Finland’s AI academics are also highly ranked.


AI-related activity on online coding platforms has skyrocketed globally over the last decade. Code related to AI on GitHub is now being edited 50 times more frequently than five years ago, with developers from China and India claiming a bigger share each year.

But the picture changes radically when adjusting for population. Small nations like Singapore, Israel and Estonia are revealed to be coding powerhouses when examining on a per capita basis, whether it be downloads of Python, one of the biggest languages for data science, or R, a widely used statistical software package.

Citizens of developing countries in particular are seeking AI education elsewhere: from MOOCs, ‘massive open online courses’. The top visitors to sites like Coursera and edX, which offer a wealth of data and AI-related lessons remotely, are from India, Turkey and Brazil, according to our analysis of web traffic via Alexa Rank.

Commercial Ventures

The US is king of the commercial AI world: a key determinant of AI capability over all. US AI firms have raised $65 billion since 2000 but almost a quarter of that funding – $15 billion – came last year. Our commercial data comes from Crunchbase, a platform for finding business information, so these figures are biased towards Western companies, however.

In 2010, AI companies generated $676 million in funding rounds with investors. Last year, the figure was $26 billion.


Last year, seven out of every 10 AI patents were filed in China, compared to just one in two in 2015. Patent applications are going up around the world, with 18 times more AI patents now filed globally each year compared to a decade ago.

Patent offices are also getting faster at approving AI patents. In 2015 AI-related patents granted had been waiting for approval on average for 800 days. For those granted in 2018, the wait dropped to 300 days.

Collaboration between AI experts in China and the US is at an all time high, both in terms of patents and jointly-written journal pieces. China’s tech giants, Alibaba, Baidu, Tencent and Huawei, are increasingly working with US academics. Some 6,595 patents filed by China’s tech giants have had at least one American inventor.


Over half of the world’s 500 fastest supercomputers reside in either China, Japan, South Korea, Singapore, Taiwan and Hong Kong.

East Asian and Pacific countries also have an average download speeds of 33 mbps, including the two highest fliers in our index: Taiwan with 85 mbps and Singapore 71 mbps. While North American and European countries are not far behind in terms of download speed, countries in Latin America, the Middle East and Sub-Saharan Africa are all constrained by speeds of as low as 5.86 mbps.

As tech giants from Amazon to Alibaba offer more capabilities from the cloud, domestic computing power is becoming less relevant, however, especially to the world’s smaller AI nations.

Operating Environment

Canada has one of the fastest visa processing times in the Index: just two weeks and the offer of a right to bring dependents. This policy has enabled the North American nation has become a destination for mobile AI professionals. By contrast, a data scientist hoping to work abroad in the Index’s two worst performers – Egypt and Pakistan – faces a wait of six months for a visa and has no right to bring family.

China overwhelmingly leads on public confidence in AI, with 70 per cent of respondents to a 2018 IPSOS survey saying they trust the technology. This contrasts with the situation in the West, where only 23 per cent of UK citizens and 25 per cent of Americans trust AI. China correspondingly has higher adoption rates for AI, although trust in AI seems to have less of a correlative effect on how well a country develops the technology in the first place.

Government Strategy

China has earmarked over one and a half times more public money for AI than every other country in the world combined. However, countries’ public commitments are spread over different horizons, and China’s is the longest. In its national AI strategy published in 2017, Beijing sets aside $22.4 billion of funding over the next 13 years. The US, in contrast, earmarked $2 billion over 5 years; the same as Russia and slightly more than the UK. In India, only $421 million has been set aside. Much AI research will go into sensitive defence projects which will not publicly be disclosed.

“We are facing a widespread deployment of artificial intelligence in business and government,”
Prince Zeid Ra’ad Al Hussein, former UN human rights chief, told us.

“It’s important that we make this transition in a democratic, transparent and fair way. That’s what makes information underpinning the Global AI Index so vital – it gives us a basis for comparison, and highlights the areas where this is really working, and where more can be done.”

In India, thousands of citizens have enrolled in AI-based MOOCs – or “massive open online courses” – signalling a democratisation of education around computing.

Related: “Machine Consciousness” Debunked In New Mini-Documentary + The AI Threat Isn’t Skynet. It’s The End Of
The Middle Class

In terms of talent, India comes third overall. But the country ranks only 13th on investment and on other factors such as infrastructure, operating environment and research, it lies in the bottom half.

Choices made by national governments around AI policy will shape societies for years to come, experts predict. The global AI arms race is just heating up.

Related Articles:

Microsoft chief Brad Smith says rise of killer robots is 'unstoppable'

J.D. Power Survey: “Consumers Terrified of Self-Driving Cars; Tesla and Rideshare Screwed”

#Borg AI Threat – Artificial Intelligence, Matrix, & Fake Everything? Mother of All Mind Control Hacks?

'Omniviolence' Is Coming And The World Isn't Ready


World’s Darkest Secrets

Are You Willing To Surrender Your Brain To Superpower Computers? That Matrix Is Real

Eric Schmidt, Google Chinese Plot To Sterilize America With 5G, Take Our Guns With Robot Army

AI Should Be Banned, Not Guns

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi
Island Gun Laws: The History Of Gun Control And Crime In Australia, New Zealand, And The UK
January 14 2020 | From: Ammo / Various

Politics nowadays are dominated by what gets attention, because what gets attention spreads the fastest and furthest.

This is the dark side of social media and 24/7 news, and one event in particular in the firearms world is ground zero for this phenomenon – mass shootings.

Related: Kansas Schoolgirl Arrested, Charged with Felony for Brandishing Finger Gun

In the wake of a mass shooting, politicians who already dislike law-abiding people owning guns use the tragedy to push for additional gun laws, irrespective of the existing laws already broken.

This is done when emotions are at their highest (and thus rational thinking at its lowest), usually under the auspices of enacting gun laws like those in the U.K. and Australia. President Obama's former Chief of Staff Rahm Emanuel said it best:

"You never want a serious crisis to go to waste. And what I mean by that is an opportunity to do things you think you could not do before."

Careful analysis of these countries’ gun control experiments actually depicts a more nuanced picture of gun policy and crime.

In fact, there is reason to believe that gun control may have actually not had much of an impact on crime in either country – but this sort of critical thinking takes concerted effort, and who has time for such things when politics today are less about sound, long-term policy and more about sensationalizing another's tragedy to advance your agenda?

Below is a guide to help American gun rights activists understand the history of gun registration and gun control efforts in the U.K. and Australia, the two countries which anti-gun politicians often cite as muses for their proposed laws.

Related: Ron Paul: Gun Control Won’t Solve The Problem - Let’s Look Beyond Politics

Events That Led to Gun Laws in Australia

On April 28, 1996, Australia experienced a national tragedy. A deranged murderer, Martin Bryant, went on a rampage and killed 35 people in cold blood. In response to this atrocity, known as the Port Arthur massacre, the Australian government undertook a heavy-handed gun control campaign.

This included a mandatory buyback program where Australian citizens had to turn over 650,000 “assault weapons” to the government. This program was followed up by a subsequent buyback program in 2003.

At the center of Australia’s gun control policy following the Port Arthur massacre was the National Firearms Agreement of 1996. Although international media outlets portray the 1996 NFA as a ban, it was actually a draconian form of gun control that still allowed for gun ownership, albeit to a very limited degree.

The only real bans that took place were ones targeting so-called “assault weapons” – long-guns such as rifles and shotguns. Handguns were still accessible to the public, but were subject to stiff restrictions.

Events That Led to Gun Laws in Great Britain

Britain’s first gun control package passed in the modern era was the Firearms Act of 1920. Fearing a growing wave of unrest in the aftermath of World War I, British politicians passed this gun control law despite scant evidence showing that crime was on the rise during that time period.

The Firearms Act of 1920 was only the beginning – as the 20th century was a time of progressive government growth in all facets of life, and the U.K. was no exception.

Related: New Zealand’s Gun Confiscation Shaping Up To Be Massive Failure

After the enactment of the Firearms Act of 1920, the British government passed gradually stricter laws in 1937, 1968, and 1988. Despite having comprehensive gun control at the national level, the homicide rate in Great Britain slowly grew from the 1950s into early 2005.

When it came to mass shootings, British gun control efforts proved futile. Shooting rampages in Hungerford, England and Dunblane, Scotland received international attention, which put the island nation at a major public policy crossroads. Like its Australian counterpart, the United Kingdom opted for stiffer gun control.

After the Hungerford massacre, the government responded with the passage of the Firearms Act of 1988, a new gun control measure that placed draconian restrictions on rifles and shotguns.

The Dunblane massacre prompted the British government to ban the possession of handguns by passing the Firearms Act of 1997.

Falling Crime Rates in the Western World

Arguably the most popular example of foreign gun control, advocates of tougher gun laws routinely cite Australia and its 1996 NFA law as an example of gun control causing crime to fall. Although Australia is a nation characterized by a low degree of crime, there’s more to Australia’s low crime rates than gun control.

Homicide rates have been declining across Western Europe, Canada, and the U.S. since the 1990s. Australia was not exempt from this trend, and in fact, Australia’s falling crime was essentially the norm for industrialized countries in the West.

Homicides were already a rare occurrence before the passage of the 1996 NFA. In sum, we can barely learn anything meaningful from slight changes in Australian homicide rates around this time.

In Why Crime Rates Are Falling Throughout the Western World, Michael Tonry argues the following:

"There is now general agreement, at least for developed English-speaking countries and western Europe, that homicide patterns have moved in parallel since the 1950s.

The precise timing of the declines has varied, but the common pattern is apparent. Homicide rates increased substantially from various dates in the 1960s, peaked in the early 1990s or slightly later, and have since fallen substantially.”

This same trend of declining violence was on display in the United States. American homicide rates reached a 51-year low in 2014. During this time period, there wasn’t a gun control measure as comprehensive as Australia’s NFA in America that we can point to in explaining this decline.

In fact, American gun ownership per capita increased by 56 percent from 1993 to 2013. This was accompanied by a gun violence decrease of 49 percent. Correlation is not causation, but this goes to show the explanations behind crime rates are complex and are not necessarily about passing a so-called gun control “fix.”

The Effects of Gun Control in Australia

According to gun researcher John Lott, homicide rates in Australia have been on a downtrend since 1969. During this timeframe, the only time homicide rates increased was from 1998 to 1999, not long after the NFA was passed.

However, Ryan McMaken argues that Australian crime data is very spotty. He contends that the data is not very reliable because crime was such a non-issue that the government did not prioritize recording it. McMaken provides further context:

"Australia is a small country, with only a few more million people than Florida, spread out over an entire continent. In the relatively high homicide days of the early 1990s, Australia's homicides totaled around 300.

This means in a bad crime year, in which homicides increase by only 20 or 30 victims, it could swing overall rates noticeably.”

All in all, what we can gather is that Australia had low crime rates well before the passage of the 1996 NFA. However, this is one part of the story.

Australia’s gun buyback program from 1996 to 1997 was able to reduce the supply of firearms from 3.2 million 2.2 million, but the declines in homicide or suicide rates were not as high as many gun control advocates expected.

Related: Trey Gowdy To Gun Grabbing Politicans: “Show Me A Law That Will Prevent The Next Mass Killing”

Interestingly enough, Australia’s gun buyback did not even stifle civilian gun ownership. In 2010, private gun ownership was back to 1996 levels.

Plus, data from 1997 to the present day show that gun ownership in Australia has actually grown three times faster than the population. The total number of firearms in circulation went from 2.5 million to 5.8 million.

Gun control advocates maintain that the more guns present, the more likely crime rates will skyrocket. Crime rates were already low before gun control came into being and continued to fall even after gun control was implemented.

Moreover, Australia still experienced an increase in the amount of guns in the country despite the gun control laws in effect.

Indeed, it’s hard to place what factors exactly contributed to Australia’s decreasing homicide rates. It’s simplistic to believe that gun control is the missing x-factor in lowering crime.

Additionally, the Australian experience shows that Australia’s decision to not completely ban gun ownership has given some law-abiding gun owners a little bit of flexibility in acquiring firearms.

The Australian gun control case actually looks quite bleak when compared to the U.S.’s higher degree of gun rights over the past few decades. From 1995 to 2006 – a time when firearm ownership was reduced – Australia witnessed a significant increase in rapes and sexual assaults.

New Document shows the role of Police in Christchurch Attacks

In 400 Years of Gun Control, author Howard Nemerov specifically pointed to numbers indicating a 21.4 percent increase in rape and sexual assault rates during this period.

On the other hand, America saw increased gun ownership during this time, so it’s no surprise they fared better when it came to sexual assaults, which fell by 16.8 percent.

Gun ownership tends to benefit the most vulnerable in society, like women and the elderly, who are often overpowered in violent assaults by criminals who rely on brute strength. With guns entering the equation, the playing field is ultimately leveled.
All in all, gun control down under is not what it seems.

The Effects of Gun Control in the U.K.

Like Australia, low homicide rates have been generally the norm in recent British history. At the beginning of the 20th century, England and Wales were already some of the safest countries in the world based on global and historical standards.

At first glance, the gun control measures appeared to coincide with decreases in Britain’s homicide rates, which started taking place after 2002.

However, there is reason to believe that there were other factors contributing to Britain’s falling crime rates during that period. John Lott argues that increased policing in the U.K. is a more plausible explanation for this drop around the early 2000s.

Although Lott recognizes that the police play a crucial role in fighting crime, his research over the years has led him to the conclusion that the police can’t always be at crime scenes to save lives.

They usually end up at the crime scene after the fact, thus demonstrating the need for other security options at our disposal. An increased law enforcement presence eventually hits a point of diminishing returns as witnessed in the U.K. during the mid-2000s.

Despite a substantial increase in the police force, the murder rate was still above the pre-handgun ban rate. Gun control advocates remain steadfast in their belief that gun control was solely responsible for the fall in murders after 2002.

Related: Gun Control Is Not About Safety - It Is About The Deep State Fascists Controlling The Dumbed-Down Public

Even if we concede ground on this point, we also have to ask why gun control was not at fault for the repeated increases in murder rates from the 1960s until the 1990s – a time when homicide gradually increased despite new gun control legislation being passed throughout those decades.

We must also keep in mind that statistical figures in the U.K. should be viewed with a certain degree of skepticism given the differences in the way crimes are accounted for.

Starting in 1967, homicide figures in England and Wales exclude cases that don’t result in convictions. Put simply, when no arrest for a homicide is made, which in turn results in no conviction for the murderer, the murder is not accounted for in statistical figures.

The U.S. has a different approach to recording homicide statistics – including cases that did not result in murder convictions. For example, deaths caused by defensive gun use as well as unsolved cases would be classified as homicides in the U.S.

This makes crime rate comparisons between countries like the U.S. and the U.K. rather tricky. When adding gun control laws and their effects on crime rates into these comparisons, the picture becomes murkier.

Confounding variables abound which can lead to flawed interpretations of these events. Recent data show that the U.K.’s gun control experiments are actually causing more harm than good.

Like its Australian counterpart, which also implemented draconian gun control in the 1990s, negative criminal trends have started to surface since new gun control laws were enacted.

Related: Christchurch Terror Attack: Mass Censorship, Mystery Shooters, And The Globetrotting Lone Gunman

Sexual assaults have seen an alarming rise from 1995 to 2006, specifically increasing by 76.5 percent according to Howard Nemerov’s book 400 Years of Gun Control. All the gun control in the world has not been able to save the U.K. from steadily increasing rates of violent crime.

One particular interesting detail about crime under the country’s gun control regime is that criminals have now changed the tools they use to carry out their dirty deeds. Specifically, British criminals are using knives to commit crimes.

The Guardian reported on the recent knife crime wave sweeping across the U.K.:

"Police recorded 39,598 offences involving a knife or sharp instrument in the year to December 2017, a 22% increase compared with the previous year (32,468), and the highest number registered since comparable records started in 2010. Gun crime rose to 6,604 offences.”

The London Metropolitan Police reports that teenagers commit 49 percent of knife crime. On top of that, three quarters of stabbings were committed by minorities. Breitbart also gave a lurid depiction of London’s ongoing knife rampage:

"London specifically experienced record high knife crime, increasing by 15 percent to a total of 14,987 blade offences – representing 38 percent of all knife crimes across England and Wales and averaging 41 knife crimes a day.”

With questionable immigration policies that prevent assimilation and an environment that does not protect law-abiding Britons’ right to self defense, the U.K. risks sliding into social chaos.

Sadly, British politicians still believe more government control is the answer to this problem. In the face of this stabbing epidemic, London Mayor Sadiq Khan has advocated for knife control.

One Member of Parliament Scott Mann has even floated the idea of embedding GPS trackers on all knives sold in London.

Instead of considering alternatives like tougher policing in crime-ridden neighborhoods or even arming their citizens, elected officials in London have created a de facto surveillance state.

A report from WorldAtlas uncovered that London is the most surveilled city in the world with an estimated 51,000 cameras used to snoop on London residents.

New Zealand: An Addendum

On March 15, 2019, New Zealand faced its own Port Arthur incident. A 28-year-old Australian citizen by the name of Brenton Tarrant opened fire on two mosques in Christchurch, leaving 50 people dead.

The shocking nature of this massacre had media talking heads around the world on edge for the next week

In an already polarized environment in western countries, where identity politics have strong pull, politicians were quick to make their pro-gun control stances heard.

From Alexandria-Ocasio Cortez to Bernie Sanders, U.S. members of the Democratic Party have made their calls for gun control clear. Universal background checks and so-called “assault weapons” bans are now on the table.

There is no question this event was a horrific tragedy and the atrocious nature of the incident will forever rock New Zealand’s public conscious.

That being said, analyzing this incident and figuring out how to go from there requires level-headed thinking. Much to the dismay of pro-gun advocates who want to see their countries expand gun rights, emotion tends to reign supreme in all public policy discussions.

As with the Australian and British cases, we find that New Zealand has also witnessed the same declining crime rates trend the rest of the West has experienced in the past few decades. In 2014, New Zealand’s homicide rate stood at 0.9 per 100,000 people. Particularly curious, New Zealand hit a 40-year low in its murder rates in 2017 – with only 35 people being killed in the country. Murders peaked in the 1980s, with 1986 being the year with the highest total of murders, standing at 79.

It should be noted that New Zealand does feature pretty strict gun control. Gunpolicy.org notes that in New Zealand, “the right to private gun ownership is not guaranteed by law,” which is a stark contrast from the U.S. – which nominally recognizes it as a right.

Related: New Zealand PM: ‘I Don’t Understand’ Why U.S. Hasn’t Imposed Gun Control + Trump Agrees Repealing Second Amendment Would Be ‘Tyranny’

Prospective gun owners in New Zealand must have a license before buying a gun. Then, they must go through a universal background check of sorts that “considers criminal, mental health, medical, addiction and domestic violence records.”

Following the Mosque shootings, Prime Minister Jacinda Ardern immediately called for bans on semi-automatic weapons and “military-style” variants.

She got her wish a few days after the shooting, with a new ban on “assault weapons.” Despite the New Zealand government’s push for gun owners to turn in their firearms in the wake of the mass shooting, a paltry number of firearms have been turned in so far.

Like Australia, we cannot assume with certainty that gun control has been the primary driver of New Zealand’s already low crime rates. The effects of New Zealand’s new gun control laws will be an interesting case study nonetheless.

But with the American counterexample showing how crime rates can still decrease, even with certain jurisdictions liberalizing gun laws, we must call into question the conventional wisdom that gun control is the alpha and the omega of decreasing crime rates.

When push comes to shove, the New Zealand government’s newest gun control package may turn out to be a dud that only satisfied the political class’s “do something.”

Follow the Red, White, and Blue

The British government will eventually have to admit that there’s only so much it can do to fight crime. Instead, the U.K. and Australia, for that matter, should follow in the footsteps of America and expand gun rights. The gun rights victories that have occurred since the 1980s have served America well.

Research from the Pew Center in 2015, showed that the murder rate in America fell by one half – 7 per 100,000 in 1993 to 3.4 per 100,000 in 2014. In the same period, the total number of gun deaths (numbers that include accidental deaths and suicides) dropped by almost one-third, plummeting from 15.2 to 10.6 per 100.

Additionally, the number of privately owned guns and people carrying concealed has grown year by year.

Over the past three decades, gun laws have witnessed unprecedented levels of relaxation at the state level. From reforms such as licensed concealed carry to permitless Constitutional Carry, law-abiding gun owners in certain states have more firearms freedoms than in previous decades.

These numbers at least demonstrate that looser gun laws don’t lead to chaotic episodes of violence. Crime rates don’t suddenly explode when people are allowed to freely own and carry firearms.

Related: New Zealand’s Gun Confiscation Shaping Up To Be Massive Failure

The warnings of so-called Wild West scenes popping up left and right prove to be unfounded.

The Australian and British cases, on the other hand, show a more mixed picture of countries that were already safe before passing gun control due to political outrage.

The effects of these laws are still being discerned, however, it can be argued that they have had little effect on impacting crime. In the British case, law-abiding citizens may want to have expanded gun rights due to the country’s increasingly unstable migrant crisis and the police’s inability to stop crime.

All in all, a truly free society is one that respects an individual’s right to self defense. No matter the intentions, governments have no authority to infringe upon this sacred right.

Related Articles:

'Disappointing' data breach has police shut down gun buyback website

UN hiring “disarmament officers” to conduct “field missions” in New York as UN occupation plan for America goes LIVE

Kiwis Just Say No To Gun Ban & Calling Out The ‘Christchurch Call’

Max Igan Analysis Of New Zealand False Flag Event In Christchurch & New Zealand False Flag – What They Don’t Want You To See

This Story Could Be The Smoking Gun For False-Flag Operations + Santa Monica Terror Suspect Becomes Poster Child For Gun Grabbers

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi
Pyramid Of Lies
January 13 2020 | From: KingFarouk / Various

Power is built on Lies - Lies start at the top of the Pyramid.

Lies corrupt the entire Pyramid with deceit, fraud and fallacies of fantasies.

Related: The Bankers’ Scam - The Power Of Money: Beat The Bankers Through Debt Termination & Commonwealth Bank Of Australia: One Of The Largest Banks In The World Just Accused Of Laundering Millions For Drug Cartels

Our generation has inherited this Pyramid of Lies and only now are we beginning to see its tentacles of deception within our societies, governments, financial institutions, and even families as this web has entrapped us.

Some say that this all began with the Father of all Lies - Satan - but how many people have actually met this bloke of smoke? Or is he just a religious fantasy of distraction - The Blame Game?

Actually the Lie begins with YOU and ME as we are the ones that give credence and support and repeat the Lie over and over again as part of our personal Belief systems.

So if change is to occur, it has to come from personal understanding and recognition of the Lies and then doing what needs to be done by exposing the Lies in the light of Truth and then presenting viable Solutions.

That is the gist of this essay.

Upside Down Pyramids

Most of us think of pyramids as being large at the bottom and pointed at the top. We are programmed to believe that this is the proper shape and model that we should follow.

All our social, religious, political, governmental, financial, economic and corporate structures are based on “Top-Down” models with the “All Seeing Eye” of the FEW (0.1%) at the TOP who make the rules for their untouchable benefit - always.

Related: The Top Of The Pyramid: The Rothschilds, The Vatican And The British Crown Rule World

In reality that is a fallacious Lie as the actual structure is an “Upside Down Pyramid” with the small pointed end being the FOUNDATION POINT upon which a larger structure of lies is constructed.

A simple example is the basic government structure. You have a small portion of a population that are full time non-governmental workers paying taxes to support government workers that create welfare and budget deficit programs that create inflation and that then impoverish the workers that are holding up the whole system...

So by design or stupidity, the whole pyramid collapses and from the rubble of war a new phoenix pyramid system emerges which historically repeats the LIE.

In the US, 100 million workers support 50 million government employees that support 160 million people dependent upon some form of welfare that the government finances by issuing trillions of Dollars in Debt that supports banks and financial markets that leverage this through fractal banking to create $2-5 quadrillion in derivatives and $56 quadrillion in loans to hedge funds that cannot service the interest on these loans so the system is doomed to failure, especially if you kill off or tax to death the foundation of creative workers.

This is all by design based on Lies and Greed.

The Financial Casino Pyramid

Related: Babylonian Money Magic & How Modern "Commercial Law" Is Based On Ancient Babylonian Codes

So the Financial Debt Pyramid of Lies is based on a small foundation of fungible REAL MONEY in gold, silver and precious metals often loosely referred to as “The Global Collateral Accounts” as the real assets backing the fraudulent fractional global financial system.

To this is added Annual GDP which is what is actually created new assets produced by the productivity of hard working people. This is the base that supports the fake colored paper debts and their “phantom assets” or “Ghost Money”.

And even the amount of gold above ground as determined by the London Gold Council is limited to only 190,000 tons mined since the beginning of time, whereas, current annual global gold extraction is accounted at 6,000 tons per year.

Extrapolate 6,000 over 50 years of modern mining and you have potentially over 300,000 tons above ground. And going back in time you add Sumarian gold, Solomon’s mines, South Africa, Spanish/American hoards, California, Alaska and Yukon Gold Rushes, Russian and Asian gold reserves and London Liars are called out.

Keep the amount available small and the price goes higher, that is the con and lie perpetrated.

And the real gold money supporting the financial pyramid at current gold price of $ 1,500/oz the 190,000 tons would be worth only $ 9.164 Trillion but only 13% of physical gold is in financial bars or coins held by banks, central banks, institutional investors and private holdings.

That is only $ 1.2 Trillion physical collateral supporting the actual financial pyramid.

Related: Financial Fraud: Easy Money Corrupts The Monetary System

This financial Debt morass also supports organized and rigged casinos like paper gold, stocks, bonds, derivatives and financial debt instruments of all kinds.

These paper casinos are all based on a small foundation of assets that are always in a “disconnect” with the paper that they represent as a direct result of fractal banking leveraging at 10:1, 100:1 or even higher.

Take for example the “rigged gold price”. Commodity markets like the London Bullion Metals Association (LBMA) and COMEX in Chicago deal principally in “Paper Gold” which is “phantom gold” created out of thin air with little or NO physical gold backing or physical gold delivery.

The daily “price” is FIXED in a back room with no transparency or accountability for the true value of the fake paper that it is based on. The fantasy fraud pricing then enters the market as a key valuation basis for other financial contracts and the phantom gold is then used as collateral!

The only real gold physical delivery occurs on the Shanghai Gold Exchange (SGE) but that price is linked to the fake LBMA and COMEX paper prices and none of the physical gold transacted can leave China so it is not a real trade market.

And now as Chinese banks are failing, the Chinese Government is considering confiscating GOLD! Sounds like 1933 in the US all over again.

So what happens if there is a “disconnect” between fake paper gold and real physical gold? Simply the price of physical gold will go UP and paper gold will become worthless.

Related: Governments Are Corporations & The Gold Standard Will Break Up The Banking Cartel

The Great Greed and Debt Fraud Casino Scam

The basic financial model is one based on GREED and DEBT. It is a SCAM MODEL. It is based on the old carnival saying that “a sucker is born every day”.

The modus is based on a “get rich quick” approach by selling a piece of colored paper and a glorious false promise that the paper will be worth a fortune some day.

The paper is then traded in a rigged casino where the sheep always get fleeced because the originators of the colored paper sell it for higher and higher prices, selling out at a peak and then cause a market collapse that leaves the sheep sheared.

The most recent financial scam is the “crypto-currency scam” better known as “Bitcoin”. This scam starts off with the issue of a fixed number of “digital coins” on the originators computer. He then sells 50% to the gullible public say at a penny a coin.

The coin Buyers then sell some of their coins at 2 cents and make 100% profit. The next Buyer sells his coins at 4 cents and makes 100% profit. This doubling of profits accelerates rapidly with the number of greedy Buyers bidding up coin prices and cashing in on daily on-line trading.

But remember that the underlying value per coin is only a penny and that the originator of the coins kept 50% which he cashes-in and becomes an instantaneous digital millionaire.

Related: Why The Whole Banking System Is A Scam - Godfrey Bloom MEP

The whole price structure is just based on greed and the more greedy ignoramuses that can be encouraged to buy into the scam the better.

And now you can buy 0.1 % of a coin, or a derivative based on coin price movements, or swap one crypto for another, which are scams based on scams. And the feeding frenzy continues!

But be AWAKE! Governments and major banksters (IMF) are now actively promoting “cashless societies” where everything you do is digitally recorded - well, at least until someone hacks the system or pulls the plug.

This is a major society “control” model - all based on fraudulent money created out of thin air and false promises. And people believe it is good for them! Model Programming for the brain dead.

But the Casino Scam Model is also seen in Stock Markets, Bond Markets, Currency Markets, Commodity Markets, Derivative Markets and in so many creative paper scams around the world.

I personally own the controlling stock in the London Bridge. Any Buyers? I just printed out the certificates.

And why are Stock Markets rising to record levels at the same time that the FED is printing BILLIONS of digits out of thin air to prop up the liquidity shortfall of major banks by funding the Overnight Market, where the loans then get extended to 3-days, 7-days, 1-month or 1-year.

The banks get low interest (essentially FREE) money which they use to play the markets through their own financial subsidiaries or loans to their hedge fund buddies - all pocketing huge profits.

Related: Hell's Top Banker Explains "How To Destroy The Global Economy"

The FOREX (Foreign Exchange) Markets are in on it too. Trading in currencies is $ 6.6 TRILLION PER DAY with 88% Dollar denominated on one side of the trades instigated by institutional banks, brokers funded by banks and bank financial subsidiaries that account for 90% of all trades.

And this is based on only $6.0 TRILLION in global currencies in physical circulation! So where do the currencies come from? “Only the Phantom knows for sure”.

And the banksters are actively promoting these frauds by creating more fake money colored paper out of thin air and loaning it to whomever they can.

This is the classic “Debt Slavery Model” where one tries to buy oneself out of debt with more debt in an ever increasing death spiral. And the creation of more money to feed the interest deficit is what causes the devaluation of money through INFLATION.

Simply in this Debt based financial model, whenever there is “interest” more money has to be CREATED.

Look again at the QUADRILLIONS AND QUINTILLIANS of colored paper and computer digits that make-up the Financial Pyramid of Lies. Think for a minute how much 1% INTEREST is and that has to be CREATED each year OUT OF THIN AIR!

NOW you are beginning to see why the Debt / Slavery Model always collapses and the Elites then send the stupid masses to WAR and devastation and distraction while they then resurrect a NEW Debt / Slavery Model from the ashes.

WAKE-UP People! It didn’t work before. It won’t work again that way either!

Related: A Central Banker’s Plan For Your Money

On the Brink

So now you see that we are on the brink of another global financial collapse. No one can meet the humongous global interest payments.

Now the talking heads are tooting GCR’s (Global Currency Resets), RV’s (Revaluations), Debt Jubilees and all kinds of nonsense that will never happen as THEIR solutions are just a REPEAT with new colored paper. No real system changes. The Elite stay IN CONTROL.


What Needs to be Done?

Capitalism works if you have real market forces determining prices of goods and services. But the current model does not allow for free open markets, only controlled casinos. That has to change.

A famous Swiss study found that 187 major multinational corporations, energy giants and large banks through their interlocking Boards virtually control the entire global economy.

They own the land, factories, communications, transportation, pharmaceutical, energy and the financial structure that controls all including the “incorporated” governments and central banks - and through Birth Certificates, they claim that they own YOU (and the Pope claims he owns YOUR SOUL!).

Related: The Connection Between 9/11, JFK And The Global Collateral Accounts

Obviously such a control system needs to be reigned-in with more effective “anti-monopoly” laws and the cutting of cross linkages at Board levels, but even deeper structural changes have to take place.


The fundamental foundation of MONEY is based on FAITH. Do WE BELIEVE in the intrinsic value of what we assume is MONEY.

Originally MONEY was based on precious metals which had tradable value based on the commonly accepted “perception” that a piece of metal with a picture on it was worth so much of a commodity or hours of labor.

Thus the Elite created the CON of TOKENS and controlled the mints and printing presses to their advantage.

But what is the true value of MONEY? Is it the value of PRODUCTION? Or is it the value that CONSUMERS give to PRODUCTION? Is it the value of LABOR inputs to PRODUCTION?

But what about those in society that cannot be productive like children, elderly, physically disabled, addicted, lazy, etc.?

Obviously humanity is at a transition point where the real VALUE of MONEY has to be determined on a global basis. It is a delicate process of balancing the YIN (PRODUCTION) with the YANG (CONSUMPTION).

This transitioning is happening NOW regardless of fraudulent attempts to reboot the old defunct model. Going back to the “Gold Standard” or creating a phony “Cyber Alternative” is doing the same stupid thing all over again. But these are transitory steps in the Game to create real monetary VALUE. They are NOT the End Game.

Related: The Khazarian Bankster Cult That Hijacked The World & Worthless Pieces Of Paper - Interest On Fake Money Is Confiscating Your Freedom

Several years ago I wrote a paper promoting the creation of an “International Dollar” (an ID or $ with a single line through the S).

This was another transition proposal whereby all overseas US Dollars being held as reserve currencies and used in active commodity TRADE would be converted into new International Dollars managed by an independent International Board that would be responsible for determining and pegging the Exchange Rate between the ID and each nation’s currency being valued against REAL PRODUCTION AND CONSUMPTION statistics.

This is a closer step to a proper economic goal but again it is NOT the end-all approach.

The VALUE of MONEY is a matter of FAITH.

FAITH is the result of doing things the RIGHTEOUS WAY and universally from a position of GIVING.

Our focus should be on what WE value and why WE place such a value on something, then we have to agree on how we account for it We are the Consumers and Producers so WE determine VALUE. Markets must be OPEN and not determined by “Backroom Boys”, syndicates or banksters and their buddies.

VALUE is a honest and moral foundation of a global society. Creating such a foundation from the current model will be a slow process as it is based on fraud, but perseverance and transitioning from the old model to a new one IS taking place.

Reverting back to a Gold Standard, creating equitable digital algorithms, re-valuations or an International Dollar that all currencies can be pegged to, are steps along the way provided there is a global moral consensus and an equitable balance created.

Related: The Great Transition: The Shadow Ruling Force Behind The Central Banks Secrecy Is Repugnant In A Free And Open Society

Economic structuring in our immediate future is up to all of US and we can easily do this without going to devastating wars simply because one country or another has run out of real MONEY to back its debts.

We can have wealth, prosperity and health for all by just shifting some of the insane phantom money from the casinos into PRODUCTION and LABOR thereby creating CONSUMERS.

For only USD30 Billion we can provide clean drinking water for everyone. Another USD40 Billion and we feed all the hungry and starving of the world. Why does the US need over $1.0 TRILLION per year for Defense Budgets when such a small portion of such budgets can heal and prosper the entire World?

MONEY is changing. WE are awakening. It is time to review what can be done is now. WE all need to seek viable and righteous alternatives and give this to the collective consciousness.

The old Debt/Slavery Model is worn out. WE are changing OUR MONEY. The Who, What, Where, When, Why and How is now up to US to determine. The next Model, however, will not be based on FRAUD and a Pyramid of Lies.

It will be based on real asset values and be equitable for all mankind.


As of 2018 the Money Game has changed. It was at that time that the World had a new elected AMANAH (the Global Collateral Trustee) who is now recognized as the principal Trustee for many of the historical bunkered assets in Asia stored there by various Dragon Family members .

As the principal Trustee, the AMANAH is responsible for these assets as investments and for funding global humanitarian projects.

Related: The Global Accounts: The Truth, The Thieves, The Liars And The Con Artists

The estimated wealth stored in vaults and bunkers in Asia is currently valued in QUADRILLIONS of US Dollars of real physical assets such as gold and precious metals, gem stones, currencies, bonds and titles and priceless artifacts.

The AMANAH thus has sufficient wealth to provide clean drinking water and food for all mankind in short order. He is also investing in providing “free energy” devices to those in need, and advanced frequency based healing computers to heal the poor for free.

These planned humanitarian projects will have an immediate impact on humanity by improving health and by creating more opportunities that will increase human PRODUCTION and CONSUMPTION.

This is currently outside current economic models thus it will be a major GAME CHANGER.

And that is just the beginning. Since the AMANAH’s entrusted wealth is principally in “hard” assets, this will form a new financial foundation that is very much stronger than the Pyramid of Lies. This is real collateral backing of REAL MONEY.

The countries of the EAST will be the first to benefit and their economies will strengthen. The WEST’s fiat colored paper will suffer unless they become more cooperative in curbing their fraudulent ways.

The casinos will suffer as their tokens and colored paper will lose value.

The AMANAH is a harbinger of financial and economic CHANGE.


Related Articles:

Central Banking Exposed: Central Banks Only Care About Debt, Profit And Control

The Astounding Profit Australian Banks Make In New Zealand Every Hour & Debt Scam Disclosure

Overseas Banking Villains Suck New Zealanders’ Wealth Offshore

Banks Are Stealing Our Future? How To Put An End?

The Most Important Financial Meeting Since JFK’s Death Just Took Place

Democracy Is A Front For Central Bank Rule & Financial Starvation In A Fiat Debt Slavery Financial System

The Federal Reserve And The Bank Of England Financed The 3rd Reich + International Red Cross Report Confirms The Holocaust Of Six Million Jews Is A Hoax

What Is "The Crown"?

The Crown Of England Is Owned And Operated By The Vatican

More Confessions Of An Economic Hit Man: "This Time, They’re Coming For Your Democracy"

The Rothschild Bloodline: Financial Wizards & Wealthy Cults

Forgotten History: US Bankers Financing US Enemies - And Why It Is Important Now

The Federal Reserve Cartel: The Eight Families + 7 Not-So-Secret Homes Of Super Secret Societies

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi
The Spider's Web: Britain's Second Empire
January 12 2020 | From: IndependentPoV

At the demise of empire, City of London financial interests created a web of secrecy jurisdictions that captured wealth from across the globe and hid it in a web of offshore islands.

Today, up to half of global offshore wealth is hidden in British jurisdictions and Britain and its dependencies are the largest global players in the world of international finance.

Related: The Top Of The Pyramid: The Rothschilds, The Vatican And The British Crown Rule World

The Spider's Web was substantially inspired by Nicholas Shaxson's book Treasure Islands you can read an extract of it here: The Truth ABout Tax Havens

For those interested to learn more about tax justice and financial secrecy, read about the Tax Justice Network's campaigning and regular blogs - become part of the movement for change and listen to the Tax Justice Network's monthly podcast/radio show the Taxcast: TaxJustice.net

Related Articles:

The British Empire Is Un-Masked, But Desperate

Propaganda Techniques Of Empire + P.C. Language Control And The Rise Of The Third Reich

The Evil Empire [Would Like To Think It] Has The World In A Death Grip

Core Edicts Of The Khazarian Mafia Top Command (Part III)

The British East India Company: The Drug Company of the Venetian Black Nobility

The Crown Of England Is Owned And Operated By The Vatican

Elections In New Zealand, Australia, Canada, England, Germany, The Netherlands & Exposed: Proof NZ Prime Ministers Are Globalists

The Secretive Bank Of England - Controlling The World's Money Supply + Banking Data Dump

Black Magic: Satanists Rule The World, Not Politicians, Bankers Or Military Heads [Although They Are Usually All One And The Same] + Another Illuminati Whistleblower Speaks Out

The Bankers’ Scam - The Power Of Money: Beat The Bankers Through Debt Termination & Commonwealth Bank Of Australia: One Of The Largest Banks In The World Just Accused Of Laundering Millions For Drug Cartels All Wars Are Bankers' Wars

What Is "The Crown"?

The End Of Anglo-American Hegemony

Panama Papers Show How Rich United States Clients Hid Millions Abroad

The Great Transition: The Shadow Ruling Force Behind The Central Banks Secrecy Is Repugnant In A Free And Open Society

Federal Reserve Has Declared Economic War On America In Order To Destroy Trump

The Federal Reserve Cartel: The Eight Families + 7 Not-So-Secret Homes Of Super Secret Societies

The Federal Reserve And The Bank Of England Financed The 3rd Reich + International Red Cross Report Confirms The Holocaust Of Six Million Jews Is A Hoax

Who Owns New Zealand's Banks?

More Confessions Of An Economic Hit Man: "This Time, They’re Coming For Your Democracy"

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

A Generation Of Poisoning With Gender-Bender Chemicals Has Created A New Class Of Youth Who Fail To Recognize Gender At All
January 11 2020 | From: NaturalNews

The success of the globalists in perverting the minds of Western youth is evident in a new study by the Innovation Group, which found that most people between the ages of 13 and 20 – what the mainstream media and social engineers have dubbed "Generation Z" – no longer believe in strictly-defined gender identities like "male" and "female."

These gender "binaries," which are really just the pronouns humanity has been using since the beginning of time to differentiate between individuals with external reproductive equipment versus internal reproductive equipment, are now "old-fashioned" to the youth of today, which the study found are more comfortable than previous generations using gender-neutral (and grammatically incorrect) pronouns like "they" and "them" to describe a single, genderless individual.

Related: Finally Parents Begin Removing Their Children From Public Indoctrination Center Over Teaching Transgenderism

A majority of Gen-Z respondents, 52 percent, indicated that they aren't completely heterosexual, while 35 percent – an 11 percent increase compared to "Millennials" – admit that they fall somewhere along the spectrum of bisexuality.

This spectrum identification for sexuality is further reflected in the more than 38 percent of Gen-Zers who claim they don't believe gender defines a person.

As far as the types of clothes and accessories they buy, 13 - 20 year-olds are much more fluid when it comes to sticking to a gender norm.

Only 44 percent of Gen-Zers buy clothes exclusively designed for their own gender, while an astounding 70 percent say they support the idea that bathrooms become "genderless," welcoming anyone and everyone who wants to use them.

Related: People To Be Allowed To Pick Their Own Gender Without Doctor's Diagnosis, Under UK Government Plans & American College Of Pediatrics Reaches Decision: Transgenderism Of Children Is Child Abuse

Gen-Z is likewise more accepting of others who don't identify by any specific gender pronoun, or who identify by "non-traditional" gender pronouns like "ze;" 74 percent of Gen-Zers fall into this category compared to just 62 percent of older Millennials between the ages of 21 - 34.

But the one thing on which both Gen-Zers and Millennials agree? More people than ever are experimenting with their gender identity.

A 16-year-old pansexual (genderless) student from Nebraska by the name of "Madeleine" told VICE that "it" (for lack of a better pronoun) learned more about gender and identity from its peers than from older people, and that "agender," or no gender at all, is a young people's phenomenon.

"I also notice that people my age are more open to gender and sexuality being fluid and subject to change," Madeleine told VICE. "For a while, I identified as asexual, but as time went on and I changed, I realized that maybe I wasn't that way anymore."

Endocrine-Disrupting Chemicals are Eliminating Sex, Gender

This lack of clarity about biological identity is a product of two things: relentless media propaganda and chemical poisoning with gender-bending chemicals found in plastics, herbicides and pesticides sprayed on our food, and environmental pollution.

Chemicals like bisphenol-A (BPA), glyphosate, soy and other hormone-disruptors are altering human genes and producing next-generation "robot" humans with no gender, and thus no identity.

Related: The Rational Argument Against The Normalization Of Transgenderism

It's sad, really, because it could have been prevented through reforms that protect the people rather than the chemical and drug industries that produce these toxins.

Food, water, air: It's all tainted with endocrine-disrupting chemicals (EDCs) that, more often than not, mimic the effects of estrogen, meaning they deplete testosterone and create hormone imbalances that not only confuse children, but also affect their growth and development.

Young girls are becoming more "masculine," while young boys are becoming more "feminine" – an alchemy of the two sexes both physically and mentally that's changing the landscape of culture and civilization.

We've identified many sources of EDCs through our ongoing work at the Natural News Forensics Food Lab, which I encourage you to check out in order to learn more.

Related: America’s First Non-Binary Person Renounces Transgenderism, Says, “I Have Always Been Male” & Who Are The Rich, White Men Institutionalizing Transgender Ideology?

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi
The Atlantic Council: The Marketing Arm Of The Military / Security Complex
January 10 2020 | From: PaulCraigRoberts

How much did the military-security complex pay the Atlantic Council to publish this sales pitch to Poland to load up on US weapons systems? The sales pitch was written by arms salesmen Richard Shirreff, a partner at Strategia Worldwide Ltd., and Maciej Olex-Szczytowski, a “business adviser specializing in defense.”

The sales pitch is titled “Arming For Deterrence.” The Kremlin is unpredictable, say the arms salesmen, and could at any moment decide to attack Poland. However the Russian regime “respects a show of force” and would back down if Poland has a sufficient inventory of US weapons.

Related: The Conspiracy to Rule the World #50: The Atlantic Council

The sales pitch encourages Poland to take many aggressive and dangerous steps toward Russia, such as targeting Russia cities and facilities including RT. But before provoking the Bear like this, Poland needs “to join the tactical nuclear capability scheme within NATO, so enabling its F-16s to be carriers of tactical nuclear ordnance.”

Poland also needs to be able to strike deep inside Russia and for this needs to purchase American long-range JASSM air-launched cruise missiles, the Navy Strike missile coastal missiles, and the Guided Multiple Launch Rocket Systems.

Poland also needs “offensive cyber operations” and “more tandem-warhead Anti-Tank Guided Missiles (ATGMs) capable of penetrating reactive armor, and also anti-aircraft (including anti-helicopter) and anti-UAV missiles. “

The bill for this deterrence against non-existent “Russian aggression” comes to “some US $26 billion” on top of planned expenditures of US $34 billion.

“Poland should move forward expeditiously with procurements,” say the arms salesmen or risk being attacked by superior Russian forces.

The zionist neocons get away with their warmongering because it is profitable for the US military/security complex. Whereas the crazed neocons want real war, the military / security complex only wants the propaganda threat of war. The numerous military / foreign policy think tanks funded by the military / security complex provide the propaganda and made-up threat.

This is a dangerous game, because the Russians see a real threat in the hostility that is directed at them.

The anti-Russian propaganda is universal and includes the Olympic Games. Washington wants Russia excluded based on the allegation that only Russians take performance-enhancing substances.

What extraordinary nonsense.

I have a relative who travels widely to test athletes of every sport, even golf, for the use of performance-enhancing substances.

It is not the Russians who have corrupted “clean sports.” It is the money that the corrupt Americans have poured into sports. To be a champion, to win the Masters at Augusta National, to win a gold medal means to be a multi-millionaire.

Sports that people once played for enjoyment are now a lucrative profession.

Money corrupts everything, and it is capitalism that turns everything into a commodity that is bought and sold. In capitalist regimes everything is for sale: honor, integrity, justice, truth.

Everything is reduced to the filthy lucre.

Related: Putin to Western 'Elites': Play-Time is Over

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi
Are You Taking Life Too Seriously?
January 9 2020 | From: CollectiveEvolution / Various

Do you go through life with constant angst? A feeling deep down that there is always a little bit of stress or a little bit of worry?

I’ve been through this. And in some ways, I thought it would never go away.

Related: Overcoming Anxiety By Embracing Uncertainty

But I focused on self awareness and living in the heart enough to kiss those days goodbye.

We can sure take life too seriously at times can’t we? I mean it’s fair. We have stresses in life that we get caught up in, we go, go, go, go, and often forget to take a moment to breathe.

In Western culture, it’s all about obsessing over goals and getting there and telling ourselves stories about what life will be like when we do finally get there… but what often happens to us when we live this way? We step into unconsciousness.

We stop taking time to FEEL. I want to help us remember to be STILL with this.

In Brief:

The Facts: Much of the time in life, we allow ourselves to take situations VERY seriously. This will sometimes turn pain into suffering, or prolong the challenges we face for growth. It also stops us from truly finding peace in life.

Reflect On: Do you feel a constant sense of anxiety in your life? Underlying everything? Where do you notice you take life or situations too seriously? What do you do to begin connecting back to self, and taking life less seriously?

Various experiences and events have taken place in my life that have challenged some of my deepest ideals, belief systems and concepts that I felt were a part of me.

This has gone on and occurred in my entire 11 year journey of truly changing myself. Whether it had to do with the work I do, friends, the world, relationships or big decisions in life, many things were challenged. It has truly been an incredible ride.

Related: Three Hard-Hitting Truths About Pain Most People Forget

We sometimes might think “when will all the change and ‘chaos’ end?” A good question indeed, but isn’t this what we are here for at this time? To truly look at ourselves, look at all that we hold onto and all that we define our reality with.

Literally everything! If you are feeling like you are the only one out there going through this stuff and feel like everything is backwards - that things are constantly being challenged, know that what you are experiencing is perfect, and we must remember to have fun with it!

Not Just A Human Experience

We are not here at this time to simply have ‘a human experience,’ we are here to evolve the human experience. It’s different!

Stop looking at the past to tell us what to do, how we should move forward, and what ‘the greats’ did in our past to figure things out.

We are not in that time, and the zeitgeist of our time now is not to simply exist but to be present and create a new future as we deeply evolve the way of life on this planet.

We hear a lot “but we’re human, just embrace that!” That’s all fine, but what does that mean? What is a human? How should we be?

Does being human mean accepting the world as it is? Are we capable of more? Can we redefine what it means to be human and what life should look like? Why do we give up so easily on dreaming big about these things?

Related: New Research Shocks Scientists: Human Emotion Physically Shapes Reality

I used to accept MANY limitations about myself and what I could do. But eventually, I was faced with the chance to let all that go, and reimagine what was possible.

Even when everyone told me I was crazy and I couldn’t do what I was trying to do, I used my connection to self and consciousness to create it.

Because I believed I was capable of more, and so is everyone else. This is how Collective Evolution, came to be.

Embracing Change

After experiencing the many deep questions and challenges I have thus far, overcoming them and moving forward, I have one very special thing that I have reminded myself about over and over and truly understand to a deep level.

We are here to play and evolve! None of what we are experiencing is as serious as we think!

The mind and ego can make things very real, very dramatic, very frightening. I know! But the highest aspect of who we are is always clear, always neutral, and always sharing with us exactly what we need to hear because IT IS US!

We are not the mind or the stories it creates that makes things so serious. They are there because that is our challenge.

To go beyond the mind and the stories it creates -so we can experience this sensorial world and remember who we truly are (click to listen to my podcast on this topic.)

Related: Going Through Some Changes, Are You?

So let’s remember, whether it’s life choices, relationships, friends, work, family, sports, or everyday events, know that it’s just an experience!

We can spend our whole lives always caught up in the drama and the intensity, saying “oh my gosh things are so tough, the world is so crazy, my life is upside down, and I’m so busy!” but where does this lead us? This is a question we must ask ourselves.

If we remain caught up in these perceptions, repetitive patterns of mind, we will continue to miss out on the entire journey we are on because we are lost and caught up in the mind.

We perpetuate our so called “suffering” when we make things serious and make them a big deal. When we can see it for what it is, we allow the emotions to subside, allow back in our full potential and know how to take action forward. This is called finding true peace.

I’m not talking about simply accepting things and saying “well get over it” or “that’s how it is, so deal with it.” No. I’m talking about truly seeing things for what they are.

Seeing why we color something in a particular way. Seeing the belief system behind why something is good or bad or right or wrong or even why it’s serious!

I promise you, behind every strong emotion, every serious situation, there is a belief system that makes it that way. One that is held in the mind and made real by the mind. But the mind is not YOU!

See the story! Let it go and just play! You will find much peace and joy in flowing through your experience in this way.

Related Articles:

I Woke Up And The World Around Me Is Still Asleep: What To Do? + Once You Learn These Nine Lessons From Confucius, Your Priorities In Life Will Completely Change

Neuroscience Says Listening To This Song Reduces Anxiety By Up To 65 Percent + The Miracle Of 528 Hz
Solfeggio And Fibonacci Numbers

Having Depression And Anxiety Means Having A Brain Constantly At War With Itself

Stress Hijacks Your Immune System Making You Physically Ill: Study

This Is How Your ‘Aura’ Affects Your Health & Those Around You + Magnetic Fields Of The Human Body And Their Functions & 13 Signs You Are Experiencing A Spiritual Awakening

How Thoughts Create Atoms And Emotions Formulate Time

How To Open The Doors Of Perception At Will Without Psychedelics

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi
Medical Destruction: It’s Not Just A Conspiracy Theory
January 8 2020 | From: NoMoreFakeNews / Various

We’re now living in a time of accusations. A public official or mainstream press outlet doesn’t like what they’re hearing, and they say, “Well, that’s just another conspiracy theory.”

And then know-nothing people breathe a sigh of relief and move on. “Thank goodness THAT’S NOT REAL.”

Related: Shocker: Comparing deaths from medical treatment, vitamins, all US wars

If enough authorities repeat “conspiracy theory,” the truth goes begging.

In this case, the facts have arrived. What’s missing is widespread knowledge of those facts. The mainstream press is a cover-up operation

Some people are just waking up to medical destruction, by way of news on the opioid epidemic (my article archive on Opioids is here).

They’re late to the party, but that’s all right. They can catch up.

Related: The Hypnotic Symbols Of Modern Medicine

Here are a few horrific “catch-up” quotes. I’ll discuss the source afterwards:

"…appropriately prescribed prescription drugs are the fourth leading cause of death…About 330,000 patients die each year from prescription drugs in the US and Europe.

"They [the drugs] cause an epidemic of about 20 times more [6.6 million per year] hospitalizations, as well as falls, road accidents, and about 80 million [per year] medically minor problems such as pains, discomforts, and dysfunctions that hobble productivity or the ability to care for others."

"Deaths from over medication, errors, and self-medication would increase these figures.”

In other words, the 330,000 deaths per year, the 6.6 million hospitalizations per year, and the 80 million “medically minor” problems per year…all of this stems from CORRECTLY PRESCRIBED medicines.

The quotes come from the ASA [American Sociological Association] publication called Footnotes, in its November 2014 issue. The article is “The Epidemic of Sickness and Death from Prescription Drugs.” The author of the article is Donald W Light.

Related: Cancer Industry Not Looking For A Cure; They’re Too Busy Making Money & Same Amazon.Com That Banned Cancer Cure Documentaries Now All In With Big Pharma’s Toxic Cancer “Treatments” Via Its New “Go Gold” Astroturfing Campaign

Donald W Light is a professor of medical and economic sociology.

He is a founding fellow of the Center for Bioethics at the University of Pennsylvania. In 2013, he was a fellow at the Edmond J. Safra Center for Ethics at Harvard. He is a Lokey Visiting Professor at Stanford University and a Fellow of the Royal Society of Medicine.

It’s been my policy to quote medical analysts who have mainstream credentials, when it comes to adding up the results of medical-drug destruction.

I do this to show that, in refusing to fix the holocaust, the federal government, medical schools, and pharmaceutical companies can’t claim their critics and detractors are “fringe researcherss.".

Believe me, the officials who should have been fixing the enormous tragedy for at least the past 15 years are intent on hiding it.

Related: America Collapses Into A Pharma State; Just Like A “Narco State” But Run By Prescription Drug Cartels

When you stop and think about the meaning of these medical numbers, one of the things you realize is: this massive destruction of life envelops whole countries.

It not only maims and kills, it brings emotional turmoil and loss to the families, friends, co-workers, and colleagues of those who are killed and maimed:

The 330,000 who are killed and the 6.6 million who are hospitalized and the 80 million whose productivity is hobbled or whose ability to care for others is significantly diminished.

If you consciously set out to bring a nation to its knees, to kill it, to disable it, to make it unable to function at any reasonable level, you would be hard pressed to find a more effective long-term method than exposing the population to the US/European medical-drug cartel.

Related Articles:

Medical Diagnosis: Confusion

Medical Error: The Third Leading Cause of Death in the US

Covert chemical warfare: 100,000 deaths a year

Cot Deaths Linked To Vaccinations + Harvard Medical School Doctor: Vaccine Science Is Not Settled

Renowned Doctor Slams Medical Education & Says We Have “An Epidemic Of Misinformed Doctors”

US Attorney General Finally Admits Weed Isn’t A Gateway Drug - Prescription Pills Are + Study Proves Medical Marijuana Can Replace Dangerous Pharmaceuticals

1899 Merck Manual Shows Natural And Food - Based Medicine Once Reigned Supreme + The Healing Web

How Rockefeller Founded Big Pharma And Waged War On Natural Cures

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Megalithic New Zealand: Pyramids, Rabbits, And Megaliths Of Upper World And Underworld
January 7 2020 | From: Priscilla Rawiri-Steele

Pyramids and megalithic monuments are everywhere in New Zealand, so often eroded or utterly huge they may, and have been explained away as natural rock formations, so people tend to fail to see them.

‘Little Pyramid’ Okia, Victory Beach, Otago Peninsula New Zealand

It is only in old photos like the one below of the Gorge du Fier in France, it is possible to see the men are looking down upon an enormous face of a pagan deity which has subsequently been carefully smoothed, as has protractedly occurred in New Zealand.

Little pyramid on Otago peninsular, New Zealand

Related: Pyramids and Grottos at Okia, Victory Beach Otago, in the South Island

It is only in old photos like this one of the Gorge du Fier in France, it is possible to see the men are looking down upon an enormous face of a pagan deity which has subsequently been carefully smoothed, as has protractedly occurred in New Zealand.

Gorge du Fier at d'Annecy France – the yellow box contains the face that the men are looking down upon; sourced from an old post card in my personal collection

Little pyramid at Okia, Victory Beach Otago, in the South Island of New Zealand has long since been vandalized. Next to it is a half-buried sphinx; its face has been cut away. Why intentionally hide an ancient civilization by disguise / disfigurement / damnatio memoriae and then present the wreck of it to future generations as mysterious: Cui Bono?

Low tide reveals an ancient wall at Achilles Point Ladies Bay / St. Heliers, Auckland, NZ. This is clearly a construction - not a natural formation

Wall at Machu Picchu, Peru. The construction technique is an example of the dimensional knockover technique as decribed by David Wilcock in his research / writings

Elephant Megalith Heimaey Island south Iceland

Cape Brett, New Zealand carving of an African Elephant

Cape Brett, where the tourist ships pass through was long ago carved into the shape of a massive African Elephant. Like these massive carvings, black basalt columns with hexagonal / pentagonal tops were carefully explained away as natural rock carvings as early as 1772, by Sir Joseph Banks.

Having noticed them in New Zealand upon the Otago Peninsular, Banks hurried to Staffa Island to compare the black basalt columns there with the The Giants’ Causeway in Ireland, and to obscure their true nature and meaning by explaining them away as miraculous and natural rock formations (The Extreme Earth, Caves by Jeanne K. Hanson, and Geoffrey H. Nash p. 70 Staffa Island).

Canto XLi Ludovico Ariosto’s Orlando Furioso as translated by (Hieronymus)Jiminez de Urrea

Why would Sir Joseph Banks do such a thing? Honey bees make hexagonal cells in their hives, and the honey bee is the emblem of Minoans. Ubiquitous hexagon causeways, and pillar designs are an important key to understanding that, like a honey thief pillaging the hive for honey, the gold and riches stored in the castles / temples / pyramids of Minoans had been violently and protractedly extracted.

Ancient wall at Owairaka, New Zealand

At Don Heads Coles beach Devonport Tasmania are the same worn hexagonal / pentagonal rocks, and by 1802-4 the Tasmanian Aboriginal had been eradicated from the face of the Earth.

Was Banks covering up archaeological monumental clues? Was Banks complimenting with his dismissal of man-made edifices and megaliths, the damnatio memoriae practiced by academics over the last four centuries so that today, Hyperborea mentioned in my modern edition of Orlando Furioso, is referred to by just one short line stating that Hyperborea is a land that lies “in the extreme north”?

Lion Rock, Piha, West coast, Auckland,m New Zealand.

It is hard to escape the question: what would drive academics to so deface an original work so they might change the location of a whole country / domain spanning at least three continents, from south to north?

Photo below, imputed to portray Machu Picchu as it was found by the son of a Protestant missionary, Hiram Bingham. Under sphinx (with ancient ghostly outline of face cut away and lying crumped on left paw?

The same sawing marks are on this sphinx head, as on the cut away head at one of the two sphinx at Piha pictured above, on Auckland’s west coast) 1912. Overleaf are two photos of Paritutu, or what is called today Sugar Loaf at New Plymouth. Despite all the foliage and erosion, the sphinx face and flaring Egyptian crown is evident to the naked eye. In the water, paws may yet be discerned.

Machu Picchu, 1912

Why pyramids and Megaliths in New Zealand? Due to the towering stature of remains found, Flinders Petrie hypothesized that the first dynasty of Egypt came from Pa Swenet (Pwenet, Punt).

After the Reformation, those once clandestinely Humanist, but subsequent to and during the Reformation, openly Protestant countries, undoubtedly took what became known as the Flemish and or German Giant Rabbit, off the abodes they destroyed, at what is today called Auckland. I believe our rabbit of Pa Swenet (Pwenet or Punt) went on to carry his time piece, and run in haste before Alice in Dis.

Paritutu New Plymouth, New Zealand

Fairly central to The Triumph of Death, did Bruegel the Elder depict next to our beloved honey bee depicted as flying fecal matter, our beautifully preserved and treasured vases being lowered from our castles?

Today these ancient masterpieces are held in great Museums of the world such as The Getty and are given pertinent or profound attributions such as The Underworld Painter and too, bogus attributions like The Baltimore Painter.

Paritutu New Plymouth, New Zealand

In the late 18th century, the light bulb was also stolen from the Pa at what is today called Auckland, a place which The Royal (Naval) Society explorative scientists vouched was the receptacle of all the treasures and secrets of The Herculaneum (as mentioned in the Third Edition of my second book citing The Enlightenment and Why it Still Matters by Anthony Pagden).

Bruegel The Elder The Triumph of Death

Terrain for comparison with Bruegel’s The Triumph of Death from a View of Auckland from Mount Eden circa 1910 as sourced from a Post card marked Tourist Series B026 Printed in Great Britain.  The zigzag of dark greenery follows the old canal

This almost two and a half thousand year old Red Figure Vase is attributed to The Underworld Painter, so does it form part of loot taken from Te Totara (said by the Ancient Greeks Tartaros – The Underworld)?

Francesco del Cossa (1430 – 1477) The Triumph of Venus painting held in Palazzo Schifanoia, Ferrara

The rubbing out of archaeological sites was carried out and recorded over centuries. At the beginning of the 20th Century, Ōwairaka Pa (later called Mount Albert) was forcibly taken down by half its mass. In the photo below, the quarry pictured is noticeably on the same proportions as Bruegel’s Tower of Babel.

Pieter Bruegel the Elder 1525 – 1569 Painting called The Tower of Babel

The beautiful Auaunga (Au as it is today, is short for Latin Aurum or gold) stream canal has been covered. (“….Quarrying stopped suddenly in 1928. The height of the mountain was reduced from 148 metres to 135 metres and most of the Maori terraces were destroyed. Today, less than half the original land mass remains.

Men posing on a ‘quarry’ at Auckland ca. 1900.  Photograph originally sourced from Auckland War Memorial Museum

The ballast pit was levelled off to make the archery field and in 1961, the inside surfaces of the cone were smoothed off further removing archeological traces”. As sourced from ‘Destruction of the Mountain’ at Ōwairaka Mount Albert Heritage Walks, Neighbourhood Walks at Aucklandcouncil.gov.nz).

A rock climber at the base of the citadel Mount Eden 1967

Did the Hyperboreans survive the last Ice Age, and are those ghostly straight lines really the outline of pyramids hiding there under snow and ice in Antarctica?

Ruins Of Ancient City Found In Antarctica?

Are there undiscovered pyramids in New Zealand filled with untold treasure? If these matters which stir every adventurer’s heart would be answered by the truth coming out about the fate of the Hyperboreans, it is also pertinent to ask; what is the long term social and political and moral legacy of covering up the truth about what happened to the Minoans of Hyperborea?

Philomel passing before Pyramid Coromandel 1946

Here, the twins with the Minoan flower central to the Phaistos disc are beautifully painted in Augustus Earle’s observation about the fate of the founders of the First Dynasty of Egypt. Are future generations of academics really going to allow the raft of lies and manipulation of truth to continue, and ultimately, at what cost to Humanity?

Megalithomania 2008: Hamish Miller - The Stone People of New Zealand

Published on Jun 26, 2012
The 2016 Megalithomania Conference is on 7th-8th May in Glastonbury, UK, with a top line-up of ancient mysteries authors and researchers including Julian Richards, Brien Foerster, Hugh Newman and more. Details here: megalithomania.co.uk.

Filmed at the Megalithomania Conference, Glastonbury, 17th - 18th May 2008. (Also available on a high-quality DVD from megalithomania.co.uk. An account of the extraordinary manifestations of the energy of the earth at sacred places in New Zealand, looking at many ancient pre-Maori megalithic sites.

Hamish co-authored 'In Search of the Southern Serpent' with Barry Brailsford about the pre-historic sites and earth energies of New Zealand and updates us on his research at Megalithomania. He discussed the cathartic communication through the Stone People which led to the creation of his new project, the Parallel Community 9includes 6 minute preview of the new DVD).

Related: Disinterest In Pre-Maori History Stuns

Hamish Miller is a dowser, metal sculptor and author. He read engineering at Edinburgh and through his books, talks and workshops his work on earth energies has earned him an international reputation. Book titles include The Sun and the Serpent, It's Not Too Late,

The Dance of the Dragon, The Definitive Wee Book on Dowsing, and In Search of the Southern Serpent (published in May 2006).

A new DVD, Hamish on The Parallel Community was released in November 2007 and is now available. Hamish has lectured widely in Britain, America, Australia, South Africa and New Zealand and has appeared in television programmes in Britain, Sweden, Holland, America, Australia and South Africa.

Currently working with the rapidly expanding Parallel Community (inspired by his cathartic 'meeting' with the ancestors in New Zealand), Hamish lives with his wife Ba, physiotherapist, dowser and researcher, on twelve acres of rough bracken, gorse and granite where they spend their spare time planting trees and trying to stop rabbits from eating them.

Related: Russian Scientists Build And Study Pyramids: What They Found Could Change The World

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Let There Be Light: First Individual Particle Of Light Ever Seen + The Birth Of Quantum Holography - Making Holograms Of Single Light Particles
January 6 2020 | From: Youtube / Phys

Until quite recently, creating a hologram of a single photon was believed to be impossible due to fundamental laws of physics. However, scientists at the Faculty of Physics, University of Warsaw, have successfully applied concepts of classical holography to the world of quantum phenomena.

A new measurement technique has enabled them to register the first-ever hologram of a single light particle, thereby shedding new light on the foundations of quantum mechanics.

Related: The Knights Templar

Scientists at the Faculty of Physics, University of Warsaw, have created the first ever hologram of a single light particle. The spectacular experiment was reported in the prestigious journal Nature Photonics.The successful registering of the hologram of a single photon heralds a new era of quantum holography, which offers a whole new perspective on quantum phenomena.

"We performed a relatively simple experiment to measure and view something incredibly difficult to observe: the shape of wavefronts of a single photon,"
says Dr. Radoslaw Chrapkiewicz.

In standard photography, individual points of an image register light intensity only. In classical holography, the interference phenomenon also registers the phase of the light waves - it is the phase that carries information about the depth of the image. When a hologram is created, a well-described, undisturbed light wave - the reference wave - is superimposed on another wave of the same wavelength but reflected from a three-dimensional object.

The peaks and troughs of the two waves are shifted to varying degrees at different points of the image. This results in interference and the phase differences between the two waves create a complex pattern of lines. Such a hologram is then illuminated with a beam of reference light to recreate the spatial structure of wavefronts of the light reflected from the object, and as such, its 3D shape.

The First Individual Particle Of Light Ever Seen

One might think that a similar mechanism would be observed when the number of photons creating the two waves were reduced to a minimum - that is, to a single reference photon and a single photon reflected by the object. But that is not the case.

The phase of individual photons continues to fluctuate, which makes classical interference with other photons impossible. Since the Warsaw physicists faced a seemingly impossible task, they attempted to tackle the issue differently: Rather than using classical interference of electromagnetic waves, they tried to register quantum interference in which the wave functions of photons interact.

Hologram of a single photon: reconstructed from raw measurements (left) and theoretically predicted (right)

Wave function is a fundamental concept in quantum mechanics and the core of its most important principles, the Schrödinger equation. In the hands of a skilled physicist, the function could be compared to putty in the hands of a sculptor. When expertly shaped, it can be used to 'mould' a model of a quantum particle system.

Physicists are always trying to learn about the wave function of a particle in a given system, since the square of its modulus represents the distribution of the probability of finding the particle in a particular state, which is highly useful.

"All this may sound rather complicated, but in practice, our experiment is simple at its core. Instead of looking at changing light intensity, we look at the changing probability of registering pairs of photons after the quantum interference,"
explains doctoral student Jachura.

Why pairs of photons? A year ago, Chrapkiewicz and Jachura used an innovative camera built at the University of Warsaw to film the behaviour of pairs of distinguishable and non-distinguishable photons entering a beam splitter. When the photons are distinguishable, their behaviour at the beam splitter is random - one or both photons can be transmitted or reflected.

Non-distinguishable photons exhibit quantum interference, which alters their behaviour. They join into pairs and are always transmitted or reflected together. This is known as two-photon interference or the Hong-Ou-Mandel effect.

"Following this experiment, we were inspired to ask whether two-photon quantum interference could be used similarly to classical interference in holography in order to use known-state photons to gain further information about unknown-state photons. Our analysis led us to a surprising conclusion: it turned out that when two photons exhibit quantum interference, the course of this interference depends on the shape of their wavefronts," says Dr. Chrapkiewicz.

It seems now faitrly obvious that the "Maltese Cross" used by the likes of The Knights Templar was due to occult (secret) knowledge of this information

Quantum interference can be observed by registering pairs of photons. The experiment needs to be repeated several times, always with two photons with identical properties. To meet these conditions, each experiment started with a pair of photons with flat wavefronts and perpendicular polarisations; this means that the electrical field of each photon vibrated in a single plane only, and these planes were perpendicular for the two photons.

The different polarisation made it possible to separate the photons in a crystal and make one of them 'unknown' by curving their wavefronts using a cylindrical lens.

Once the photons were reflected by mirrors, they were directed toward the beam splitter (a calcite crystal). The splitter didn't change the direction of vertically-polarised photons, but it did diverge diplace horizontally polarised photons. In order to make each direction equally probable and to make sure the crystal acted as a beam splitter, the planes of photon polarisation were bent by 45 degrees before the photons entered the splitter.

The photons were registered using the state-of-the-art camera designed for the previous experiments. By repeating the measurements several times, the researchers obtained an interference image corresponding to the hologram of the unknown photon viewed from a single point in space. The image was used to fully reconstruct the amplitude and phase of the wave function of the unknown photon.

Dr. Radoslaw Chrapkiewicz (right) and doctoral student Michal Jachura at the apparatus for registration of holograms of single photons at the Faculty of Physics, University of Warsaw. Credit: FUW, Grzegorz Krzy?ewski

The experiment conducted by the Warsaw physicists is a major step toward improving understanding of the fundamental principles of quantum mechanics. Until now, there has not been a simple experimental method of gaining information about the phase of a photon's wave function.

Although quantum mechanics has many applications, and it has been verified many times with a great degree of accuracy over the last century, we are still unable to explain the nature of wave functions - are they simply a handy mathematical tool, or are they something real?

"Our experiment is one of the first allowing us to directly observe one of the fundamental parameters of photon's wave function - its phase - bringing us a step closer to understanding what the wave function really is,"
explains researcher Michal Jachura.

The Warsaw physicists used quantum holography to reconstruct wave function of an individual photon. Researchers hope that in the future, they will be able to use a similar method to recreate wave functions of more complex quantum objects, such as certain atoms. Will quantum holography find applications beyond the lab to a similar extent as classical holography?

Such existing practical applications include security (holograms are difficult to counterfeit), entertainment, transport (in scanners measuring the dimensions of cargo), microscopic imaging and optical data storing and processing technologies.

"It's difficult to answer this question today. All of us - I mean physicists - must first get our heads around this new tool. It's likely that real applications of quantum holography won't appear for a few decades yet, but if there's one thing we can be sure of it's that they will be surprising,"
summarises Prof. Konrad Banaszek.

Related: The first ever photograph of light as both a particle and wave

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi
Propaganda Is The Art Of Overwhelming Logic
January 5 2020 | From: JonRappoport

One type of mind control involves defeating logic as a method of thinking.

Modern formulations of basic logic begin with the statement: You can’t have A and not-A. Which is a way of saying contradictions are unacceptable.

Related: Western Propaganda - So Simple But So Effective

So it’s no surprise that mind control attempts to introduce contradictions into rational processes.

You see this in propaganda.

For example: People who are vaccinated are in danger from those who are unvaccinated. (“Keep your unvaccinated child away from my vaccinated child.”)

There is a concealed contradiction here. You can see it by merely defining (according to conventional terms) the meaning of “vaccinated.”

It means “immune,” “protected from contracting the disease targeted by the vaccine.”

Related: Startling Evidence Indicates Funded Propaganda Campaign Responsible For War On Fake News

But if the vaccinated person is protected and immune, then coming into contact with an unvaccinated person will bring no danger.

Therefore, the notion that vaccinated people are A) protected but not - A) in danger is absurd, a contradiction.

The easiest way to defeat logic is through deficient education. Never teach logic. Ignore it. Instead, teach specific values. Teach anything except logic. Don’t teach children how to spot contradictions.

A deficient education plus tons of ceaseless propaganda equals mind control.

Logic is a significant problem for people who want a closed and unfree society. Teaching logic tends to produce sharp and independent minds.

Logic produces personal power.

Related: Why Millions Of Kids Don’t See Any Purpose In Going To School Anymore & Matrix Revealed: Why Logic Disappeared

Here is another example of non-logic: A ballot initiative passed by the voters of Maui County is illegal, because it set up a new law regarding commercial agriculture, when in fact commercial agriculture is regulated by state and federal laws, which trump county laws.

There are several ways of attacking this proposition, but the most basic way is:

The ballot initiative was not aimed at commercial agriculture. It called for a moratorium on all Monsanto/Dow experiments using non-commercial GMOs.

In what has become a federal court case, the judge and the lawyers for Dow/Monsanto are proceeding from a false basic premise.

Of course, the failure in this case is a willful ignoring of the facts. The argument is: A is B. No it isn’t. A is A.

There are a number of arguments afloat these days which proceed this way:

“The science concerning ABC is settled.”

“’Settled’ means ‘true.’”

“Therefore the science concerning ABC is true.”

However, on closer inspection, “settled” means “there is a consensus among officially favored scientists.”

Related: Junk Science Week: Science Is On The Verge Of A Nervous Breakdown

Science doesn’t operate according to what officially favored scientists claim. It doesn’t operate according to consensus at all.

It operates according to what is true and valid - and the best way to ascertain that is through the broadest possible analysis accomplished by a wide variety of independent researchers, who attempt to replicate prior experimental results.

Even then, there is always room for reasoned dissent.

There is much, much more I could write about logic. The issues I raise in this article are basic and should be addressed in every high school, in great detail, with many illustrations.

For instance: what are the full tacit implications of the statement found at the end of every television drug ad - “ask your doctor if X is right for you.”

For instance (at a more sophisticated level): when the press reports a new outbreak of disease, claiming it is caused by a particular virus…how was that assertion determined?

Related: European Court Issues Common Sense Ruling On The Link Between Vaccines And Disease + Robert Kennedy, Jr. Is Right About Vaccines: A Medically Induced 'Holocaust' Is Now Upon Us

On what grounds do scientists say they have found the virus that causes the disease?

I ran headlong into that one while writing my first book, AIDS Inc.: Scandal of the Century, and the further I investigated HIV as “the cause of AIDS,” the more I was stunned by the lack of logic present in the argument.

Logic is a sword.

Learning its many uses, while still young, creates formidable students and citizens.

Propaganda is the art of overwhelming logic.

It works, when the mind is unprepared.

Related Articles:

Study Shows Kids Are Born Creative Geniuses But The Education System Destroys Imagination

How To Become Immune To Mind Control | How TV Affects Your Brain Chemistry For The Worse

Cot Deaths Linked To Vaccinations + Harvard Medical School Doctor: Vaccine Science Is Not Settled

Twenty Five Rules Of Disinformation, Propaganda, “PSYOPS”, Debunking Techniques

“A Blatant Display Of Unscientific Propaganda:” Cornell Student Exposes GMO Propaganda In Scathing New Letter

CNN Exposed As Propaganda Ministry For The DNC And Military/Security Complex

Puppet Masters Of Media Propaganda

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi
2020: What Is Needed Is Overpowering Uncontrollable Mass Awakening: The Year Of The Light When Truth Will Prevail
January 4 2020 | From: FinalWakeUpCall / Various

Mainstream Media Indoctrination - Your freedom begins with your consciousness.

The Mainstream media may be more widespread because they are better funded but while they have the power of money, we the people have the power of many.

Related: DiGenova: Comey And Brennan Were 'Coup Leaders'

And we have the facts on our side. We need to unite in our fight against the cabal’s disinformation apparatus, there are many ways in which everyone can help.

The general public at large doesn’t realise it; but executives and top journalists of almost all major media outlets are members of influential Councils and Secret Societies, shaping our fake world.

But, the truth is coming out in front for all of us to hear and see. Unless people ignore the obvious, as many have been doing for too long.

Be ready, the foundation of society will be shaken, even if people look the other way, because everyone is going to face the new reality.

All over the planet is no more room for lies and deception, or running away from the truth. Humanity is soon to learn the irrelevance and stupidity of the current financial system that has enslaved everyone since the Anunnaki arrived on Earth. In the new year of light 2020, fear doesn’t exist any longer.

Related: Babylonian Money Magic & How Modern "Commercial Law" Is Based On Ancient Babylonian Codes

The master manipulators, are the corporate kings of the modern world. They have learned the secret that every ruler since the dawn of civilisation has known:

Whoever controls the narratives is believed by a society, and in control of that society.

And that is exactly what President Trump and the Patriots are doing.

The media, is to government and their control system very important. It is with their ownership of the financial system their most valuable tool. They can push away any thoughts or arguments that do not serve their agenda.

That is what mass media news is all about. All innocent, honest positive news can be brushed aside – The Trump Team has said from the beginning that the Deep State Media will be the last to fall.

People are now witnessing the downfall of the mainstream media happening in real time.

The Importance What Media Means to Government

Don’t trust the mainstream media to explain the socio-geo-political processes shaping our world with any real accuracy and certainly not without infusing it with their own insidious 2030 agenda.

That is in a nutshell the essence for our mutual fight against disinformation, and there are many ways everyone can help. A first step is to sharing this article and many previous ones, with all your friends and family, to get them waking up, and start realising what’s going on.

The Deep State Media didn’t just happen one day. It dates back to hundreds of years ago. Media has always been a part of the cabal tactics. Be aware that government Intelligence took control of the media as early as 1948 and probably even earlier.

Try to appreciate the importance what media means to government and the control system, then push away any thoughts of the unrealistic argument that mass media news is all somehow coincidental and innocent honest news.

If you really believe this, then you are in deep trouble and need to get help upon waking up.

Related: Russiagate Investigation Now Endangers Obama

The Protocols of Zion are the Blueprint for the Deep State’s One World Government-control-operation, that testifies;

"In our official statements, we will deceptively use an opposite view, and always do our best to appear noble and cooperative.

The words of a statesman do not have to correspond to his actions.”

The Protocols further explain that the goal of world domination will be achieved by controlling the thinking of the public by monitoring what it hears and by creating new conflicts or restoring old relationships through hunger, poverty, and the spreading of pests and diseases, seducing and diverting the attention of the youth.

“With the help of these methods and more, we will weaken the countries so that they are forced to offer us control over the world”; at least this is their way of thinking; their goal.

The role of the press serves selfish goals; often mindless; unjust and lying. The majority of the public have no idea of ​​the fact on whose side the press is. We have to keep the press firmly under control. No message may reach the public without our authorisation. (Protocol 12).

Related: Society Is Made Of Narrative – Realizing This Is Awakening From The Matrix

Misinformation That Discloses the New World Order

Control the narratives over economics and commerce and you control economics and commerce.

Control the narratives about politics and government and you control politics and government. This control mechanism is used by the controllers to funnel power and money to the Elite, in this way effectively turning society into one giant energy farm for the elite class.

The real message of George Orwell’s 1984 book ‘Big Brother is watching you’, published in 1948; is that once governments are allowed to get too firm a grip on the reins of power – including justice, law enforcement, military, and media – they are not just frightening corruptible but super-hardened to any real change.

It is important to understand the belief; that ‘political power corrupts the morals and the judgment’.

Across Europe is seen how greed and corruption are destroying the fabric of society. Whether it is political, financial or the corporate sector, it’s even in the match fixing in European football.

The privileged elite of the Deep State have been pillaging the wealth of nations for far too long. Politicians, bankers and corporate bosses have lost all credibility and trust, they are now so rotten there has to be a total change of people and system.

Related: "Because You'd Be In Jail!" - The Real Reason Democrats Are Pushing Trump Impeachment?

All the money that illegally has been taken by bankers and politicians should be returned to the populace; their fiscal shield of amnesty should be abolished. Politicians and bankers convicted of fraud or illegal activities must face prison sentences.

If you wish to live in a world that is “sophisticated” enough to be a ‘world government’ run by an intellectual elite of Globalists and bankers, then by all means, continue to read the Washington Post, New York Times, Time Magazine, Newsweek, and follow the mainstream media in general to get all your information.

If, however, the idea of a select coterie of a global intellectual-financial elite running the world does not sound like the ideal society for humanity’s future, we must continue to shine the lights of publicity on the actions of powerful individuals and institutions, bringing a critical eye to their ideologies and actions. The aim is plain: battle the tide of misinformation and disclose the ‘New World Order.’

Today’s structure of the world can hardly be described as liberal or democratic nor open or buoyant in fact the system has turned into fascism. Institutions have been corrupted by unsound money, an intrusive State, and a myriad of bad private decisions made by people and corporations under the influence of too much credit.

Openly the Belgian state promotes fascism by giving every year €400 million to two media magnates to buying-up with taxpayers’ money this year 5 national left leaning daily newspapers.

So are, innovation and adaptation stifled by commitments to subsidies and unnecessary debts incurred by corrupt governments, media outlets, politicians and lethargic voters.

Related: Twenty Five Rules Of Disinformation, Propaganda, “PSYOPS”, Debunking Techniques

What is Needed is Overpowering Uncontrollable Mass Awakening

It may take some time and practice to hone your skills in separating discernible facts from public information that may actually be utter fiction – but the payoff in adopting this attitude can be rewarding.

In addition to saving yourself time and worries by mostly ignoring public information, learning to discern the difference between the two can lead to better decision making, in your everyday life and conclusions.

Going back to the observable, it is known from history what happens when a king or officialdom adopts a policy of energetic currency debasement: the currency units being debased invariably become worth less and lesser until these are worthless.

There is no example in history where debasing a currency didn’t drive the purchasing power down over time.

If you take the time to step back and analyse the information you receive in this expose and parse it into that which you know to be true based on your own observations, as opposed to what is popularly accepted as true, simply because it was printed in a news journal or said in a broadcast, your attitude about many things may change.

Related: The Great Awakening Has Begun

Our overwhelming uncontrollable mass awakening is what the world’s ruling elite fear the most. Since we greatly outnumber them and their cohorts they wouldn’t know how to deal with us, even with their advanced technology. So the real question is how do we become conscious?

In fact, there are only two kinds of people on earth and not more. Those who want to control and oppress and those who want to be left alone and be free. Life really is that simple.

Once we see the simplicity of it all, you can be sure that we will begin to taste ‘true freedom’; mental freedom, which is akin to spiritual freedom which is where true freedom actually begins.

The controllers know that their armoury is a lot more fragile, weaker and more vulnerable than what they have led us to believe. They have simply created a fake reality for us to live in, built on air and false words.

Your Freedom Begins With Your Consciousness

Remember, the foundation of physical freedom is the freedom we tend to think of as the only kind of freedom. On the contrary, before you can truly be free, you must be mentally and spiritually free. Are you taking steps toward the latter? Or are you vulnerable to enslavement with each waking day? 

Just, become conscious by choosing it. By acting on those synchronicities – meaningful coincidences: Acting on that which calls, moves and inspires us; Acting on and taking action through listening to your inner voice coming from your inner being; paying attention to those gut feelings and basic instincts.

Related: Once We Awaken

Consciousness means coming from the heart, getting in touch with and going into a state of intuitive knowing. Hence, as a contrast to accessing the internet, consciousness allows us to access our ‘inner net.’

Choosing to become conscious means detaching one’s self from the mind control programming; escaping the effects of the physical, mental, emotional and spiritual prison caused by the oppression.

Having broken free from the mind programming and the imposition of others, with multidimensional consciousness, escaping the dualistic confinements of matter, energy and space-time, then anything becomes achievable.

Related Articles:

"Don't Touch Kids You Pervert!": Biden Middle School Gymnasium Rally Melts Down Into Chaos

Dan Borgino FRIES Obama, Rice, Brennan on Russian Witchhunt - He Misses the Hammer Created by Clapper and Brennan

Listen Up Truth-Seekers: We’re On The Same Team

The Global Accounts: The Truth, The Thieves, The Liars And The Con Artists

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi
Is Social Media The New Tobacco?
January 3 2020 | From: Zerohedge / Various

If we set out to design a highly addictive platform that optimized the most toxic, destructive aspects of human nature, we'd eventually come up with social media.

Social problems arise when initially harmless addictions explode in popularity, and economic problems arise when the long-term costs of the addictions start adding up.

Related: “Wikipedia Is Unreliable and Should Be Replaced” - Vladimir Putin

Political problems arise when the addictions are so immensely profitable that the companies skimming the profits can buy political influence to protect their toxic products from scrutiny and regulation.

That describes both the tobacco industry before its political protection was stripped away and social media today, as the social media giants hasten to buy political influence to protect their immensely profitable monopolies from scrutiny and regulation.

It's difficult to measure the full costs of addictions because our system focuses on price discovery at the point of purchase, meaning that absent any regulatory measuring of long-term consequences, the cost of a pack of cigarettes is based not on the long-term costs but solely on the cost of producing and packaging the tobacco into cigarettes, and the enterprise side: marketing, overhead and profit.

(I address the consequences of what we don't measure in my latest book, Will You Be Richer or Poorer?)
To take tobacco as an example, the full costs of smoking two packs of cigarettes a day for 20 years is not limited to the cost of the cigarettes: 365 days/year X 20 years X 2 packs (14,600) X cost per pack ($5 each) $73,000.

Related: How Facebook Has Become The Strategic Media Mouthpiece For The Global Elite & The Impact Of Social Media On Young People's Mental Health

The full costs might total over $1 million in treatments for lung cancer and heart disease, and the reduction in life span and productivity of the smoker. (The emotional losses of those who lose a loved one to a painful early death is difficult to assign an economic value but it is very real.)

If the full costs of the nicotine addiction were included at the point of purchase, each pack of cigarettes would cost about $70 ($1,000,000 / 14,600). Very few people could afford a habit that costs $140 per day ($51,000 per year).

What are the full costs of the current addiction to social media? These costs are even more difficult to measure than the consequences of widespread addiction to nicotine, but they exist regardless of our unwillingness or inability to measure the costs.

Consider the devastating consequences of social media on teen suicides. Here is one such story: Tragedy.
Then there's all the lost productivity as social media addicts check their phones 150+ times a day, interrupting not just work or school but intimacy, up to and including sex.

The psychological attraction of smoking is the core of tobacco marketing, of course; no tobacco company sells cigarettes on the benefits of nicotine addiction. The pitch is that smoking cigarettes is glamorous and attractive because it's "adult" and forbidden.

Related: DECLAS: Social Media Nukes An Entire Generation - But Why?

Anything that has the double allure of the forbidden and the glamorous is extremely compelling to social animals such as humans, who seek to "stand out" via glamour and risk-taking to heighten our social status, which plays such a life-changing role in the selection of mates and our position in the pecking-order hierarchy.

Social media shares certain aspects of these dynamics. While it's not exactly glamorous, social media enables otherwise average individuals the golden opportunity to "stand out" and raise their social status by attracting more "likes" and positive feedback than other consumers of social media.

In effect, social media offers an extremely compelling megaphone to individuals whose social status in the real world is modest (due to the "long-tail" distribution of opportunities to become socially prominent or wealthy, which are increasingly concentrated in the very tip-top of the social hierarchy) to increase their social status in the digital realm via social media.

Compare the ease of social media to the traditional paths to social prominence: building a business or career to attain wealth, community service via leadership roles in organizations, gaining high visibility in conventional media via extraordinary good looks, athletic or artistic talent, etc.

Each of these is an extremely demanding path, one that few people attain, and hence the relatively few at the top of the heap.

Related: China’s Big Brother Social Control Goes To Australia & New Zealand Prime Minister, French President Head Anti-Online Extremism Summit In Paris

As my friend GFB once remarked, in the real world you have to actually earn the money to buy the Mercedes to show off to your friends, but in social media, you only need to post photos of yourself in a Mercedes in a well-chosen setting, and then relentlessly promote yourself on social media platforms.

In other words, social media holds out the promise that an average person can become larger than they are in real life with relatively modest tools (an Internet connection and a camera).

This is reinforced when we look at many of the individuals who have built huge social media audiences and find that they're not any better looking or more talented than the rest of us.

This promise of attaining higher social status without having to work incredibly hard at difficult accomplishments is very compelling.

With the rise of social media influencers as key marketing assets, the most successful social media mavens can earn extraordinary incomes by selling products to their social media audience.

Alas, the long-tail distribution of real-world social status (the few at the top garner the vast majority of the wealth and status) also applies to social media, where a relative few gain audiences in the millions and the vast majority of participants must make do with a relative handful of followers and "likes."

Related: It’s Not That We’ve Failed To Rein In Facebook And Google. We’ve Not Even Tried

This leaves the majority of users extremely vulnerable to slight changes in their social media visibility and status; someone with 15 followers is devastated by the loss of 5 followers, where the individual with 6 million followers would have to lose 2 million followers to suffer the same erosion.

Toxic critics have limited opportunities in the real world. The person driving by in the Mercedes or addressing a community organization won't even hear the snarky comments of the envious in the audience.

But social media gives pride of place to the most toxic critics, providing a global platform for anyone who wants to tear someone else down.

If we set out to design a highly addictive platform that optimized the most toxic, destructive aspects of human nature, we'd eventually come up with social media.

It's not clear that there is any way to regulate social media to quantify or reduce its addictiveness or toxicity, and so the only solution appears to be cold-turkey: Don't get addicted in the first place, and if you are addicted, then abandon social media entirely (cold-turkey).

Related Articles:

Google, YouTube, Twitter, Facebook, Comcast, Instagram Suffer Devastating Outages As Trump Goes To War With Big Tech’s Malicious Censorship And Fraud & "Wikipedia Is Broken," Controlled By Special Interests & Bad Actors Says Co-Founder The Truth About Addiction And Recovery

The Reasons Why We Can't Put Down Our Smartphones

Oliver Stone Warns Moviegoers: Beware Of Your Smartphones, 'This Will Be Our Undoing'

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi
Thirty One Life Lessons I’ve Learned In 31 Years + Twenty Harsh Truths To Help You Get Your Shit Together
January 2 2020 | From: TheUnboundedSpirit / EducateInspireChange

Life is, in a sense, like school. Each and every day we are learning from our experiences, and the lessons we acquire allow us to move from one stage of life to the next.

But not all of us are good students. Some people learn fast, and thus can quickly grow in understanding and evolve into higher states of consciousness. Others are slow learners, finding it extremely difficult to pass life's tests, and as a result have to repeat them again and again.

Related: How To Become A Freethinker: A Practical Guide + 7 Lessons You Should Learn Early In Life

Today I turn 31 years old, so I chose to spend some time reflecting on the most important lessons I've learned in my life so far. If you're wondering what those are, I wrote them down so that you can have the chance to read them and benefit from them as much as I did.

It feels weird to think that 31 years ago I was born in this world. A couple of decades ago, I remember that my thirties seemed incredibly far in the future. But before I realized it, here I am, over 30 and heading toward 40.

So far my life’s journey has been an incredible ride. I’ve gone through tons of ups and downs, both of which have taught me important lessons that allowed me to better understand myself and the world, as well as to build my life the way I want.

In this post I’d like to share with you some of the greatest life lessons I’ve learned during the course of my life, in hopes that you will find them as helpful as I did. Without further ado, here they are:

1. This Moment is all There is

The past is gone and the future is not here yet.

The present moment is everything you have, so be sure to immerse yourself in it

2. I Don’t Know Everything, and That’s Totally Fine

To learn, you need to admit that you don’t know it all. In fact, not everything can be known, and that’s part of the beauty of life, which is an ongoing learning journey.

3. Pain Isn’t Your Enemy

It’s just a messenger trying to show you that there’s something amiss. So instead of hiding from your pain or suppressing it, face it and pay attention to what it has to show you, so that you can understand why it’s there and how to get rid of it.

Related: 3 Hard-Hitting Truths About Pain Most People Forget

4. The Best Things In Life are Free

Here are a few examples: A deep breath of fresh air, a walk in nature, a conversation with a good friend, and a look into the eye of a beloved partner. Cherish them before someone puts a price tag on them too.

5. Money Isn’t Just Neutral Energy

As it exists today, money is creating artificial scarcity, which results in competition, inequality, poverty, greed, and violence (among other things). Therefore, money is quite a negative force in our world.

Related: The Secretive Bank Of England - Controlling The World's Money Supply + Banking Data Dump

6. Peace Begins on Your Plate

Three times a day you can choose peace over violence - that is, with each meal you eat. Is your food cruelty-free or does it involve unnecessary suffering and death?

7. Sitting is Killing You

Walk, run, dance, stretch. Move your body throughout the day.

8. Don’t Trust the Mainstream Media

Most big media companies are owned by people whose main intention is to emotionally manipulate you in order to keep you hypnotized, sell you lies and empty your pockets.

Related: The Mainstream Media Lies

9. Voice Your Truth

Speak out your mind, express your feelings and let people see who you truly are. Being true to yourself and others is the only way to build genuine relationships and live an authentic life.

10. You Can’t Change Anyone

But your actions can inspire many to change.

11. Mistakes are Part of Learning

Don’t fear making mistakes, for they have important things to teach you. But make sure you don’t repeat them.

12. Failures are Stepping Stones to Success

Each failure leads you one step closer to success, so don’t shy away from it. Try, fail, and then try again for as long as it takes to achieve your goals.

13. Simplicity is the Key to Living Well

To live simply means to let go of what is unimportant and focus on what truly matters to your happiness and well-being.

Related: How To Live Simply In A Complicated World

14. Think for Yourself

If you don’t, someone else will think for you.

15. We Don’t Have a True Democracy

Casting a vote once every few years alone doesn’t give people much freedom in collective decision-making. Especially if you consider that what they vote for is nothing but power-hungry politicians who are lying to them in order to serve their vested interests.

16. There is No 'Free Market'

In our socioeconomic system, you have as much freedom as your money can buy. And those with a lot of it have the freedom to restrict the freedom of others.

Related: Democracy Is A Front For Central Bank Rule & Financial Starvation In A Fiat Debt Slavery Financial System

17. Books Can Be Life-Changing

You must have heard this countless times. But it’s totally true - some books have the power to turn your life upside down, in a tremendously positive way. Just make sure to carefully pick which books to read, otherwise they can be a waste of your time. Click here for a list of books I highly recommend.

18. Use Your Words Wisely

Words can hurt or heal, so always be mindful of how you speak.

Related: The Secret And Hidden Agenda Of Language: Why Many Words Are Magic Spells

19. Do No Harm, But Take No Shit

Be kind and loving to your fellow human beings, but be smart enough to establish healthy boundaries in your relationships.

20. Possessions Can Possess You

Let go of your attachments to your belongings, for one day they will all be taken away from you.

21. Look Fear in the Eye

If you don’t, you will never overcome it.

Related: What They Want You To Fear Versus The Real Threats We Face

22. Take responsibility for your life

Don’t just sit cross-legged and blame others for your misfortunes. You have much power in your hands to help shape your destiny.

23. Change Starts From Within

Embody the change you wish to see in the world.

24. No Person is Evil

Those who choose to hurt others are deeply hurt themselves. Keeping a non-judgmental, compassionate attitude can do wonders to help heal their wounds.

25. Question Your Beliefs

If followed blindly, they can ruin your life (and that of others).

Related: Removing The Blindfold Of Dogmatic Belief

26. Our Economy is an Anti-Economy

To economize means to carefully manage resources and to avoid unnecessary expenditure or waste. Our economy, however, is fundamentally based on consumption - that is, on the mindless and constant extraction of natural resources and production of waste.

27. Choose Your Friends Carefully

The people we spend time with shape our lives. Choose to spend it with those who lift you up and not those who drag you down.

28. There’s no Such Thing as The Perfect Relationship

But if your relationships are build with patience, love and care, they can enrich your life more than anything else.

Related: Toxic Relationship Habits Most People Think Are Normal

29. Embrace Change

Life is constantly changing, and the happiest people are the ones who have learned to adapt and flow with it.

30. You Might Die Any Moment

Contemplate on death regularly, so that when it knocks on your door, it doesn’t find you unprepared.

31. Be Grateful for What You Have

Your life might not be perfect, but it’s still a wonder-full gift. Remember to appreciate it and make the most out of it while you can.

Related: A Helpful Guide To Cultivating Gratitude

Twenty Harsh Truths To Help You Get Your Shit Together

Sometimes we get so caught up in life and forget that each moment is so precious.

Here are 20 brutal truths to help you get your shit together.

Related: The Fall And Rise Of Truth, Trust And Society’s Capacity For Wisdom

1. You Are Not Here Forever

Make each moment count, start today to work on something you love. We only have 960 months to live (and that’s if we get to 80). We talk about “one day” but why wait?

2. The People Around You Don’t Live Forever

Kiss the one you love every chance you get. Tell all of the people who mean something to you now whilst you can.

3. What Other People Think is None of Your Business

Everyone is entitled to their own opinion but it doesn’t mean their perception is right, other peoples opinions don’t define you.

Related: How Trying To Be Happy Makes Us Unhappy & 6 Stupid Things Most People Think Are Important

4. Stop Searching

Realise happiness starts where you are right now. Looking away and waiting for it separates you from now and wastes time. Live in this moment now, make each moment count.

5. You Can’t Make Everyone Happy

That’s their responsibility, not yours.

6. Accept Your Flaws

Embrace who you are, imperfection is uniqueness.

7. Use Your Feeling to Guide You

You attract what you feel, pay attention to how you feel and use it to guide you to what you want.

Related: Feeling Upset Or Distressed? Here Are Some Simple Self-Soothing Practices To Calm Yourself Down

8. Your Life is Your Responsibility

You know who will give you everything? Yourself. Don’t wait around for people, take responsibility and take power of your own life.

9. Worrying is a Waste of Time

Worrying is a waste of imagination, 99% of the stuff you worry about doesn’t happen and won’t matter even in 5 years. Remember your time is limited, use your imagination to picture the things you want instead.

10. Express Your Talents

Imagine lying in the bed in hospital, being on the death bed, and standing around you are the ideas, the dreams, the talents that have been given to you by the universe, the talents that you didn’t develop the skills that you never did anything with, standing around you looking at you with large angry eyes saying “We came to you! Only you could have given us life, now we have to die with you forever.” What idea do you have right now that you could be acting on?

11. Today is the Most Important Day

The present moment is all we have.

Related: The Three Stages Of Spiritual Transformation

12. Complaining Gets You Nowhere

Life is hard for everyone and everyone is dealing with their own battles, there is always someone worse off than you. If you don’t like something, change it.

13. Share What You Know

Your knowledge could change someone’s life, no one can take away what is yours, sharing and helping other people will come back to you.

14. Invest in Yourself

Knowledge is power, become obsessed with learning and improving yourself, it will change your life.

Related: I Woke Up And The World Around Me Is Still Asleep: What To Do? + Once you Learn These Nine Lessons From Confucius, Your Priorities In Life Will Completely Change

15. Never Give Up

So many people quit when they are so close, if everything was easy, everyone would do it, usually when you are right at that very point of winning, life will test you. Embrace the challenges.

16. Express Yourself

People may not know how you feel. You only live once, relationships are important.

17. Always Look at the Bigger Picture

Get curious, learn, ask questions. There is more to everything.

Related: Society Is Made Of Narrative - Realizing This Is Awakening From The Matrix

18. No One Can Hurt You Without Your Mental Consent

It’s your choice whether you let something hurt you or not.

19. The Universe Loves Action

When you get inspired by an idea or get an impulse to do it, act upon it. The universe likes speed, don’t doubt or second guess, all you have to do is act when it comes.

20. Time is Everything

Learn to manage time, it’s the only thing you can’t get back.

Related: How Thoughts Create Atoms And Emotions Formulate Time

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

The Fifth Estate Casts Its Shadow Like a Massive Mothership
January 1 2019 | From: CosmicConvergence / Various

Before Long the Mainstream Media Will be History.

“Big Mother is watching Big Brother!” The biggest story on planet Earth has gone virtually unnoticed.

Related: Epstein cover-up is final nail in the coffin for any last shred of credibility in mainstream media

It is now common knowledge that whoever controls the media effectively controls the world.

Those who do control the entire planetary realm are only able to do so because they have controlled the mainstream media for as long as it has been in existence.

This ironclad control has enabled the World Shadow Government to exert power over the flow of information throughout every sphere of life for centuries.

In fact, it is the Fourth Estate that holds the true power over the other three. Only by the power of the press is the WSG able to keep the governments and corporations of the world in check.

A New Era Dawns

Since the advent of the Internet in 1995, the Fifth Estate has been growing by the day. It has taken over 20+ years for it to finally come into its own.  

Related: Job losses expected as NZ’s broadcasting sector faces biggest overhaul in a decade

2016 will be long remembered as the year when the Fifth Estate became a force unto itself
, so much so that it is profoundly affecting the outcome of this year’s U.S. presidential election.

The campaign season of this election cycle has been the most dynamic and electrifying, surprising and captivating in American history.  No one has ever seen anything like it. Because the world still at that time found itself steeped in the depths of the Great Recession, there were millions of young adults out of work.

Many of them lived at home with mom and dad and with very few possessions except a smartphone or a tablet, a laptop or a desktop.

Related: Astroturf and manipulation of media messages

It is in this environment that the citizen journalist has been born. They are by and large unemployed, bored and angry that the American Dream has eluded them. Some of them believe that the dream has become an “American nightmare” and want to know why.

As they seek answers to this inquiry, they are stumbling upon long-hidden truths that have made them deeply distrust the mainstream media (MSM)…with a vengeance.

"The MSM is comprised not only of all print, video and audio forms of media but also book publishing, movie production, music production, TV programming, social networks among others."

So here’s the current context: While the banksters bankrupted the USA in order to swell the ranks of the jobless and unemployed, especially among the youth who they intended to fight their unlawful and unprovoked wars of aggression around the world, something unexpected happened.  

The banksters unwittingly created an army of writers and bloggers, e-book authors and essayists, Facebook posters and Twitter tweeters, YouTube video producers and Instagram photojournalists.

Related: Whoever Controls The Media Controls The World

What else was there to post about that year but the exceedingly dramatic 2016 presidential election, as well as the coming Second American Revolution. No matter what side of the fence these folks are on, they are busier than if they had a 9 to 5 with the local corporation.

And they’re loving every minute of it because they are learning how the world really works. And, why they really had no job… or even a prospect of a job.

The Rise of the Citizen Journalist

The Internet is the place where many will find their future job. Not the one working for a Fortune 500 corporation; rather, a real job that will assist with the transformation of post-modern society.  

As these young Internet practitioners expand their skill sets, deepen their knowledge base, and broaden their experience, they have quickly acquired the right stuff to function as a one-person, multi-media platform.

This single development has contributed significantly to the rapid establishment of the Fifth Estate.

As a matter of fact, the now defunct specialty of investigative journalism has seen a massive rebound. These young journalists have no advertisers to appease and can therefore go after whatever they choose to investigate.

Bloggers and videographers are tearing up the terrain with their incisive blogs and documentaries, respectively.  

Related: Who Will Tell the Truth About the So-Called ‘Free Press’?

Upstart authors are now writing Pulitzer Prize level reports and series on topics ranging from the Holocaust Industry to the rigged 2016 U.S. presidential election, from the US Government-coordinated terrorist attacks on 9/11 to the CIA-conducted assassination of John F. Kennedy.

These citizen journalists all share one thing, and that is a passion for the truth.  

They see a world in total disarray and are desperately trying to make some sense of it. In their ardent search for the truth they unwittingly find themselves becoming world-class journalists. And it is only their pursuit of the truth that has set them free from the ranks of the unemployed.

Not only do many these folks now have control of their destiny, they are not bound to a corporate agenda like their parents and grandparents were.

Nor are they bound to the conventions of traditional, university taught journalism that keeps their MSM peers in a tighly controlled box. They are free to think for themselves and to follow the truth wherever it leads them.

Four Horsemen - an award winning independent feature documentary which lifts the lid on how the world really works

BBC Journalist Exposes The Dark Side Of The Media

Such a liberation of genuinely creative energy has created a supernova in the firmament of worldwide media.  So many young journalists have been born into their Internet-based profession that there is now a crowded field of competition to be dealt with.  

This has forced many into various specialty niches which has posed a real threat to the MSM journalists who are now primarily generalists because of the severe budget cuts over several years throughout that industry.

“The Truth Shall Set You Free”

The MSM is soon to be overwhelmed by the Alt-Media. Little did the controllers of this planetary realm know that one day - in the not-too-distant future - they will see a world transformed by the vast number of truth-speakers and fact-writers who they helped create.

The readership and viewership of the Alt-Media will be filled with billions of souls who are likewise truth-seekers who know that the MSM is positively not the place to find it.

Truly, this rapidly evolving saga is “The Greatest Show on Earth” at this very moment in time. It is a global drama of such epic proportions that soon the entire planetary civilization will have gone through an unparalleled metamorphosis.  

For as We the People find our voices and put our pens to paper and take to our keypads to speak truth to power, so, too, will the peoples of the world.

Related: There Is No Such Thing as a Free Press

When the Alt-Media becomes an echo chamber of truth that replaces the MSM echo chamber of falsehood, the world will have taken a great leap forward toward the restoration of both personal and national sovereignty. It is only in this global context that the world community of nations will experience a durable peace and genuine brotherhood.

Then, many things like political integrity and social equality, economic stability and financial security, religious tolerance and racial respect, civil justice and environmental protection, will all occur naturally and spontaneously.

These are only some of the ways that “The Truth Shall Set You Free”.

The Mothership

There is a very powerful and fast-growing movement afoot that identifies with the meme of the Mothership. One of the various tag lines of this extraordinary phenomenon, that is quietly manifesting under the radar, is this:

BIG MOTHER is watching Big Brother!”

For the uninitiated, the emerging Fifth Estate is BIG MOTHER. The slowly dying Fourth Estate is Big Brother. There is no question that the tide is gradually changing. And, that the traditional control of information is being altered in profound and fundamental ways.

Hence, it is only a matter of time - a relatively short period of time - that a veritable sea change will occur on planet Earth. That moment of highly anticipated change will transpire when the Mothership appears to everyone in all its glory.

Think of it this way:  Were a massive Mothership to slowly glide across the sky over New York City… and then Washington, DC… and then Miami, Florida, on the very same day, would not the whole order change in a day and a night?!  

Related: Presstitute Media Collapsing Under the Weight of its Lies

The Alt-Media is like a Mothership that is slowly approaching Earth as it disseminates forbidden truth and lost information, deep wisdom and esoteric knowledge across the entire planetary realm.

Then, one day, when nary a soul expects it, looming over the horizon, is this inconceivably enormous Mothership casting a shadow the size of a solar eclipse. Imagine that out of that Mothership comes darting a multitude of smaller starships, each one carrying a payload of truth and banner of justice.  

More than likely every reader of this post has already contributed to this Project Multi-Media Mothership.

If you have a simple blog or a Facebook page, a website or a Twitter feed, a YouTube channel or an Instagram account, you have already set loose your starship into the skies of planet Earth via the World Wide Web.


It’s time for every truth-seeker to get on board the Mothership.

You have been baptized into the Fifth Estate. Please do not take your responsibilities lightly, you just may be the one who everyone is waiting for to post that vital piece that finally takes the whole God-forsaken System down, once and for all!

Remember, from this point forward, it is BIG MOTHER who will be watching Big Brother.

Related: The Multi-Media Mothership Platform: Beta Version

Related Articles:

Sinclair's script for stations

50 Facts Illustrating Mainstream Media’s Relationship With The US Government

Rachel Maddow Called Out By WaPo Columnist For Shamelessly Peddling Fake News

Whoever Controls The Media Controls The World

Who REALLY Controls The Mainstream Media?

Google, Corporate Press Launch Attack On Alternative Media

This Review of “Ford v Ferrari” Reflects the Absurdity of Movie Critics Today

Gabbard and Trump Jr. Change America’s View of The View

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

The World Needs Us In 2020 - A 2019 Holiday Message
December 31 2019 | From: VigilantCitizen / Various

The end of 2019 also signifies the end of a decade – a decade that was so lame that it doesn’t even have a nickname. Remember the 90s? The 80s?

What a magical time that was. Will people look back at this decade with the same nostalgia?

Related: 50 Years Of Near Death Experience Research Suggests That The “Soul” Is Real + 7,000 Souls Recall Their
‘Life’ Between Lives During Regression Hypnosis, The Similarities Are Astounding

Will people remember with fondness the iconic music of this decade? Like … hmmm … * looks up the top songs of the decade * … The Shape of You by Ed Sheeran? I’m not sure. Maybe people inevitably become nostalgic about the decade they grew up in … no matter how lame it was.

One thing is for sure, The Vigilant Citizen analyzed the hell out of this decade. From beginning to end.

And there was no shortage of material to get upset about. One of the first articles I wrote in 2010 was about Lady Gaga’s Telephone.

It featured Beyoncé, it was replete with the one-eye sign and it was drenched in mind control symbolism. Ten years later, artists came and went, but the same exact pattern of symbolism is still in pop culture. By highlighting this repetition, I’ve built a body of proof that is difficult to refute.

While there’s incredible consistency in the symbolism found in mass media, there was also a slow and steady progression.

Indeed, pop culture only kept going deeper in the exact direction I was pointing to back in 2010.

Related: The Language Of Symbolism: How To Recognize These Three Symbols Hidden In Plain Sight

While the first videos I analyzed had subtle occult symbolism, recent videos are basically all-out, bloody, satanic orgies carried out by zombies drugged out on Xanax. Through its pawns, the elite is not hiding its true nature anymore.

On a wider scale, this decade uncovered the true nature of the occult elite for the world to see. While stories about a DC pizza place had the elite shrieking in horror and screaming “fake news”, the story of Jeffrey Epstein basically confirmed that there’s nothing fake about the elite’s sickness.

Then, Epstein was “suicided”, which only confirmed the elite’s propensity for snuffing out the truth. While this information should have been enough to have the masses unite against this sickness, it only got more divided. How?

Through mass media propaganda. Instead of going against the evilest people on Earth, people were brainwashed into hating each other.

Damn Boomers! Damn Millenials! Damn straight white males! Damn angry feminists! Damn conservatives! Damn liberals!

Related: A Conversation On Race, Identity Politics And Slavery

Instead of uniting, people divided themselves into subgroups that only interact in their own biased echo-chambers.

Furthermore, each echo-chamber is infested with paid trolls whose only goal is to add hatred and disinformation to the mix, causing less rational thought and more emotional radicalization.

The end result: Nobody has the whole Truth. Everybody has their truth.

Divide and conquer is the oldest trick in the book. And it still works today.

Despite all of this crap, lots of people did not buy into the hate and the division. And I like to think that The Vigilant Citizen is a safe haven for genuine truth-seekers who look for the Truth – with a capital T. And nothing else.

Vigilant Citizens 2020

When one reads the comments section on this website or the VC forums, one encounters points of view that are widely different and posted by people from widely different backgrounds.

And that’s a great sign. It is proof that this site is not another echo-chamber catering to a specific group, but a place of straight, unbiased facts that are relevant to people from all walks of life.

Judging by the e-mails I receive on a daily basis, the information presented on this site has an incredibly positive effect on readers – no matter their background or political views.

Because this site transcends the man-made boxes people choose to place themselves into. It is about good versus evil, right versus wrong, light versus darkness.

One doesn’t need an “opinion piece” from a journalist to convince you that something is wrong. You just know it. You can feel it in your core, in your guts.

Related: Spirit Led Activism - The True Power Of The People + Rites Of Passage - Encountering Spiritual “Initiations”
On The Path

This site points to this garbage in mass media and basically says: “Look at this crap”. Then, you can make your own opinion. While it is difficult and sometimes exhausting to research and analyze this vile stuff, it is nevertheless with great pride and honor that I accomplish this task.

And, when I sometimes tell myself “I don’t feel like doing this right now”, I go and read some e-mails I get from readers and my energy and motivation get automatically renewed.

In the end, the goal of The Vigilant Citizen is not to obsess over the darkness but to properly identify it and to completely reject it.

Once this is accomplished, one can appreciate the true beauty of this world and focus on what truly matters. In this holiday season, please make sure you do just that because, if you don’t, they’ve won and you lost.

Happy New Year and see you in 2020!

Related Articles:

Why ‘Conspiracy Theories’ & Spirituality Are Intimately Connected

The Ten Most Dangerous Threats To Humanity That Must Be Defeated For Us To Live As Free, Conscious Beings

How To Become A Freethinker: A Practical Guide + 7 Lessons You Should Learn Early In Life

Orwell’s 1984 No Longer Reads Like Fiction - It’s The Reality Of Our Times & The Propaganda Ministry Known As
“The Free Press”

Julian Assange On The War On Free Speech: “Everyone Else Must Take My Place” & Julian Assange Is Guilty Only Of Revealing The Evil Soul Of US Imperialism

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

2019: Year Of The Rock Spider In Review & Ghislaine Maxwell And Jeffrey Epstein Were Spies Who Used Underage Sex To Blackmail Politicians, ‘Ex-Handler’ Claims
December 30 2019 | From: FionaBarnett / TheSun / Various

In my free book Eyes Wide Open, I expose the global child trafficking operation coordinated by the CIA for the British Royal family.

I explain how the banks have long been used to launder money made from the CIA-coordinated global child trafficking operation and channel proceeds of crime into CIA-created ‘terrorist’ groups and activities. 

Related: One Of Epstein’s Victims Claims She Was Forced To Have Sex With Prince Andrew As A Teen & Mega Group, Maxwells And Mossad: The Spy Story At The Heart Of The Jeffrey Epstein Scandal

Here are some recent revelations that support my claims, which have emerged since the September 2019 publication of my book.

1. Jeffrey Epstein, CIA Child Sex Trafficker

Here are some facts that have emerged in the Epstein case to support my description of a global child trafficking operation used to compromise VIPs, and featuring female predators and ‘baby breeders’:

Virginia Roberts testified that Ghislaine Maxwell was a lesbian pedophile who daily sexually assaulted underage girls and sex slaves.

Ghislaine Maxwell teamed up with Epstein for threesomes with underaged sex trafficked girls.

Ghislaine Maxwell recruited young girls from parks, into prostitution and sex slavery, under the guise of offering modelling careers.

Ghislaine Maxwell and Jeffrey Epstein instructed Virginia Roberts to have a baby and sign the newborn over to her perpetrators.

Prince Andrew participated in a sex orgy with multiple international underaged sex trafficked girls on Epstein Island.

Epstein and Maxwell prostituted Virginia Roberts to multiple VIPs including British Royalty, billionaires, a Harvard law professor, and world leaders including ‘a Prime Minister’.

Related: Exposing The “Keys” to Disney’s Operations and Agenda

2. Prince Andrew / Pedo Prime Minister Paul Keating Connection

In Eyes Wide Open I detail former Prime Minister Paul Keating’s rape and murder of a 5-year-old boy.

In 2010, Prince Andrew was filmed at Jeffrey Epstein’s New York mansion, waving goodbye to Paul Keating’s daughter, Katherine Keating. Here is a relevant news article:

Sydney Morning Herald: Revealed: Why Katherine Keating was visiting Jeffrey Epstein's mansion

3. Prince Andrew / Nicole Kidman – CIA Child Trafficking Connection

Nicole Kidman witnessed her pedophile rapist father Antony Kidman beat me unconscious on my birthday. My free book Eyes Wide Open details the wealthy Kidman family’s involvement in the CIA child trafficking operation.

In 1999, pedo Prince Andrew and Nicole Kidman collaborated to campaign against child abuse in the UK. Here is an article documenting this:

Kidman Joins Princely Effort

CNN - London

"Britain’s Prince Andrew and Australian actress Nicole Kidman teamed up Wednesday in a campaign to end child abuse in Great Britain.

They were pictured on the cover of celebrity magazine Hello! to publicize the cause.

Inside, Andrew - the chairman of a campaign launched by the British National Society for The Prevention of Cruelty to Children (NSPCC) - is quoted as saying, “I was staggered to learn that between one and two children die as a result of abuse in Britain every week - and most during their first year of life.” He has been recruiting celebrities like Kidman to help bring attention to the issue.

Kidman, who co-stars in the late Stanley Kubrick’s “Eyes Wide Shut” with her husband Tom Cruise, told the magazine, “Children should be allowed to grow up without fear of cruelty.”

4. Westpac Bank – CIA Child Sex Trafficking Money Launderers

In 2018, I wrote that Australia’s No. 2 bank, Westpac, was under investigation for the very same crimes that the Commonwealth Bank of Australia was fined $700 million for – laundering money from CIA child sex trafficking and channelling this into CIA ‘terror’ activities.

Mainstream media did not report this fact which I detailed in Eyes Wide Open.

True to my word, on 20 November 2019, AUSTRAC charged Westpac for 23 million breaches of anti-money laundering and counter-terror finance laws.

Westpac was used to launder $11 billion generated from ‘child exploitation’ crimes committed in South East Asia and channelled that money into terror organisations and activities. 

Here is a relevant mainstream media article:

TheGuardian: Westpac accused of more than 23m breaches of anti-money laundering laws

5. Prime Minister Bob Hawke Hid Labor Party Minister’s Rape of His Daughter

I copped much criticism for disclosing that Australian Prime Ministers Bob Hawke and Gough Whitlam, and various members of Whitlam’s Labor Party cabinet raped me as a young child, including at a pedophile orgy held at Parliament House.

Today, it was reported that Bob Hawke’s daughter, Rosslyn Dillon, was raped 3 times in the 1980s by then Victorian Labor MP Bill Landeryou, and that Bob Hawke prevented his daughter from reporting the rapes to the police, to preserve his political career. (Note: a fellow victim of CIA child trafficking informed me in 2015 that she attended a Satanic Ritual Abuse support group in the USA with Rosslyn Dillon.)

In the very least, this rape coverup indicates that Bob Hawke was not the hero the Australian public revered him as. Bob Hawke sold his own daughter for power. 

Here is a relevant MSM article:

TheGuardian: Bob Hawke’s daughter says he told her not to pursue rape allegations against former Labor MP

6. Justice James Wood Grants Parole to Labor Party Pedophile 

My book Eyes Wide Open details the accusations against Royal Commissioner and alleged pedophile James Wood who covered up the CIA’s child trafficking activities in Sydney involving Daruk Government Boys Home, Hillsong Church, Ivan Milat, and Costellos Boy Brothel in Kings Cross.

In December 2019, James Wood chaired the Parole Board which released pedophile Labor politician Milton Orkopoulos who was serving a minimum sentence for raping boys. Here is a relevant news article:

ABC: Convicted paedophile and former NSW Labor minister Milton Orkopoulos granted parole

7. FBI Confirm Existence of McMartin Preschool SRA Tunnels & CIA’s Involvement in Child Trafficking Operation 

On 25 October 2019, the FBI released documents relating to the ‘Finders-Keepers’ case. 

This official FBI release included documents acknowledging the existence of the McMartin preschool tunnels, Satanic Ritual Abuse, plus the CIA’s involvement in child sex trafficking. Click on this Twitter link to view the file:

Related: It Took A Billionaire Pedophile To Die In Jail For Media To Finally Report On Elite Child Sex Trafficking

8. NXIVM CIA Child Trafficking Cut-Out

As I explained in my book, the Bronfmann family were integral to the British Royal family’s global drug and human trafficking operation.

In April 2019, Clare Bronfmann pleaded guilty to financing the NXIVM global child sex trafficking operation which the mainstream press whitewashed as a weird sex cult. I well detailed this case in my free book Eyes Wide Open.

According to today’s news reports, NXIVM front man, Keith Rainier, was secretly taped stating: “Here’s the thing, I’ve had people killed because of my beliefs - or because of their beliefs.”

The deaths of four women have been linked to Rainere. Here is a relevant news article:

NewYorkPost: New TV special links Nxivm leader Keith Raniere to deaths of four women

9. Australian Prime Minister Scott Morrison’s CIA Child Trafficking Connection

Prime Minister Scott Morrison was neighbours with NSW Police Commissioner Mick Fuller prior to moving into Kirribilli House. 

In December 2019, it was reported that Scott Morrison used his connection to Mick Fuller to interfere with a NSW Police investigation into one of his Liberal Party ministers.

Similarly, Scott Morrison has used his influence to interfere with the Police charging Hillsong Church cult guru Brian Houston with covering up his father’s pedophile crimes.

Here are relevant news articles:

TheGuardian: Scott Morrison refuses to release notes of call with NSW police chief over doctored document

MSN: Hillsong child sex abuse survivor blasts Scott Morrison for his friendship with the son of his rapist as 'absolutely monstrous' as he breaks his silence on his five years of hell

Nine: Scott Morrison linked to controversial 'miracles for money' church

Team Mick & Morrison Targeted Me for Silence 

I have long campaigned to expose the role of Frank Houston and his CIA-funded child trafficking cut-out Hillsong Church. Upon Morrison’s election as Prime minister, I protested his connections with my Freemason perpetrators in the Sutherland Shire.

Consequently, our own Prime Minister Scott Morrison collaborated with Mick Fuller to silence me by sending police agents to infiltrate my private life and set me up for false arrest and incarceration in Mick Fuller’s Fixated Person Unit.

I detail this clandestine Gestapo-style system in my book.

Related: Leaked ABC News Insider Recording Exposes Epstein Coverup “We Had Clinton, We Had Everything” & MSM
Executives Part Of ‘Network Of People’ That Covered For Epstein – Project Veritas Founder To RT


At what point will I be believed and acknowledged? How much circumstantial evidence must emerge before I am vindicated?

Things are being revealed thick and fast. Read my predicted 2020 news headlines in my free book Eyes Wide Open.

We couldn’t even see the year out without further major pedo news which confirms the content of my book:

NAB Money Launderers

Mainstream news today confirmed that Australia’s No. 3 bank, NAB, is under AUSTRAC investigation for breaches of anti-money laundering legislation.

Here is a link to the story:

ABC: NAB fronts investors at AGM after ASIC launches fees-for-no-service case

Pedo Elite Exposed

Aaaaand someone snitched on Sir Ron Brierly….

ABC: Millionaire businessman Sir Ron Brierley charged with possessing child pornography

Related Articles:

Clintons Vacationed Extensively At Epstein's New Mexico 'Baby-Making Ranch': Report

ABC to Air Epstein Report in 2020, Project Veritas Reports

Epstein-Funded Scientist Creating DNA-Based Eugenics Dating App

Former Congressman Insinuates Kevin Spacey is Responsible For His Accuser’s Death

‘Completely reversible’? UK transgender charity instructs teachers on puberty blockers to 12yo kids

Palace Paedophiles - So When Are The Police Going To Call?

Ex-Vice President of Disney Convicted For Sexually Abusing A Seven Year Old Girl

Deep Dive into Pedogate Video

Arizona GOP Senator: I’m Being Threatened For Trying To Expose Foster Care System’s Links To Child Sex Trafficking Ring

Something is Terribly Wrong With Hotel Lucia

Parents shocked as UK schools teach 6-10yo kids to touch their ‘private parts’ in beds & showers

Will Ferrell’s Comedy Skit About Child Trafficking is Disgusting

Child Escaping from Buckingham Palace Naked

Ohio College Normalising Pedophilia as a Sexual Orientation

Ex-Victim Support boss David Charteris jailed for 14 years for historic child sex offences

Boy Scouts of America Are Covering up a 'Pedophilia Epidemic,' 350 Alleged Abusers Have Been Named In Lawsuit

Tom Hanks Accused of Buying 13-Year-Old Girl From Her Father and Raping Her - Actor Isaac Kappy Recently Called Him a Pedophile

Sabrina Carpenter’s “In My Bed”: A Video about the Mind Control of a Young Girl … Made by Disney

Michael Aquino’s Last Desperate Attempt to Silence his Victims

Congressional Testimony From Clinton Era Reveals Pedophile Blackmail Network

Max is on fire: Epstein, Prince Andrew and The Mega Group

Mega Group, Maxwells and Mossad: The Spy Story at the Heart of the Jeffrey Epstein Scandal

Mystery Around Jeffrey Epstein's Fortune and How He Made It

Jeffrey Epstein's Victim Virginia Roberts Giuffre BBC The Prince & the Epstein Scandal

Epstein, Prince Andrew and The Mega Group - Part 2

Parents to Challenge Child Abuse Court Reports by Accused Bond Psychologist Bob Montgomery

Glamorous social media star, 48, known as 'La Madame' is pimp with prostitution ring where 250 underage girls were branded with tattoos, prosecutors claim

Google Censorship Police Know Exactly Who Created the MEME: “Epstein didn’t kill himself”

Prince Andrew’s Epstein scandal will result in 'heated showdown' with 'furious' Prince Charles: report

Prince Andrew Talks About Jeffrey Epstein In A New Interview

Ghislaine Maxwell And Jeffrey Epstein Were Spies Who Used Underage Sex To Blackmail Politicians, ‘Ex-Handler’ Claims

Ghislaine Maxwell and her paedophile lover Jeffrey Epstein were both Israeli spies who took pictures of powerful men having sex with underage girls to blackmail them, their alleged Mossad handler has sensationally claimed.

The pair allegedly ran a "honey-trap" operation where they would provide young girls to politicians in order to squeeze them for information for the Israelis.

Related: Epstein "Admitted To Me He Was A Spy", Ex-Biz Partner Warns "He's Got Prince Andrew Pinned To The Wall"

The unsubstantiated claims have been made by Ari Ben-Menashe who claims he is a former Israeli spy.

Ben-Menashe claims that he was the “handler” of Ghislaine's dad Robert Maxwell, who was also a spy, and that it was the former newspaper baron who introduced Epstein and his daughter to the Israeli intelligence agency.

He makes the unverified claims in a new book called "Epstein: Dead Men Tell No Tales".

In a preview of the book, shared with Sun Online, Ben-Menashe says: “Mr Epstein was the simple idiot who was going around providing girls to all kinds of politicians in the United States."

Ghislaine Maxwell's father Robert allegedly introduced her and Epstein to Mossad

Related: Judge Orders Release of Thousands of Pages of Jeffrey Epstein Files, Exposing Hundreds If Not Thousands of Elite Pedophiles

“See, f**king around is not a crime. It could be embarrassing, but it’s not a crime."

Ari Ben-Menashe claims he is a former spy handler

Related: Shock Report: Trio Of 12-Year-Old French Girls Were Given To Jeffrey Epstein As Birthday Gift

"But f**king a fourteen-year-old girl is a crime. And he was taking photos of politicians f**king fourteen-year-old girls - if you want to get it straight.

They [Epstein and Maxwell] would just blackmail people, they would just blackmail people like that.”

Ben-Menashe is a mysterious Iranian-born Israeli businessman who claims to have worked for Mossad from 1977 to 1987.

He was arrested in 1989 in the US on arms dealing charges but was acquitted in 1990 after a jury accepted he was acting on behalf of Israel.

Israel tried to distance themselves from him, with government sources saying he never had anything to do with intelligence services, although other news reports - in both the US and Israel - confirmed he did.

He later wrote a book called Profits of War: Inside the US-Israeli Arms Network and in the early 1990s claimed that Robert Maxwell, Ghislaine's dad, worked for Mossad.

The new book takes this further and claims Maxwell may have worked for other governments too as as a double or triple agent.

Ben-Menashe claims that despite reports Epstein and Ghislaine Maxwell met in the early 90s in New York, they actually met much earlier - through the socialite's father.

Related: FBI Declassifies Documents On Secret Pedophile Group ‘The Finders’

He claims that Robert Maxwell introduced Epstein to Mossad and then Ghislaine got involved later.

Files from the British Foreign Office, released in 2003 appear to back the claims Robert Maxwell may have been a spy, with one report describing him as a “thoroughly bad character” who was being “financed by Russia” and another saying his “questionable activities” had been brought to the attention of the Foreign Officer “on several occasions”.

While the Maxwell family have always denied such reports, family friend Laura Goldman says in the book: “My feeling is that he probably was an agent to the Russians, the Israelis, and the British. I believe that Ghislaine continued his work.”

It is not known whether Maxwell and Epstein gathered any intelligence about pal Prince Andrew in their alleged espionage work - although the book suggests the Royal was a target.

Related: Epstein and Prince Andrew Accuser Posts Chilling Tweet: “I Am Not Suicidal”

John Dougan, who served as Deputy Sheriff in Palm Beach, Florida at the time Epstein was in prison for his first slew of child sex offenses, says he was given access to Epstein's case file - including video tapes - in its entirety by Palm Beach Police Detective Joseph Recarey, who later died unexpectedly aged 50.

Dougan managed to copy the tapes, encrypt them and flee to Russia, where he now lives.

Although he has not watched the encrypted files he tells Epstein: Dead Men Tell No Tales that he is certain they contain blackmail material involving wealthy people - and that Prince Andrew was a target.

"Do I think that Epstein was probably put up to getting some wealthy people to sleep with some underage women so those people could be black- mailed by Western intelligence agencies? Absolutely I do,” he said.

MI6 were “concerned that Russia may have obtained kompromat, compromising material, on Prince Andrew,” according to a Times report - although Dougan claims he has given no information to the Russians.

Epstein was found dead in his New York prison cell on August 10 after allegedly committing suicide, while he faced charges for sex trafficking minors.

Related: Virginia Roberts Giuffre’s ‘Pedophile Training’ Corroborates With Other Whistleblowers

Melissa Cronin, the book's author, believes that Epstein's alleged intelligence links add weight to the theory that he did not kill himself but was murdered.

She also points to Epstein's and Maxwell's links with prominent people from the science and technology industries - and believes the pair not only ran a honeypot operation but also an information-gathering operation.

"Before I started with the book, I was extremely skeptical of the murder theory.," she told Sun Online.

"I'm definitely not a conspiracy theorist by nature at all, but the more that we dug into this, there's just so much incontrovertible evidence about his work in the world of espionage, his work with Mossad and it all comes together to make a really compelling argument for the fact that he was murdered."

"I think one thing that is interesting and important to say is that Epstein wasn't necessarily a spy in the traditional sense, he wasn't particularly loyal to Israel per se, he was a collector of information."

"So of course there was the blackmail aspect of what he was doing in terms of the honey trap and getting this footage of people that he could use as leverage."

"At the same time, something that a lot of people haven't really explored is how he cultivated these relationships within science and technology."

Related Articles:

Colorado public schools now requiring students to role play child sacrifice “poems” as part of rape training indoctrination

Anneke Lucas Describes How She Was Trained For Child Sex Slavery

CIA Agent Blows the Whistle 'We Supply Elite Pedophiles with Children'

Prince Andrew’s Wall Of Denial

British Ex-Top Cop: Prince Andrew Must Be Investigated Over Epstein Interview

Prince Andrew's Epstein-Related BBC Interview Was "Catastrophic Mistake"

French Police Ramp Up Epstein Probe as Prince Andrew Rebuts Claims

The Completely Corrupt American Media Have Covered Up the Epstein Story

Epstein cover-up is final nail in the coffin for any last shred of credibility in mainstream media

Duchess Fergie has thrown her support behind ex-husband Prince Andrew as he breaks his silence

Prince Andrew's Epstein-Related BBC Interview Was "Catastrophic Mistake"

Royal Family Biographer Defends Prince Andrew: "Soliciting Sex From Minors Is Not Pedophilia"

Barbara Walter’s Disturbing Response to Corey Feldman Exposing Hollywood Pedophilia

Congressional Testimony From Clinton Era Reveals Pedophile Blackmail Network

Is Tom Hanks a Pedophile?

Is MP Nick Smith using the Tenancy Tribunal to cover up child abuse allegations?

Two Prison Guards Have Been Charged & Implicated In The Death of Jeffrey Epstein

Duke of York ready to give evidence in US Epstein investigation

FBI Investigating "Criminal Enterprise" In Connection With Arrested Epstein Guards

Cardinal Pell likely to be stripped of Order of Australia – as it happened

Prince Andrew - The Walls Are Closing In - David Icke

Amazon Accused of Promoting Pedophilia For Baby Clothes Reading, “Daddy’s Little Slut”

Bond University Shamed Again

ITNJ: Nearly 400 children rescued and 348 adults arrested in Canadian child pornography bust — and Comment on Scum Slandering the ITNJ

The CIA Runs the Pedophile Rings

It Seems That the Entire Western Political World Consists of a Criminal and Media- Protected Pedophile Ring

Disney Puts “Outdated Cultural Depictions” Trigger Warning on Old Movies

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Cot Deaths Linked To Vaccinations + Harvard Medical School Doctor: Vaccine Science Is Not Settled
December 29 2019 | From: Dr.VieraScheibner / TheVaccineReaction / Various

Although vaccination is undoubtedly the single biggest and most preventable cause of cot-death, it is not the only one.

If we write too much about vaccination, we would inevitably create an impression that we think vaccines are the only cause of cot death. The key words in cot death are Non-Specific Stress Syndrome.

Related: Vaccine Court Is a Big Pharma Fraud

This is the underlying mechanism of all cot deaths and it explains all pathological and clinical observations.

[Note: This article was written in 1991. To say that given this information, that there remains nefarious intent behind the pro-vaccine propaganda that continues to exist - would be an abhorrent understatement.]

Cot Death is the single biggest cause of death in infants from about four weeks to six months of age, with another peak at about 9 months in industrially developed countries.

It gets a lot of media exposure and people are successfully asked to dip into their pockets and contribute to cot death research.

This has been going on for some fiftty years now and yet cot death remains a "mystery which may never be resolved".

Perhaps the time has come for the doctors and the public to start asking some relevant questions, such as why, with so much money poured into research, cot death is still officially presented as that famous 'mystery' and more and more money is 'needed' to resolve it in 'years to come'.

Cotwatch: The First True Infant Breathing Monitor

Some 30 years ago, my husband Leif Karlsson, a biomedical engineer specialising in patient monitoring Systems, and myself, a retired Principal Research Scientist, were looking for a paediatrician willing to undertake proper research with our Cotwatch Breathing Monitor.

The emphasis with this equipment is on 'breathing' because most, if not all of the machines used to monitor babies' breathing in their homes are not breathing monitors - they are "motion monitors" where any movement is taken as breathing.

After one particular meeting, where our demonstration of marked differences between the level of alarms in near miss and new born babies fell on the deaf ears of cot death 'researchers', we looked at each other and said with one breath: "Let's do a damn good job of this research ourselves".

Related: Vaccine Authoritarians Try To Censor Billboard That Dares Ask, “Do You Know What’s In A Vaccine?” & Australia Will Now Fine Parents Twice A Month If They Don’t Vaccinate Their Kids

Leif spent one and a half years developing a microprocessor-based Cotwatch. With this equipment you don't have to rely on records of alarms; you get computer printouts of the longitudinal record of a baby's breathing. You can't have more objective information than that.

Stress Induced Breathing Patterns Discovered by Cotwatch

Our records confirmed the existence of a Stress-Induced Breathing Pattern, which is a low-volume breathing (5-10% of the volume of normal unstressed breathing), occurring in clusters (3-6 shorter episodes within 10-15 minutes) when a child is incubating illness or teething or following "insults", such as exposure to cigarette smoke, fatigue, over handling by visitors, or vaccination needles.

Numerous causes, but the same reaction. Many years ago, a Canadian medical doctor, Dr Hans Selye, became particularly interested in the well-known fact that for a number of days before patients develop symptoms of specific illness, which can be diagnosed, they always show signs of a non-specific nature which are common to many or possibly all diseases.

Related: Dr. Brian Hooker debunks the myth that vaccines are “safe” for pregnant women

When he in-injected extracts of tissues, or a great variety of noxious substances into rats, he observed the following signs of organ damage: spot-like bleeding into lungs and thymus, shrunken thymus and all lymphatic structures, enlarged adrenal cortex, ulceration of the gastro-intestinal tract, derangements in body creased or control, viscosity of the blood, disappearance of eosinophils (white blood cells) from blood, etc.

He concluded that he was looking at a universal reaction of organisms to any noxious substance. He also connected the results of his experiments with his earlier observations of patients with non-specific symptoms of the initial stages of any illness.

Seyle also concluded that the Non-Specific Stress (or General Adaptation) Syndrome has three stages: the alarm stage when the body is under acute attack and mobilises all its defences; the stage of adaptation or resistance, when it seems to relax and seemingly accepts the intruding noxious substance; and the stage of exhaustion, when the body again tries to rid itself of the intruder. Death may occur in any of the three stages.

Related: Killing Babies - Vaccinations: Part 1: Medical Research on SIDS and Epidemics

Forewarning of Cot Death Overlooked

What does all this have to do with cot death and breathing?

Similarly to what Dr Selye found with noxious substances, there are many interesting and consistent tell-tale signs that forewarn of impending cot death.

The definition of Cot Death is:

"The sudden death of any infant or a young child, which is unexpected by history, and in which a thorough port-mortem examination fails to demonstrate an adequate cause of death".

- Byard,1991

Cot death is a very well-defined pathological entity and all babies who succumb to it have the same post mortem findings.

These are: petechiated lungs, thymus and sometimes also pericardium (spot like haemorrhaging on surface); shrunken thymus and lymphatic structures; signs of increased adreno-cortical activity; signs of ulceration of the gastro-intestinal tract (reflux); many babies have low viscosity blood; up to 90% of babies who succumb to cot death have a number of non-specific symptoms for up to three weeks before death, such as runny nose, coated tongue, sticky eyes, otitis media, enlarged tonsils, spleen and liver, rash, a variety of upper respiratory tract infections, and loss of body weight to rnention just a few.

Related: Why this doctor refuses to vaccinate his children…

These are all symptoms of the Non-Specific Stress Syndrome as defined by Dr Selye.. Those people involved in Cot Death management all over the world know about these symptoms, but they usually play them down as unimportant and insufficient to cause death in an infant.

None of them has connected these well-known symptoms associated with cot death, with the Non-Specific Stress syndrome. Perhaps for their sake this is just as well, because they would have been unable to prove the validity of this connection in the absence of adequate means to demonstrate it in the infant's breathing pattern.

So where does vaccination come into the problem of Cot Death?

Vaccination: A Major Stress

Initially we did not know about the controversy surrounding vaccination.

We merely observed that vaccination was the single greatest cause of stress in small babies, as indicated by the standard Cotwatch equipment, and also the single greatest factor preceding cot death in a large number of cases.

We concluded that the timing of 80% of the cot deaths occurring between the second and sixth months is due to the cumulative effect of infections, timing of immunisations and some inherent specifics in the baby's early development.

Related: It IS the vaccines – Aluminum adjuvants in vaccines linked to autism

We started yet another search for more information. Soon we discovered a wealth of it in medical journals like The Lancet concerning not only the ineffectiveness of vaccines in preventing children from contracting infectious diseases, but also on adverse effects of various vaccines, including death.

Regarding the former aspect, we found numerous reports that vaccinated and non-vaccinated children contract the relevant infectious disease at approximately the same rate, or that vaccinated children are even more susceptible to the infectious diseases.

Inevitably, we began recording breathing patterns of babies after vaccination. The results of these recordings were presented to the 2nd Immunisation Conference, held in Canberra, 27~29th May 1991.

We demonstrated that microprocessor records of babies' breathing after DPT (Diphtheria, Pertussis, Tetanus) injections reveal a pattern of flare-ups of Stress-Induced Breathing closely following the dynamics of adreno-cortical activity in an individual under stress and as observed by Dr Selye.

We also demonstrated that flare-ups of Stress-Induced Breathing in babies after administration of the DPT vaccine occur characteristically on certain days even though the amplitude of the flare-ups varies from child to child.

Related: Renowned Doctor Slams Medical Education & Says We Have “An Epidemic Of Misinformed Doctors”

For seventy babies who succumbed to cot death, although babies could die on any day after DPT injection, there were significantly more deaths on the days which closely correlated with flare-ups of Stress-Induced Breathing after DPT injections.

The data on the time interval between the DPT injection and cot death in most of the seventy babies was taken from the published reports which concluded that there was no connection between DPT and cot death. The authors of these papers had little idea what they were looking at or what to look for.

Most researchers arbitrarily accept that only deaths within 24 hours of administration of the vaccine can be attributed to the effect of the vaccine. Yet, babies may and do die for up to 25 or more days after vaccination, and still as a direct consequence of the toxic effects of the vaccines.

How do we know this? Because of the observed repetition of the pattern of flare-ups of Stress-Induced breathing in a number of babies over a long period of time.

Harmful Ingredients

What are the vaccines composed of?

Vaccines contain live or 'attenuated' (weakened) viruses and bacteria or parts of them (representing foreign genetic material), animal tissue, formaldehyde and/or aluminium phosphate or hydroxide.

Related: American Academy of Pediatrics Concerned About Unregulated Food Additives, but Not Vaccine Additives

The toxicity of vaccines varies widely and unpredictably, a DPT vaccine containing from 1 to 26.9 micrograms of endotoxin per millilitre. Geraghty and others in California tried unsuccessfully to make sure that the toxicity and composition of the vaccines is properly disclosed on the ampules.

Injecting any of these substances into the blood stream of another animal species, including humans, is absolutely biologically unacceptable.

H.L. Coulter in his book, Vaccination, Social Violence and Criminality: the Medical Assault on the American Brain, mentions that repeated injections of sterile extracts of rabbit brain tissue into monkeys cause an 'experimental allergic encephalomyclitis' in the monkeys.

Regardless of the validity or otherwise of animal experiments for humans, Coulter points out that it is an observed fact that vaccine injections often cause the same syndrome in human babies.

It has been confirmed that a great number of babies, if not all, suffer a clinical or subclinical encephalitis shortly after being injected with a variety of vaccines. Coulter talks about a postencephalitic syndrome.

The great increase in a large array of brain-related conditions in the United States closely followed chronologically mandatory administration of vaccines en masse in that country.

Related: The Chilling Image Behind Every Vaccine

These conditions include autism, learning difficulties, cerebral palsy, dyslexia, hyperactivity, deafness and blindness, left-handedness (according to latest statistics, left-handed people live 9 years less than right-handed people) and permanent brain damage with serious and often life-long consequences.

Vaccines by virtue of their composition act as noxious substances and elicit a response equivalent to the Non-Specific Stress Syndrome.

Recently, we recorded the breathing of an infant injected with only DT (the P component was omitted because the baby had experienced a violent reaction to the two previous DPT injection).

The reaction, as reflected in its breathing, closely resembled the record of its breathing after DPT vaccination. This is not meant to justify the inclusion of the Pertussis (Whooping Cough) component, but to emonstrate that all vaccines are potentially harmful.

Many Doctors Do Not Vaccinate Their Own Children

It should worry all of us that a large number of medical doctors are forcefully (by psychological pressure and publicity campaigns) without producing any evidence whatsoever of the benefits of vaccination and against all the evidence of the ineffectiveness and dangers of vaccines, injecting vaccines into our children.

Related: What Do Smart Meters And Vaccinations Have In Common? + Another Vaccine Dump

There are even noises indicating that soon the same forceful and unreasonable attitudes will be adopted towards adults.

This is especially bad since it is a public secret that many medical doctors do not vaccinate their own children. This extraordinary fact is reported in DPT-A Shot in The Dark, by H.C. Coulter & B.L. Fisher.

These authors also report that most gynaecologists in the USA refused to be injected with Rubella vaccine. Were they afraid of the side-effects, whilst routinely recommending the procedure for women of childbearing age?

Our conclusion is that if vaccination were to be suspended, the cot death rate would be halved!

What are the remainder of cot deaths attributed to?

Succession of Harmful Medical Procedures

The Non-Specific Stress Syndrome is the key to cot deaths. It is the consistent, general reaction of mammals, including humans, to any damage or injury or to substances perceived as noxious by the recipient's body.

There are a great many injuries or substances perceived as noxious which affect babies and produce the same response.

Related: Doctor Robert Scott Bell Explains The History Of Modern Medicine + Why Medical Researcher Calls Doctors 'The Most Brainwashed People On The Planet'

The indiscriminate and routine administration of pain killers during birth, and the substances used for inductions expose our babies to potent allopathic chemicals shortly before they are born. To say that these substances do not affect the babies is not only highly unscientific, it is against commonsense.

Before babies have a chance to fully recover from these potent chemicals, they may be given nasal drops and cough mixtures and, and worse still, antibiotics for those first common colds.

Most of these substances are immuno-suppressive and are not helping the child's immune system to be primed and challenged in a natural and beneficial way by the common cold.

Again, before a baby has a chance to fully recover from the effects of these potent chemicals, there is the first DPT injection. So the immature immune system of a baby is further suppressed, allowing micro-organisms to become especially virulent and life-threatening. This leads to further drug administration, a vicious circle, unfortunately too often resulting in cot death.

Related: The Eradication Of Natural Alternatives: Big Pharma Wants To Eliminate The Competition

The official figure of 2 cot deaths per 1,000 babies is fifty years old, and obsolete. The rate is more like 7-10 per 1,000, otherwise we would not even hear about cot death.

Our records demonstrate that there is a direct causal relationship between injections of DPT and cot deaths. The time has come to call for suspension of all vaccination programmes.

Related Articles:

Newly Discovered Autism Causes Ignored

Here’s what a funeral director learned about vaccines in his 40-year long career

Vaccines Cause Autism (Five Definitive Replicative Discoveries) CDC is a Criminal Enterprise!

Influenza-like Illnesses (ILI) and Influenza: The Implications for Seasonal Vaccinations

The “flu fear” propaganda campaign exposed

Dr. Wakefield Talks Candidly About The Documentary “Vaxxed From Cover-Up To Catastrophe”

Ongoing Disease Outbreaks In Highly Vaccinated Populations

CDC Says They Can’t Counter Anti-Vaccine Arguments

Vaccine Injury Compensation Program: Fatality after Gardasil

More studies confirm the link between childhood vaccines and autism

How to cure stupidity? Let’s create a vaccine for it!

Harvard Medical School Doctor: Vaccine Science Is Not Settled

In 2016, I wrote an opinion piece suggesting that many medical doctors vaccinate their patients out of fear. 

I noted that many doctors do not entirely agree with the vaccine schedule recommended by the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC) or are unconvinced that the science of vaccination is settled, but many of these physicians are reluctant to share their concerns because they are afraid of damaging their reputation, and so they remain silent.

Related: Researcher Jailed After Uncovering Deadly Virus Delivered Through Human Vaccines

Of course, there are independently-minded doctors who are willing to express their concerns about CDC vaccine policies and views promoted by medical trade associations and government agencies.

Pro-vaccine pediatricians Bob Sears, MD and Jay Gordon, MD, who have been labeled as “anti-vaxxers” and “quacks,” are given those labels because they are not fans of mandatory vaccination laws and simply prefer to be respectful of the informed consent rights of their patients when it comes to vaccination.

There are many other doctors like Sears and Gordon but they generally prefer to fly under the radar because it’s just not worth the trouble of being overly outspoken on vaccines, unless it’s all positive and in agreement with vaccine policies endorsed by their peers.

John Abramson, MD of Harvard Medical School is one of the best examples of this tendency toward caution when doctors speak about vaccination.

Dr. Abramson is the author of the national best-selling book Overdosed America: The Broken Promise of American Medicine. His bio states that he has served as a family physician for 22 years.

Related: Harvard Immunologist: Unvaccinated Children Pose Zero Risk To Anyone And Here’s Why + New York Times Confirms Natural News Investigation: Mumps Now Spread Mostly By Vaccinated Children

He was twice voted “best doctor” in his area by readers of newspapers in his community and was chosen three times by his peers as one of “a handful of best family practitioners” in Massachusetts. He has been a member of the faculty of Harvard Medical School for 16 years.

In other words, this is a topnotch veteran doctor with a stellar reputation and who works for an institution ranked 1st last year among the best medical research schools in the United States.

Certainly Abramson is no “quack.” You would think that someone of Abramson’s stature would be able to say whatever he wished on any medical topic within his purview - that there would be no hesitancy on his part because he had earned that right to speak freely.

A few years ago, Abramson was asked at one of his lectures if he would care to give an opinion on the “push toward compulsory vaccination, in absence of clinical trials, and in violation of the Nuremberg Code.”

 Abramson responded:

"I would have to take the coward’s way out. I can’t talk on that issue. The pharmaceutical industry watches everything I do, and if I take a stand that I can’t defend… But the bottom line is that I think, what the science is, is incomplete.

There is no question about it.

And the politics of it, as the way it’s done, as a legal matter, and the inability of people who are injured by vaccines to sue for compensation, preventing plaintiffs’ lawyers from getting to the scientific data, it’s big problems.

And, uh, that’s really all I can say. Because again, everything I say in public, uh, is well read. So I apologize.”

Abramson’s words are chilling. The fear is evident in his first sentence. The coward’s way out? He can’t speak to the issue of compulsory vaccination because he is being watched? It’s straight out of Orwell’s 1984.

Related: Another Big-Screen Movie Just Released Investigates Vaccines For Autism Implications

Interestingly, Abramson did manage to admit that he believed that the science of vaccines is “incomplete.” He basically acknowledged that vaccine science is not settled, and there was “no question about it” in his mind.

That is significant, particularly coming from a well respected doctor who perceives such a threat from industry and Big Brother that he felt compelled to apologize.

Related Articles:

Annual Vaccination against Influenza Virus Hampers Development of Virus-Specific CD8+ T Cell Immunity in Children

ABC News: Miscarriage 7 Times More Likely After Getting Flu Shot

Questioning The Dalai Lama: Who Would The Buddha Vaccinate?

Flu vaccine propaganda: Real science vs the CDC

Vaccines are a Weapon to destroy the body and mind

11 Reasons Why The Flu Shot is More Dangerous Than The Flu Itself

Test Your Vaccine knowledge!

A Serious Warning About The Toxicity Of Aluminum-Adjuvanted Vaccines – Especially For Infants And The Elderly

NZ Vaccine Alert - Resignation of Parents Centre Life Membership is a Warning Light in the Dark

Following decades of ground breaking service to Parents Centre in NZ, Jenny Drew was made an honorary life member of Taieri Parents Centre.  

However, Jenny recently informed both Taieri Parents Centre and NZ Parents Centre that she was reluctantly resigning that life membership due to the position that NZ Parents Centre had taken on vaccine advice to parents in NZ. 

In Part 1 of this post I have attached [see links below] Jenny's original resignation letter which explains why she was resigning, and I have also included the letter of response from Parents Centre.

In Part 2 is the powerful follow up letter from Jenny.

I must point out here that Jenny does not wish her resignation and her letters to be seen as a direct conflict with what Parents Centre is doing. 

It is instead intended as a strong warning to Parents Centre that they cannot/should not just accept the word of the 'official experts' and their scientific 'proof' when they provide information to parents for them to make their so called informed decisions

She believes absolutely that the people of Parents Centre are acting with best intentions with the information they are provided with.

Part 1: NZ vaccine alert - resignation of Parents Centre life membership is a warning light in the dark'

Part 2: NZ vaccine alert - resignation of Parents Centre life membership is a warning light in the dark'

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Ten Self-Evident Truths That We The People Have Spontaneously Come To Realize - That Will End All Government As We Know It
December 28 2019 | From: NaturalNews

We have a lot to thank Trump for, but among the most important is the idea that Trump has caused the corrupt, fraudulent, lying specter of “Big Government” to fully reveal itself for what it truly is.

Does anyone trust the FBI after reading the shocking findings of the Horowitz (IG) report? Not on your life.

Related: Detective Publishes Book Exposing High-Level Government Pedophile Ring, Shot In The Head Days Later & NZ Widow Says Her Former Husband's Paedophile Rings Goes To 'Highest Heights'

Does anyone believe the Democrats are pursuing legitimate “impeachment” based on legitimate “high crimes?” Not a chance.

[These efforts are to drain The [Cabal] Swamp everywhere - This is not just about America.]

Does any rational person think that high-level lawmakers and bureaucrats aren’t on the take, receiving kickbacks from billions in foreign aid?

It’s quite stunning, actually, how the mass awakening has accelerated over the last three years as Trump has succeeded as President.

In their desperate attempt to destroy Trump, the deep state swamp creatures and corrupt, lawless Democrats have been forced to reveal the truth about their corruption, fraud and malicious abuse of power.

Related: Inspector General’s FISA Report Released - Finds FBI Misled Secret Court To Spy On Trump

Because of all this, there are many self-evident truths that have now become obvious to the American people.

Read from the point of view of the People talking to the political swamp in Washington D.C. [Read: Every Western "Government" and then some...] :

1. We don’t believe you.

2. You are all dishonest crooks and horrible people who should never be trusted again.

3. The intelligence community is the enemy of the people and must be dismantled if any American is to ever be truly free.

4. We are not going to voluntarily hand over our guns. You may come try to take them by force, but we will shoot you if you try.

5. We are withdrawing our consent. You are now a rogue enemy government that we finally recognize as the ENEMY.

6. We are never going to vote for establishment candidates ever again.

7. We will not live as slaves, suffering under your tyranny. We would rather die as Americans, defending our liberty and our republic.

8. If we ever get the chance, we will arrest all of you and throw you in prison for as long as you live.

9. We will no longer cooperate with your sham court system, your corrupt FBI and your lawless federal regulators. They are all fraudulent, criminal cartels that have no legitimate authority. You have lost the consent of “the governed.”

10. Your fiat currency financial system and debt Ponzi scheme is a criminal fraud that steals money from the working class. We will no longer hold your dollars and will seek alternatives at every opportunity.

State Control: The Government Of Prime Minister Jacinda Ardern Is Shaping Up To Be One Of The Most
Controlling In New Zealand’sHistory

I’m sure you can think of dozens more, but that short list sums up the highlights.

The bottom line should be crystal clear: The United States federal government is run by illegitimate, corrupt, fraudulent swamp creatures and the very future of freedom for America depends on completely dismantling the very concept of a “government” that rules over the people.

The time has come to end the era of big government. We the People no longer need “representatives” in Washington.

We don’t need a United States Senate, packed with treasonous crooks (like McCain or Reid) and foreign aid skimming hucksters.

We don’t need the FDA or the CDC, both of which are nothing but fake science marketing departments for Big Pharma. We don’t need the Federal Reserve, a fiat currency counterfeiting operation that steals from all working Americans.

Related: Governments Are Corporations & The Gold Standard Will Break Up The Banking Cartel

And we don’t need the intelligence community, which has morphed into a domestic spying secret police operation that routinely abuses its power to surveil and threaten innocent Americans.

We don’t need government-run health care, government-run food stamps or government-run anything, other than defending the shores, setting standards and using the limited powers of small government to protect the rights of individuals against dangerous corporations such as banks and tech giants.

That’s the proper role of government: To protect liberty, not to rule over the people.

Do not surrender an inch to this corrupt, lawless system run by traitors and tyrants.

Every Democrat in Washington D.C., without exception, is guilty of treason and should be arrested, charged and treated accordingly. And half the Republicans are guilty of the same crime, by the way.

The entire system is corrupt beyond repair. The deep state swamp cannot investigate itself, yet all the powers of investigation have been concentrated in the hands of the very people who are the most dangerous, corrupt criminals of all.

Related: Governments: The Enemy Of Freedom & Globalists Interviewed: They Admitted They Controlled The Government

It’s time to revoke our consent from this criminal government and dismantle it once and for all.

Trump is attempting to do exactly that, but even he is spending America into oblivion with record debt spending. Perhaps he realizes a financial implosion is the only sure way to bring down the whole corrupt system.

There will never be another Trump. Once Trump’s tenure is up, We the People must continue his work of exposing, dismantling and rejecting the criminals, crooks and fraudsters in Washington D.C.

The very existence of big government is irreconcilable with personal liberty and prosperity. We can either be free and prosperous, or we can be enslaved and forced into destitution under the rule of big government tyranny.

Watch Brighteon.com to daily videos on liberty and freedom, posted by thousands of different users. Or join Brighteon and post your own.

Related Articles:

It’s Not Okay To Be White, Says New Zealand Government & Alert The Media: Racist America Myth Debunked

Everywhere In The Western World, Government Is A Conspiracy Against The People & Cartels That Run The World

New Zealand Shooting Being Used By Governments To Create An Internet Police State

It's Clear Even From The Other Side Of The World: Entire Impeachment Debacle Is Nothing But A 'Power Grab' + About Trump

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi
Greta, Boomers And Witchcraft: The Hidden Agendas Of 2019
December 27 2018 | From: VigilantCitizen / Various

A look at the underlying agenda behind the top stories of 2019.

If you’ve read previous articles on this site, you probably noticed that the word “agenda” is used often. Very often.

Related: A close look at Gret@ T., her Freemason family and inner circle

That is because this site analyzes mass media. And pushing agendas is (and always has been) the primary function of mass media (read the article How Mass Media Shapes and Molds Society for more information).

Merriam-Webster defines “agenda” as:

“An underlying often ideological plan or program.”

The word “underlying” is crucial as it refers to the fact that agendas often lay “below the surface” of popular culture.

Agendas hide behind news headlines, all forms of entertainment and the words of powerful and influential people. And, since its inception, The Vigilant Citizen website has been about rooting out the underlying agenda in popular culture.

Related: The Nostalgia Pendulum: A Rolling 30-Year Cycle Of Pop Culture Trends

It is about highlighting the artificial emphasis placed on specific issues to make them seem more important and relevant than they truly are. In Communication sciences, this concept is called “agenda-setting”.

“Agenda-setting is the creation of public awareness and concern of salient issues by the news media. As well, agenda-setting describes the way that media attempts to influence viewers, and establish a hierarchy of news prevalence. Two basic assumptions underlie most researches on agenda-setting: ”

1. The press and the media do not reflect reality; they filter and shape it;

2. Media concentration on a few issues and subjects leads the public to perceive those issues as more important than other issues."

A classic representation of the agenda-setting theory

Related: Babylonian Money Magic & How Modern "Commercial Law" Is Based On Ancient Babylonian Codes

While the concept of agenda-setting was identified decades ago, it is all the more obvious today.

Since all major media outlets are now owned by a handful of mega-corporations, a specific message can easily and quickly saturate the entire world.

In 2019, the agenda-setting was blatantly obvious. In fact, there’s a clear constellation of agendas being simultaneously promoted, all emerging from elite think tanks and expertly calculated to generate a specific response. Here are some of them.

Witchcraft as a Tool of Feminism

In my article about the Netflix series Chilling Adventures of Sabrina, I highlighted the main message of the series: Witchcraft is a potent tool to fight men and the entire patriarchy.

A symbolic image: A witch sacrifices a virgin boy

Related: The Reality Of War: Memorial Day Normalizes Satanic Human Sacrifice

The first season ended with Sabrina handing over her soul to Satan himself to become a super-witch. And this is presented as a feminist power-move. Sabrina was told:

“I know you’re scared, Sabrina. Because women are taught to fear power. Own your power. Don’t accept it from the Dark Lord. Take it. Wield it. Save your friends”.

The article on Chilling Adventures of Sabrina was written nearly exactly one year ago. Since then, the witchcraft agenda literally took flight. But not on a broom.

In the movie K-12 by the pop singer Melanie Martinez (which is also marketed to young girls), the same exact concept is promoted: Witchcraft is the best way of fighting back against boys and the patriarchy.

While entertainment strives to make witchcraft appealing to young girls, “news articles” attempt to make it sound reasonable to older people. Here are some of the headlines that popped up this year.

An article by The Guardian linking Trump, feminism and witchcraft. The image featuring AOC and Sabrina the witch is highly symbolic

Related: The Secret And Hidden Agenda Of Language: Why Many Words Are Magic Spells

The conclusion of the article is basically a call to action to aspiring witches.

“There is a fire on the horizon. You can see it burning, out on the edges of the world. The violence we have survived can be our guide to what needs to change.

The fire that burned the witches can be the fire that lights our way. Our power is waiting for us, out in forbidden spaces, beyond the world of men. Step forward and claim it. Step forward into the boundless and female dark.”

Another headline from The Guardian

Related: Occult Holidays And Sabbats: Why Holidays Are Satanic Rituals

The article explains how casting spells is better than prayer.

“It is more about the individual than, say, a prayer, which is very hands-off. You pray to a higher authority to make something happen, whereas a spell is totally personal and down to the individual to make sure it’s right.”

The following headline just straight up says it:

The link between feminism and witchcraft is also heavily promoted by powerful organizations, backed by powerful people.

Related: It’s Time To Tell The Truth About The Global War On Christianity (And The Rise Of Satanism)

The feminist organization Women’s March posted this image on November 5th that says “Casting spells Casting Votes”.

On the popular site Reddit, a subreddit called WitchesVsPatriarchy has gained quite a following. Here’s one of the top posts ever.

Related: Who Programmed The Eco-Terrorism Zombie? - Ten Reasons Greta Thunberg Is A Fraud + Dozens Of Failed Climate Predictions Stretch 80 Years Back

This is one of the top comments:

While mass media is hard at work associating witchcraft with feminism and empowerment, it also does a great job ignoring what it is truly about: Black magic. Indeed, any true occultist will tell you that witchcraft is about black magic.

And any true occultist will tell you that dabbling in black magic without fully understanding what it is truly about is the dumbest and most dangerous thing one can do.

In Dogmes et Rituels de la Haute Magie (a book that is a must-read for anyone aspiring to practice witchcraft), Eliphas Levi writes:

“Black Magic is really only a graduated combination of sacrileges and murders designed for the permanent perversion of a human will and for the realization in a living man of the hideous phantom of the demon.

It is therefore, properly speaking, the religion of the devil, the cultus of darkness, hatred of good carried to the height of paroxysm: it is the incarnation of death and the persistent creation of hell."

– Eliphas Levi, Dogmes et Rituels de la Haute Magie

In short, under the guise of “empowerment”, mass media is selling the exact opposite: Submitting one’s soul to dark forces.

The Greta Agenda

A couple of months ago, I published the article The Elite Machine Behind Greta Thunberg which explained the powerful agents behind her rise to world prominence.

Through her famous and very connected parents, this 16-year-old autistic girl got the support of powerful organizations that are backed by extremely wealthy people. A few weeks after this article was published, the agenda was confirmed:

Greta was named “Person of the Year” by Time, which is a BIG DEAL in the mass media bubble

Related: "The UN's 'Woke' Climate Change Propaganda Is An Insult To Science" + “What They Haven’t Told You About Climate Change.” – According To The Co-Founder of Greenpeace

After a year of protests and touring the world, one can ask: What was truly accomplished by Greta and the machine behind her? No concrete actions were taken to crack down on the world’s biggest polluters which are transportation, industry and electric power – all owned by major corporations.

The fact is: The Greta agenda is not about action, it is about emotions. It is about instilling fear, panic and even hopelessness to the youth. Here’s a recent headline that sums up the true effect of the Greta agenda on the world.

A headline from the Canadian newspaper National Post

Related: Same Media That Once Deemed Chemtrails A Conspiracy Theory Now Openly Promotes Chemtrailing The Entire Planet To “End Climate Change” & Global Geoengineering (Chemtrails) Experiment Pushed By Bill Gates Also Funded By Nazi-Linked Alfred P. Sloan Foundation, Linked To Eugenics And Depopulation

This article explains how a group of 2nd graders was shown one of Greta’s speeches, alongside a clock ticking down to their imminent death. This is nothing less than psychological torment meant to scar minds that are too young to deal with this kind of distress.

“A Toronto mother says a confusing school presentation involving teen activist Greta Thunberg and a ticking clock left her young daughter fearing Earth’s imminent demise, and schools should be more careful about what they’re teaching seven-year-olds.

At least one child yelled “I don’t wanna die” during a presentation on climate change delivered to a Grade 2/3 class on Oct. 4. A group of seven- and eight-year-olds had gathered in the library of Elmbank Junior Middle Academy in Etobicoke to watch a video of a speech Greta delivered at the UN Climate Action Summit on Sept. 23.

After Greta’s five-minute speech, a large carbon clock was displayed on the projector screen, counting down from eight years - the estimated amount of time it will take to emit enough carbon to warm the world by 1.5 degrees Celsius, according to the Mercator Research Institute on Global Commons and Climate Change."

This campaign of fear and panic orchestrated by mass media is so effective that it is actually causing mental health issues in pre-teens, teens and adults.

Related: Green Gestapo Says You're Mentally Ill If You Challenge Climate Change + Over 30,000 Scientists Say 'Catastrophic Man-Made Global Warming' Is A Complete Hoax And Science Lie

The underlying agenda behind Greta is not the environment: It is creating a generation of anxious and depressed people that are easily manipulated through fear-mongering. Who profits from this? Those who control mass media. The elite.

OK Boomer: The Agenda

At first “OK boomer” was a meme that made fun of baby boomers (the generation born between 1946 and 1964) who are out-of-touch with young people. Then, as it is often the case with memes with “agenda potential”, OK boomer got “weaponized”. It became political and it was used to dismiss opinions that did not fit the agenda.

The younger generation is being taught that the planet will die in a few years, that there are more than two genders and a bunch of very debatable notions.

Despite waves of propaganda, most older people are not buying any of this. Indeed, the “woke” agenda has a very low success rate in people who’ve lived a little.

Related: The One-Eye Sign: Its Origins And Occult Meaning

The answer? OK boomer. The plan? To create a wide gap between young people and their elders. Instead of relying on their elders for adivce, guidance, and perspective that can only come from experience, young people are taught to hate, dismiss and resent them.

OK boomer is a shortcut. It is dismissive. Instead of rationally debating an issue, one can say OK boomer which actually means “shut up old person”.

Even more insidious: OK boomer implies that all young people should think alike. I personally saw this comment pop up on The Vigilant Citizen several times in the past months … even though I am technically a millennial.

The meme gained notoriety when it was used by a New Zeland politician (parliament member for the Green Party of Aotearoa Chlöe Swarbrick) to retort to a heckling politician.

Mass media loved it.

“A 25-year-old New Zealand lawmaker giving a speech supporting a climate crisis bill was heckled by an older member of Parliament. Her witty response baffled her audience, to the delight of millennials everywhere.

Chlöe Swarbrick was speaking about the Zero Carbon Bill, which would set a target of zero carbon emissions for the country by 2050. When she was heckled, she casually dropped a sharp-tongued retort - “OK boomer” - and, unfazed, continued talking amid the puzzlement and silence of the room.

The term, a viral meme among millennials and Generation Z, exploded this year on the TikTok social media app, where countless mocking videos are calling out what young people perceive as out-of-touch Baby Boomers and their patronizing opinions.

An article on the New York Times calls the “OK boomer” phenomenon “a rallying cry for millions of fed up kids. T-shirts and hoodies with the phrase have appeared on online marketing sites."

Like all memes, OK boomer quickly daded out and became somewhat embarrassing. However, its spirit lives on.

After sewing hate between sexes, religions and political affiliations, mass media has promoted division between generations.

To those who actually say OK boomer, please ponder this: Is it truly reasonable to hate someone because they are older than you?

Don’t you know that you are steadily marching towards that old age as well? Can’t you see that you are, ironically, being manipulated by powerful people who happen to be boomers?

Related: A Generation Of Poisoning With Gender-Bender Chemicals Has Created A New Class Of Youth Who Fail To Recognize Gender At All

In Conclusion

This article explored some of the top agendas that permeated mass media in 2019. Although they address different issues, they have lots of points in common. First, they were all artificially amplified by mass media to create a “buzz”.

Second, they’re all perfectly in line with the elite’s agenda based on fear, hatred, and division. Whether it be about equating satanism with empowerment, panicking over imminent death, or hating and dismissing elders, these agendas are all part of a mass media curriculum that is raising a younger generation according to specific values.

And, these values are not good. Although all of these agendas boast a shiny, virtuous surface, the underlying agenda is everything but. It is toxic.

At the risk of being “OK boomer’d” … here’s my advice: Think for yourself and, more importantly, hate is never the answer.

Related: The Carbonaro Effect: Magician Reveals How Fake News Media Indoctrinates The Gullible Masses With Junk Science

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

The Intrinsic Value Of Treating Yourself Like A Good Friend Rather Than A Bullying Enemy
December 26 2019 | From: LaughingSquid

In a confidence boosting animation, the gently insightful School of Life posits the question as to why one is so much harder on yourself than one would be to a friend.

When a friend makes a mistake, most people would not immediately call that person a name or tell them that they are useless, but rather would offer support and ideas to help avoid such mistakes in the future.

Related: Feeling Upset Or Distressed? Here Are Some Simple Self-Soothing Practices To Calm Yourself Down

Yet, when it comes to one’s own mistakes, it’s easier to be an enemy, verbally and mentally flagellating oneself to exhaustion, than it is to become a good friend to yourself.

The person we may find it hardest to be kind and sympathetic to is, surprisingly, ourselves. Yet being a friend to ourselves provides the only viable basis for living an emotionally fulfilled life.

Related Articles:

Learning To Be a Friend to Yourself

You Are Being Programmed: Five Ways Your Thoughts Are Being Driven Against Your Own Self-Interest

Hero Worship And The Shadow Self

Self-Fulfilling Prophecies, And The Laws Of Appreciation And Attraction

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi
The Occult Origins Of Christmas
December 25 2019 | From: OmniThought

What most people do not know about Christmas is that it is a ritual contract created by the Dark Forces to trick people to give them their consent.

What you need to know about rituals is that they have energetic binding forces attached to them.

Related: Why Christmas is a Satanic Holiday Full of Occult Symbolism

These binding forces are not dependent upon personal knowledge or beliefs. By simply taking the ACTION to perform the ritual, the effects and results are achieved, and therefore the people who performed the ritual are bound to whatever the ritual is designed to do.

Christmas is saturated with occult symbolism linked to dark magic that is designed to bind you to the Christmas contract. This contract is used by the Dark Forces to drain your energy and enslave your soul.

However, when you become aware of it and remove your consent and stop performing the ritual known as Christmas, the magic spells of the Christmas contract cannot harm you anymore. Be aware that magic can be used for good or evil purposes.

If you have a hard time believing that magic is real, read my informative article titled How Words Can Be Used as Magic Spells. This article gives you a short introduction to how magic works. If you plan to celebrate Christmas, it would be wise to mediate before doing so.

During meditation, tell the Universe that you refuse to give your consent to the Dark Forces. Furthermore, tell the Universe that you are getting together on December 25th to spend time with your family and friends, not to celebrate Christmas.

When you say these things, your mind generates energy signatures and then projects them out into the Universe. These energy signatures tell the Dark Forces that you are aware of their Christmas contract and refuse to give them your consent.

If the Dark Forces do not honor your decision and harm you, they would violate your free will and therefore would have to face the consequences for their actions. All thoughts, intentions, and actions are known by the Universe and there is no escaping its laws.

I will be writing my own article about the hidden secrets of Christmas in about a week, so if you are interested in the occult version of Christmas, keep an eye out for it. - PL Chang

Is Christmas really magic mushroom, sun and Saturn worship in disguise?

Christmas has come around again, and as we all scurry about hanging lights and stars everywhere, and adorning our trees with red and white ornaments, how many of us reflect on the occult origins of Christmas? How many of us realize that this merry festival has roots, in fact, in ancient traditions of magic mushrooms, Saturn worship and sun worship?

Jesus again pictured in religious artwork with magic mushrooms [beneath his feet]

Related: Noel! Noel! An Occult Code

Today’s Christmas is truly a hodgepodge of ancient rituals and celebrations, with roots as far back as 4000 years to the Mesopotamians. This is not surprising, for Christianity itself is a borrowed religion, built on top of previous Coptic (Egyptian), Mesopotamian and Babylonian religions.

Christmas really has nothing to do with the alleged historical birthday of a human called Jesus. Let’s take a look at some of the traditions which have formed Christmas, so we can gain a deeper understanding of its symbolism.

The Christmas-Magic Mushroom Connection

John Allegro was a free-thinking Dead Sea Scrolls scholar and archeologist. In 1970 he wrote a fascinating and highly controversial book entitled The Sacred Mushroom and the Cross, whose subtitle was A Study of the Nature and Origins of Christianity within the Fertility Cults of the Ancient Near East. In it he put forth the unique idea that Christianity was an expression of an ancient cult which worshipped sex and mushrooms.

To straight-laced scholars and prim-and-proper Christian apologists, this idea was simply too much for them to contemplate, but Allegro (left) provided an impressive amount of evidence to back his claims.

He showed how the mushroom – specifically the red-and-white magic mushroom Amanita muscaria – came up again and again in Christian art.

He explained how the Eucharist – where Christians believe the bread wafer is transformed into the body of Christ – is a re-enactment of the sacred ceremony of ingesting the flesh of the Amanita magic mushroom.

Allegro argued that the entire story of the Jesus in the Gospels was a code for the ancient journey of conscious self-exploration, the hallucinogenic “trip”.

You can imagine how the majority of people reacted to his “sex-and-mushroom cult” theory in 1970 in England!

Yet his ideas have merit. James Arthur and others after Allegro further developed the idea of the Christmas-magic mushroom connection. 

Amanitas are also linked to fertility and sex; they have a sexual appearance, representing both the male and female. At different stages of their growth life cycle, they resemble a phallus, breast and yoni.

It is interesting to note that Jesus pictured in religious artwork with amanita mushrooms around him. Is the red-and-white Santa Claus or St. Nicholas a modern representation of the village shaman who had the knowledge of pharmacopeia? Is the holy grail actually the mature Amanita with its edges curled up? 

Is the Amanita magic mushroom the fabled Holy Grail?

Were Amanitas the source of power and insight for the old ruling class of priests? And perhaps most importantly, what part does the Amanita play in humanity’s origins and the extraterrestrial Annunaki who were mining for “gold”? These are interesting questions to ponder as you decorate your tree in red-and-white with mushroom ornaments this year.

Note: Masonic and other insider have stated that the 'Holy Grail' actually has nothing to do with a cup or grail, that it is a veiled reference to the 'Royal Bloodlines'.

The Christmas-Sun Worship Connection

Thanks to groundbreaking research of investigators like Jordan Maxwell (whose work was the basis of one major segment of the hit movie Zeitgeist), people have begun to become aware of the link between Christmas and sun worship.

At its core, the Illuminati and secret societies that run the world are deeply into black magic, which, defined, is the use of mostly unseen and unknown forces to gain power and control over others. The Illuminati are black magicians.

They utilize certain powers and then, through their control of the media and academia, put out disinformation and lies to prevent people from believing in and accessing those very powers, lest their power base be eroded.

A typical Christian art interpretation of Jesus. Note the sun cross at the back

Related: The Unwrapping of Christmas

Christmas is all about the birth of the “son”. But what if it is actually the birth or rebirth of the “sun”? A sun that goes through a “spring”, ascends to a height (summer solstice), then goes through a “fall” (autumn)? Christianity tells us that Jesus the son is our savior. Yet literally speaking the “sun” is our savior; without the sun there would be little or no life on Earth.

So it is only natural that sun worship was practiced by early cultures all over the world, especially in the keys days following the winter solstice, when the sun disappears over the horizon in northern latitudes for 3 days. Jesus was dead for the 3 days. Is this the symbolic “death” of the sun?

December 25th is the first day when the son or sun makes his triumphant return. Many people make fun of early religions and brand them as primitive, without actually realizing that Christianity itself has either stolen or built upon (depending on your viewpoint) these exact traditions.

Is it purely a coincidence that the date of Christmas is always December 25th every year, exactly 3 days after the 22nd (or night of the 21st), the date of winter solstice? Is it another coincidence that Jesus is pictured everywhere throughout Christian art on top of a sun cross, showing the sun’s journey through the 4 seasons every year? Is Christmas an elaborate ritual to lure back the “prodigal sun” from death?

The Christmas-Saturn Worship Connection

Finally, we come to the Saturn connection. The Christmas-Saturn connection is far from the only connection Saturn has with many modern (dark) activities. Saturn is the ancient roman god of time, harvest, law, tyranny and death. In the ancient Greek pantheon he was Chronos, meaning time, and from which we get words like chronological.

Saturnalia was an ancient Roman festival in honour of the deity Saturn, held on 17 December of the Julian calendar and later expanded with festivities through to 23 December. The holiday was celebrated with a sacrifice at the Temple of Saturn, in the Roman Forum, and a public banquet, followed by private gift-giving, continual partying, and a carnival atmosphere that overturned Roman social norms: gambling was permitted, and masters provided table service for their slaves.[1] The poet Catullus called it "the best of days."

For those investigating the global conspiracy, Saturn has particular significance. Why? Because Saturn – and what it represents – is the object of worship of some of the secret societies that are running the planet today. Indeed, the worship of Saturn is a theme running through the priest, the lawyer and the academic classes, as can be seen by the use of gowns and square mortarboards in the color of black – Saturn’s color.

To quote Jordan Maxwell:

“When you graduate from high school you come out processionally with a black robe … and wear the square mortarboard on top of your head. The square mortarboards are, of course, used by the Freemasons for their plaster, so that is why you wear a square mortarboard when you graduate, ultimately becoming an Alumni. It all has to do with Freemasonry; it all has to do with the control of education in this country.”

In the early first centuries A.D., Saturn had a very strong presence in the most powerful city in the world: Rome. Every year from December 17th to 25th, there was a wild, licentious festival in his honor, named Saturnalia.

For these 8 days of the year, people would cut loose in a period of utter lawlessness; Roman courts were closed and Roman law dictated that no one could be punished for damaging property or injuring people during the festival. 

There was widespread intoxication, people running around naked, rape and orgies. There was even human sacrifice – a theme that continues to underly some of the strange, dark rituals practiced by today’s ruling elite at places like Bohemian Grove.

Related: The Occult Meaning of Christmas and Santa

According to some sources, Christmas was invented to compete with the pagan celebrations like Saturnalia, because it was just so popular. It was a successful strategy. Over time, the Church adopted many pagan rituals in their attempt to make Christianity more attractive to converts.

What Does Christmas Mean to You?

Ultimately, we all imbue our lives and activities with our own sense of meaning. You can decide what Christmas means to you.

However, it is always good to be aware of the occult origins and hidden symbolism of traditions and events, for as Confucius said, the world is ruled by signs and symbols, not words or law. Symbols communicate directly with our subconscious and guide our lives from behind the scenes, so choose consciously to which things you give your attention and energy.

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

This Christmas We Don’t Need More Stuff; We Need More Love
December 24 2019 | From: TheUnboundedSpirit

Santa Claus (aka Father Christmas) is back and all he wants is your money.

Not that he cares about filling his pockets by emptying yours. Not at all. He just wants you to spend a lot - as much as you can - to prove that you appreciate your family and friends.

Related: The Art Of Word Magic And Its Connection To Freedom And Christmas

Santa is there to help you, silly. And if you don't listen to him, you're gonna ruin your holidays and those of every single person around you!

Out of fear, we do as we're told without second thought: Every Christmas season we buy gifts to express our affection to those dear to our hearts, even if that means spending more than we can afford.

Nobody stops for a moment to question age-old Santa Claus. Do we actually need more material possessions? Are products truly the best gifts we can give each other? Is there really not a more fruitful way to spend our money than buying stuff?

Related: How Consumerism Is Ruining Our Lives And The World

If you are reading this, you are incredibly lucky. Why?

Because it means that you have enough to satisfy your basic needs. That is, you have a roof to live under, nutritious food to eat and clean water to drink. Or, to put it differently, you have what billions of other people are lacking.

Sadly, many of us who’ve been brought up in affluent countries aren’t aware that we’re living in a tremendously unfair and cruel world.

A world where the 9 richest people of our planet possess more combined wealth than the total held by the poorest 4 billion.

A world where almost half of the human population lives on less than $2.50 a day. A world where 40 million people are enslaved.

Being constantly distracted by shallow things, we aren’t informed about what is important.

Bread and Circus, Omission and Denial

This is Big Sports and Entertainment have been designed to keep the masses appeased so they don’t have time to become concerned about how the Establishment is ripping them off at every level nor any inclination to be motivated to stop them from doing so.

And it's not a new trick but a variation on a theme developed by the elit in Roman times.

This is where the great schism lies. The awake and aware have snapped out of the control system. Those who haven't are being tooled around like puppets on a million nano strings. When you don't know, you don't know that you don't know...and are very easy to keep being fooled.

When you've woken up, the world is completely reversed from everything you were told and believed before. You now know that you now know! And everything rights itself and all is clear.

It takes some cobweb clearing to get a handle on the real picture but it happens, and in a relative hurry.

Truth not only defends itself, but drives itself.

The Romans came up with the idea that if you keep the people fed, watered and entertained - distracted - the 'elite' can get away with anything, behind the scenes. Today we have professional sports hysteria, mass media movies, mindless reality TV and music filling that role nicely, while subconsciously programming the masses with the themes and thoughtforms the elite decide on to further their agendas

"Bread and circuses" (or bread and games; from Latin: panem et circenses) is metonymic for a superficial means of appeasement. In the case of politics, the phrase is used to describe the generation of public approval, not through exemplary or excellent public service or public policy, but through diversion; distraction; or the mere satisfaction of the immediate, shallow requirements of a populace, as an offered "palliative."

Its originator, Juvenal, used the phrase to decry the selfishness of common people and their neglect of wider concerns.
The phrase also implies the erosion or ignorance of civic duty amongst the concerns of the commoner.

Much of the violence and filth we have to live with can be directly attributed to this powerful mind-kontrol system which operates by the power of 60 HZ conditioned susceptibility, hypnosis for many. Hollywood superstars are paid big money because what they do is important to the Establishment Hierarchy, in terms of mind-kontrolling the masses and much of the world.

How do they maintain this illusion? Mental conditioning is the name of the game for the designers and propagators of the matrix.

Distraction: The Major Mass Media Cartel

This is best described as the Controlled Major Mass Media (CMMM). It uses an Intel proprietary to vet every single story carried by the news networks which actually function as a virtual and illegal Monopoly.

This KM proprietary is a major Investment House that claims to be on the Vanguard of progressive investments.

Distraction: Mass Entertainment

This is based on the sophisticated mind-kontrol served up by Hollywood and the Television networks and movie theaters. It controls the culture, values and mores of the group mind and and keeps the massed sedated and satiated.

When folks experience frequent “shoot em up” action scenario’s sitting in front of large screen TVs and in movie theaters and frequently see the impossible, this satiates their expectations and exhausts their motivation to actually change society for the better.

Many have become so “programmed” mentally by the TV and movies that they have trouble distinguishing between fantasy and reality and easily accept their mind-kontrolled state.

Once the pattern is established in its captive subjects, the more you can pour the lies on without them being noticed.
Also disguised is the fact that their every intention for humanity is for control and exploitation....at any cost or consequence to these expendable "human resources".

To achieve this conditioning requires quite an effort on their part, because we are ultimately irrepressible and they know that. It's like chemtrails. If they don't keep spraying the required concentration of their toxic soup the effects start to wane, like the fluoride dosing and the rest. To keep the vast majority sleep walking they use all kinds of methods and have to maintain them.

"The more we do to you, the less you seem to believe we are doing it."

- Josef Mengele

It's also inspiring...because no matter what they do to us they can't put us out of commission. Unless they kill us off entirely, but that's just a promotion to the next level.

Tools that Numb

But what specifically do they control us by? They flood our bodies with drugs delivered by any means possible; deprivation of nutrition, sunlight and clean air, water and food; dumbed down education and a fully controlled media with mind numbing false news and so-called entertainment; electromagnetic smog blasting on the human nervous system wavelength; violence and oppressive fear and terror tactics, and on and on.

They do this with impunity. Imagine the world is a massive internment camp where the captors give the illusion the inmates are free by letting them have a few choices within this massive facility, and disguise the barbed wire fence as gorgeous murals, and the control devices as modern marvels for their advancement.

Wars are a perfect example. All supposedly for our defense, safety and security, when it's the exact opposite.

Why wouldn't people in such an abused situation not go virtually berserk in protest, or a least speak out on a massive scale?

Related: The Anesthetisation Of Humanity

We might know the number of affairs our favorite celebrities have had this year, but we don’t know that farmers in India are dying in the thousands from suicide annually because of the debt and unemployment crises caused by the corporate monopoly of seeds.

We might know which of our social media “followers” didn’t “like” our latest Instagram selfie, but we don’t know that in Sub-Saharan Africa 1 in 9 children die before the age of five in their mother’s arms due to malnutrition and preventable diseases.

We might know the exact date the next iPhone comes out on the market, but we don’t know about the inhumane conditions of Chinese sweatshops where workers have to suffer day in and day out to produce it.

One of the very best mirrors of our superfluous, misinformed, and profoundly sick culture is Black Friday - that is, the busiest shopping day of the year, or the day we push, punch, elbow and kick each other so that we can be the first to get the deal, while hundreds of millions of people don’t even have a piece of bread to eat.

Why give a damn about them? It’s 10 times more important that we keep on filling our shopping carts with more stuff we don’t need.

Related: Planned Obsolescence: How The Products You Buy Are Designed To Break

In a few days we have Christmas again. You know, that part of the year when we do nothing but exchange gifts in the form of products, an act that is marketed to us by big corporations as the only way to prove our love to our friends and family.

You see, in this crazy world that we live in, even love has been commercialized. It is sold to us and we are more than willing to spend our hard-earned money to buy it - many times even with money we don’t actually have.

According to a recent report, 28% of American shoppers are paying off debt from last year’s Christmas shopping. But this wont prevent them from going deeper into debt this year.

In fact, it’s expected that the average shopper will spend $776 on gifts alone this holiday season - that is, nearly 50% more than just four years ago! (Should I pull out my hair now or better leave it for when I’m done writing this article?)

Our society is totally nuts, and to be a nuthead is considered normal. Buying stuff nobody needs with money we don’t have and destroying our planet in the process seems perfectly OK to most people.

In fact, if you happen to differ from the majority and choose not to conform to our consumer culture, nearly everyone starts looking at you as if you’re some kind of a pathetic weirdo.

“Oh, you’re one of those people who don’t buy anyone gifts on the holiday season? That must mean that you’re either a stingy asshole or that you have nobody to love in your life.”

Related: Five Damaging Lies Advertisements Desperately Want You To Believe

This is how heavily indoctrinated we are.

Of course, that’s not surprising at all, if you consider that since the moment we popped out of our mother’s womb the advertising industry has been bombarding us with countless messages that try to convince us that all we need in life is products.

We are victims of our culture - our values, mindset and behavior are simply a natural outcome of our lifelong social conditioning.

But what if we stopped for a second and questioned the ingrained belief that only through products we can find meaning and fulfillment in our lives?

What if we could pierce through the corporate agendas and realized that love doesn’t have a price tag, and hence can’t be bought, sold or owned in any way or form?

What if we challenged the idea that more stuff means more happiness and snapped out of the hypnotic spell of consumerism?

To me, if there’s anything we need more of, it’s intimate looks, warm hugs, kind words, and generous smiles.

Not candy canes, scented candles and Christmas-themed socks. In other words, we need more of human connection and less of what humans can get for us.

Related: Science Confirms That People Absorb Energy From Others

Having said that, I’m not trying to suggest that offering material objects as gifts to people is bad or wrong. It can actually be a great thing, depending on what those gifts are and to whom we give them.

If we give people things that can improve the quality of their lives, then that’s totally fine. But what’s the point of giving people stuff they don’t need and which is soon going to end up as waste in landfills?

Would it not be far better if, for example, we spent our excess money to help those in need - the poor, the homeless, the underserved - whether directly or by supporting individuals and organizations that are trying to make our world a better place?

This Christmas, my friends, let’s not give each other more stuff and instead give each other more love.

Let’s not gift products and instead gift experiences - experiences of connection, compassion, belonging. And if we find ourselves in a place of relative abundance, let’s offer what we can to ease the suffering of our fellow humans.

Related: Dr. Russell Blaylock Explains Why The Masses Are Becoming Cognitively Retarded And Incapable Of Rational Thought

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi
"The UN's 'Woke' Climate Change Propaganda Is An Insult To Science" + “What They Haven’t Told You About Climate Change.” – According To The Co-Founder of Greenpeace
December 23 2018 | From: Zerohedge / CollectiveEvolution / Various

"I was always a 'middle-grounder', rather than a 'denier' – until I discovered the extent of the dishonesty." - Sherelle Jacobs, Daily Telegraph columnist

The climate change “emergency” is fake news. Many will roll their eyes in exasperation at the conspiratorial bombastry of yet another “denier”. But for years I have been a plastic recycling, polar bear cooing middle-grounder.

Related: John Stossel Exposes The "Climate Myths"

In fact, Aristotle would probably turn in his grave at the logical fallaciousness of my long-held presumption that the truth must lie somewhere between those two mutually loathing opposites – Scepticism and Armageddon.

But as the doom-mongering acquires the rubber-stamped smell of instutionalised illness, it is impossible to ignore that the “woke” are the new “slept” – too deep in their sugar coma of confected hysteria to realise they are being duped by disinformatiion.

Before I explain why the climate “emergency” is the most electrifyingly effective propaganda exercise of the 21st century, two clarifications. I have no fight to pick with glaring evidential realities: surface records clearly show the planet is getting warmer.

I do take issue with how the mainstream debate has become an insult to both the public’s intelligence and basic science. 

Related: How To Discuss "Climate Change" With A 'Woke' Teenager

This was clearer than ever two weeks ago, as bureaucratic catastrophists kicked up dystopian dust-clouds on their way into the UN Madrid climate change summit.

As Greta Thunberg arrived by yacht (after her British skipper likely clocked up 3 tonnes of carbon emissions flying to the US to pick her up), UN Secretary General António Guterres rumbled that, over the horizon, he could see “the point of no return”.

Delegates waved the UN’s latest Emissions Gap Report as if it were both a millenarian death oracle and a methodologically indisputable text; in it, the recommendation to cut emissions by at least 7.6 per cent per year for the next decade.

One can’t help but feel that we have heard such curiously precise warnings before. Last year the UN warned that we had just 12 years to save the planet. Scientists have since revised this to approximately 18 months.

Or perhaps it is already too late. The experts don’t seem quite sure.

Related: German Green Party Urges Allowing 140 Million ‘Climate Refugees’ to Migrate to the West

Indeed, the distinction between present and future seems to be fading to discardable subtlety.

Take the study which has gone viral in recent days for claiming that parts of the world have either already reached – or are inching towards –“tipping point”, whereby the planet becomes caught in destructive feedback loops.

Are we already doomed, or nearly doomed, or nearly already doomed? More is the mystery.

Claims such as these are projections, but they are routinely presented to the public as unquestionable facts. This effectively reduces them to fake news.

Even more so, given that the accuracy of the climate modelling upon which these figures and scenarios rely is contested, and the climate does not change in a straight line. 

To take one example, the UN’s international climate change body, the IPCC, said in 2007 that temperatures had risen by 0.2C per decade between 1990-2005 and used that figure for its 20-year projection.

Inconveniently, warming turned out to have been just 0.05C per decade over the 15 years to 2012.

Related: Paris Climate Accord Explained

The IPCC acknowledges the uncertainty of the computations it champions; hence the disclaimer squirreled away on its website stating that it does not guarantee the accuracy of the information it contains.

A caveat lost in translation at the resplendently funereal press conferences.

This post-truth scam is having a chilling effect on science. Experts are locked in a race to the bottom to make detailed and disastrous premonitions.

And despite the fact that disciplined debate is the motor of scientific discovery, eco-extremists are shutting down discussions that dissent from the Apocalypse narrative. CO2 emissions may not be the only reason for warming.

So sidelining studies that have, for example, found the natural climate system can suddenly shift, and ridiculing researchers who explore other possible variables – from solar changes to volcanoes – could be driving us further from the truth.

Laymen like me sense that something is amiss, because we grew up assuming science is more about possibility than limitations.

My Gift To Climate Alarmists

This is my most concise expose of climate fraud. Please pass it around to everyone you know and your elected officials. The video is short, but cuts right to the heart of the matter.

Related: Global warming hypocrite Al Gore has been brought to Australia at taxpayers' expense to Brisbane for a conference

But so it goes that, in this messed-up world, the optimists have become sceptics; and those unradicalised by global warming delirium, the extremists.

“What They Haven’t Told You About Climate Change.” – According To The Co-Founder of Greenpeace

Mainstream media outlets and political organizations have been predicting doom and gloom, what seems to be end of the world type of scenarios when they bring up the topic of global warming and climate change.

This type of perception is something humanity has been experiencing for decades, just take a look at this press release from 1989, which explained how United Nations officials predicted that entire nations could be wiped off the face of the Earth if the global warming trend was not reversed by the year 2000, it’s just one of many examples.

Related: Climate and the Money Trail

Furthermore, anybody who seems to question the official narrative of this issue that’s constantly pushed by mainstream media is made out to be a fool, and ridicule shortly ensues.

In Brief:

The Facts: Dr. Patrick Moore is a founding member of Greenpeace and has been a leading environmental activist around the world for a very long time. In the video below he shares his thoughts on the climate change/global warming phenomenon.

Reflect On: Why is one side of this debate constantly ridiculed by mainstream media instead of their points being addressed and countered appropriately? Why are so many experts in the field shut down and never given a voice?

Climate scientists have been ridiculed for even sharing their research and opinions suggesting that a doom and gloom scenario is not real, and that the issue of climate change is quite complex, and that man’s CO2 output is not playing the role that most have been made to believe it plays.

"Science itself has become sort of a slight irrelevance… Stories have been promoted over the last 25-30 years and they have completely re-directed the science.

But more to the point they’ve also followed Eisenhower’s warning, that fundamentally as the state monopolizes the support of science it calls the shots.

And so you have the scientists on the one hand, you know, on both sides, presenting I would say not particularly alarming scenarios, but then you have the body politic presenting something that does not by in large have the support of science about, you know, the end of the planet.

But resting assured, the science won’t complain… I don’t think any field survives this degree of corruption without loosing if nothing else its self respect. In terms of climate science… it’s set back the field probably a few generations.

I mean, it forced it into a channel that was not describing most of past climate change. So instead of trying to figure out how the Earth behaved, the field was co-opted into a situation where it was supposed to support a paradigm that the government wanted, or that the environmental movement wanted.

Hard to disentangle the two, also, because the environmental movement itself has become highly political.

- He was the Alfred P. Sloan Professor of Meteorology at the Massachusetts Institute of Technology, and he is actually the lead author of Chapter 7, “Physical Climate Processes and Feedbacks,” of the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change’s Third Assessment Report on climate change."

- Source

Based on my research, there are many academics, researchers and environmental activists who are not buying the official narrative that’s been dished out by politicians for a very long time now.

We are told that the majority of climate scientists agree, but that doesn’t seem to be the case as, again, there are many who are emphasizing that C02 is not really a dominant factor, and that there are a myriad of other considerations when it comes to the climate of Earth one must consider.

Why are they doing this? Clearly, the ‘science is not settled.’

Related: The Myth of Extinction

We Need To Clean Up Our Planet, Big Time

Our planet is no doubt in need of great environmental care. Species extinction, deforestation and pollution are at an all time high. The air quality on planet Earth is embarrassing, and our planet needs a big time clean up/restoration attempt.

All of these are not due to CO2, but rather due to industry, the dumping of toxic waste, pesticides, and much more. These are what we should be focusing on, not a carbon tax.

What’s even more frustrating is that it’s not a matter of finding solutions, they’re already there, it’s a matter of overcoming elitist agendas, human greed and ego.

It seems that a carbon tax is simply being used to put more profit into the hands of the global elite.

Imagine if we spent as much time coming up with ways to clean up our oceans, develop new energy technology, stoping deforestation and animal agriculture, passing laws that make packaging without biodegradable substances illegal, and much more rather than simply focusing on C02.

Related: Climate Change Hoax Collapses As Michael Mann’s Bogus “Hockey Stick” Graph Defamation Lawsuit Dismissed By The Supreme Court Of British Columbia

A lot more would get done. I go more in depth on C02 and why I believe it should not be the main focus when it comes to environmental awareness.

Again, just to reiterate, we are big time environmental activists, but we simply feel the important issues are not given as much attention as the intention behind C02 reduction is not to benefit the planet, but to benefit rich people who really have no concern for our planet.

The Video

Below is a video of Dr. Patrick Moore explaining some of his thoughts on the phenomenon. Dr. Patrick Moore has been a leader in the international environmental field for over 30 years.

He is a founding member of Greenpeace and served for nine years as President of Greenpeace Canada and seven years as a Director of Greenpeace International.

As the leader of many campaigns Dr. Moore was a driving force shaping policy and direction while Greenpeace became the world’s largest environmental activist organization.

People like Patrick are often criticized by the mainstream media. As I do with everyone else, I suggest you listen to what is being said, look it up, and focus on the information instead of character assassination  attempts.

That being said, Moore also claimed that Glyphosate was completely safe and not harmful to humans. This is something we completely disagree with, he also seems to be a supporter of Genetically Modified Foods, something we do not support either.

Related: UN IPCC Scientist Blows Whistle On Lies About Climate, Sea Level

In fact, it was surprising to me to look into what he’s said about these two topics, and quite a head scratcher. In fact, we wrote about his ,what now clearly appear to be false/misinformed, comments on Glyphosate when he made them. You can read that article here.

We clearly do not agree with Moore on many topics, like the ones listed above, but that doesn’t mean he is working for corporations, or is completely misinformed.

There is a division of opinion on a myriad of topics today, and again, it’s best to look at what’s being said and fact checking it ourselves instead of simply reverting to character assassination. When we looked and examined his comments on Glyphosate and GMO foods, we found them to be false.

When we look at his comments regarding climate change, we find them to be valid or at least worthy of consideration. We completely disregard judgement and simply examine the claims being made, something we encourage more people to do.

One thing is for certain, our right to explore and examine information openly and freely should not be taken away and censored. 

Thoughts About Greta Thunberg

I took a lot of information that I compiled in a recent article I wrote regarding Greta Thunberg, titled Greta Thunberg Wants You To Be Scared & Big Business Will Make A Killing off Itand pasted it below.

But I didn’t go into Greta, who seems to be a good hearted young activist who really cares about the planet. If you want to go more in-depth, I suggest you read the article linked above as the information below is already in it, and a little more.

My Thoughts About CO2

Carbon dioxide (CO2) is a natural and beneficial constituent of the atmosphere.  By volume percentage, 99% of dry air is nitrogen (78%) and oxygen (21%).

Most of the rest is argon (0.93%), with carbon dioxide amounting to only 0.04%, but slowly increasing. Even smaller amounts of other gases, neon, helium, methane etc., make up the remainder.

Atmospheric CO2 is a key to life on earth, this is because plants use sunlight to combine CO2 molecules from the air with H2O molecules to make carbohydrates (for example, sugar) and other organic compounds. In the process, oxygen molecules (O2) are released to the atmosphere.

Related: Amazing Science Lesson: Environmentalists Declare War On Photosynthesis In Stupefying Effort To Exterminate All Recognizable Life On Planet Earth

At CO2 levels less than 150 ppm (parts per million), most plants stop growing. Over most of the history of multicellular life on earth, CO2 levels have been three or four times higher than present levels. Current CO2 levels of 400 ppm are still much less than optimum for most plant growth.

Air also contains water vapor (H2O), from as much as 7% in the humid tropics to less than 1% on a cold winter day. Human exhaled breath typically contains 4% to 5% CO2 and about 6% H2O.Water vapor;

"Water vapor, clouds and carbon dioxide hinder the escape of thermal radiation to space and allow the earth’s surface to be warm enough for life. 

Without this “greenhouse warming,” most of the oceans would be frozen

Increasing levels of the greenhouse gas CO2 from fuel combustion will slightly increase the surface temperature of the earth. 

Observations indicate that every doubling of the CO2 concentration will increase the earth’s surface temperature by 1 to 2 C, and perhaps less. 

The warming is so small that the resulting longer growing seasons and increased plant productivity from additional CO2 will be of great benefit to life on earth."

- Source

The climate is changing, and it has been changing for a very long time.

In fact, the climate has always been changing, and there are a myriad of factors that influence climate change like solar activity and much more

If you’re not educated on climate science, it’s easy to adopt the “doomsday” perspective that’s often dished out by mainstream media.

However, when you look at what actual climate scientists are saying, it doesn’t seem like anyone on either side agrees with the media’s “climate hysteria” narrative.

The main argument among those who ascribe to the hysteria perspective is that CO2 levels are the highest they’ve ever been since we started to record them, currently sitting at approximately 415 parts per million (ppm).

Related: Exposing The Bogus "97% Consensus" Claim Over Climate Change 'Science' & Top-Level Climate Modeler Spills The Beans On The ‘Nonsense’ Of ‘Global Warming Crisis’

It’s not like climate scientists disagree on the idea that C02 causes some warming of our atmosphere, that seems to be a fact that’s firmly established in scientific literature.

But what’s never mentioned is the fact that CO2 levels have been significantly higher than what they are now; in fact, CO2 levels have been in the thousands of ppm and Earth’s temperature has been much warmer than it is now.

The idea that human CO2 emissions are responsible for shifts and changes in climate is not scientifically valid, yet policy initiatives that do nothing for our environment are being produced and put forward, putting large sums of money in the pockets of some very powerful people.

"Our crop plants evolved about 400 million years ago, when CO2 in the atmosphere was about 5000 parts per million! Our evergreen trees and shrubs evolved about 360 million years ago, with CO2 levels at about 4,000 ppm.

When our deciduous trees evolved about 160 million years ago, the CO2 level was about 2,200 ppm – still five times the current level.”

Source: Dennis T. Avery, agricultural and environmental economist, senior fellow for the Center for Global Food Issues in Virginia, and formerly a senior analyst for the U.S. Department of State."

CO2 causing a temperature increase is the backbone of the global warming argument, but does CO2 even cause the temperature to increase, or does an increase in temperature cause a rise in C02?

"The question is how does the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change (IPCC) determine that an increase in atmospheric CO2 causes an increase in global temperature?

The answer is they assumed it was the case and confirmed it by increasing CO2 levels in their computer climate models and the temperature went up.

Science must overlook the fact that they wrote the computer code that told the computer to increase temperature with a CO2 increase.

Science must ask if that sequence is confirmed by empirical evidence? Some scientists did that and found the empirical evidence showed it was not true.

Why isn’t this central to all debate about anthropogenic global warming?"

- Source: Dr. Tim Ball, former professor in the Department of Geography at the University of Winnipeg

Related: Who Programmed The Eco-Terrorism Zombie? - Ten Reasons Greta Thunberg Is A Fraud + Dozens Of Failed Climate Predictions Stretch 80 Years Back

William Happer, American physicist and the Cyrus Fogg Brackett Professor of Physics, Emeritus, at Princeton University, is one of what seems to be thousands of academics to go unheard by the mainstream media who shares the same perspective:

"In every careful study, the temperature first rises and then CO2 rises, and the temperature first falls and then CO2 falls, temperature is causing changes of CO2 at least for the last million years, there’s no question about that."

- Source

He also pointed out the major ice ages in Earth’s past when C02 levels were also extremely high, much higher than they are now, and did so to show how the correlation between C02 and temperature is “not all that good.”

In their paper on the Vostok Ice Core, Petit et al (1999), they show how CO2 lags temperature during the onset of glaciations by several thousands of years, but offer no explanation.

They also observe that CH4 and CO2 are not perfectly aligned with each other, but offer no explanation. The significance is that temperature may influence C02 amounts.

Related: Head Of World Meteorological Organization Slams

Climate Extremists, In Unprecedented Move & NASA Admits That Climate Change Occurs Because Of Changes In Earth’s Solar Orbit, And Not Because Of SUVs And Fossil Fuels

At the onset of glaciations, temperature drops to glacial values before CO2 begins to fall, suggesting that CO2 has little influence on temperature modulation at these times as well.

Since 1999, this theory has been discussed in numerous scientific papers, but not one shred of evidence exists to confirm that a CO2 increase causes ‘extreme warming.’

"Doubling CO2 involves a 2% perturbation to this budget. So do minor changes in clouds and other features, and such changes are common.

In this complex multifactor system, what is the likelihood of the climate (which, itself, consists in many variables and not just globally averaged temperature anomaly) is controlled by this 2% perturbation in a single variable?

Believing this is pretty close to believing in magic. Instead, you are told that it is believing in ‘science.’ Such a claim should be a tip-off that something is amiss.

After all, science is a mode of inquiry rather than a belief structure.

The accumulation of false and/or misleading claims is often referred to as the ‘overwhelming evidence’ for forthcoming catastrophe. Without these claims, one might legitimately ask whether there is any evidence at all. "

- Source

Another quote stressing this point:

"Now here is the currently popular narrative concerning this system.

The climate, a complex multifactor system, can be summarized in just one variable, the globally averaged temperature change, and is primarily controlled by the 1-2% perturbation in the energy budget due to a single variable – carbon dioxide – among many variables of comparable importance.

This is an extraordinary pair of claims based on reasoning that borders on magical thinking. It is, however, the narrative that has been widely accepted, even among many sceptics.

This acceptance is a strong indicator of the problem Snow identified.

Many politicians and learned societies go even further:

They endorse carbon dioxide as the controlling variable, and although mankind’s CO2 contributions are small compared to the much larger but uncertain natural exchanges with both the oceans and the biosphere, they are confident that they know precisely what policies to implement in order to control

- Source

A number of times, Lindzen and many others have been quite outspoken regarding the conclusions of this document that are drawn by politicians, not scientists. There will be more on that later in the article.

Related: Satellite Data: No Real Increase In Global Warming For The Last 23 Years + University Of Alabama
Scientists: ‘No Evidence’ Climate Change Causes Extreme Cold

According to Dr. Leslie Woodcock, emeritus professor at the University of Manchester (UK) School of Chemical Engineering and Analytical Science, is a former NASA scientist:

"The term ‘climate change’ is meaningless. The Earth’s climate has been changing since time immemorial, that is since the Earth was formed 1,000 million years ago.

The theory of ‘man-made climate change’ is an unsubstantiated hypothesis [about] our climate [which says it] has been adversely affected by the burning of fossil fuels in the last 100 years, causing the average temperature on the earth’s surface to increase very slightly but with disastrous environmental consequences.

The theory is that the CO2 emitted by burning fossil fuel is the ‘greenhouse gas’ causing ‘global warming’ - in fact, water is a much more powerful greenhouse gas and there is 20 times more of it in our atmosphere (around one per cent of the atmosphere) whereas CO2 is only 0.04 per cent.

There is no reproducible scientific evidence CO2 has significantly increased in the last 100 years. Anecdotal evidence doesn’t mean anything in science, it’s not significant…"

- Source

In the IPCC documents, we can see how tenuous the link between climate change and CO2 emissions are, specifically in their findings titled ‘Climate Change 2001: The Scientific Basis.’Here was one of their recommendations:

"Explore more fully the probabilistic character of future climate states by developing multiple ensembles of model calculations.

The climate system is a coupled non-linear chaotic system, and therefore the long-term prediction of future exact climate states is not possible.

Rather the focus must be upon the prediction of the probability distribution of the system’s future possible states by the generation of ensembles of model solutions."

Related: Same Media That Once Deemed Chemtrails A Conspiracy Theory Now Openly Promotes Chemtrailing The Entire Planet To “End Climate Change” & Global Geoengineering (Chemtrails) Experiment Pushed By Bill Gates Also Funded By Nazi-Linked Alfred P. Sloan Foundation, Linked To Eugenics And Depopulation

If we go back to the 1995 2nd Assessment Report of the UN IPCC, we can see how much the agenda overshadowed and muted the actual science. The scientists included these three statements in the draft:

1. “None of the studies cited above has shown clear evidence that we can attribute the observed (climate) changes to the specific cause of increases in greenhouse gases.”

2. “No study to date has positively attributed all or part (of observed climate change) to anthropogenic (i.e. man-made) causes.”

3. “Any claims of positive detection of significant climate change are likely to remain controversial until uncertainties in the natural variability of the climate system are reduced.”

The “Summary” and conclusion statement of the IPCC report was written by politicians, not scientists. The rules force the ‘scientists’ to change their reports to match the politicians’ final ‘Summary.’ Those three statements by ‘scientists’ above were replaced with this:

1. The balance of evidence suggests a discernible human influence on global climate.

Here’s another great point made by Lindzen:

"How did we get to this point where the science seized to be interested in the fascinating question of accounting for the remarkable history of the Earth’s climate for an understanding of how climate actually works and instead devoted itself itself to a component of political correctness.

Perhaps one should take a broader view of what’s going on."

- Source

Related: Report Sheds Light On The Rockefeller Family’s Covert ‘Climate Change’ Plan

Climate Change Is Big Business

In 1988, NASA scientist James Hansen told the US Senate that the summer’s warmth reflected increased carbon dioxide levels. Even Science magazine reported that the climatologists were skeptical.

"The reason we now take this position as dogma is due to political actors and others seeking to exploit the opportunities that abound in the multi-trillion dollar energy sector.

One person who benefited from this was Maurice Strong, a global bureaucrat and wheeler-dealer (who spent his final years in China apparently trying to avoid prosecution for his role in the UN’s Oil for Food program scandals).

Strong is frequently credited with initiating the global warming movement in the early 1980s, and he subsequently helped to engineer the Rio Conference that produced the UN Framework Convention on Climate Change.

Others like Olaf Palme and his friend, Bert Bolin, who was the first chairman of the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change, were also involved as early as the 1970s. – Dr. Richard Lindzen, an atmospheric physicist who has published more than 200 scientific papers and books.

He was the Alfred P. Sloan Professor of Meteorology at the Massachusetts Institute of Technology, and he is actually the lead author of Chapter 7, “Physical Climate Processes and Feedbacks,” of the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change’s Third Assessment Report on climate change."

- Source

The ‘Green New Deal (The Sunrise Movement) is already being adopted in the US, 104 members of Congress, and three of the four frontrunners for the Democratic nomination next year have endorsed it.

The legislation promises to cut carbon emissions to zero by 2050 and gives the  government large amounts of control over healthcare, wealth redistribution, transport, food production and housing. 

Related: Discovery Of Massive Volcanic CO2 Emissions Puts Damper On Global Warming Theory & Climate Change Hoax Collapses As New Science Finds Human Activity Has Virtually Zero Impact On Global Temperatures

This movement has it’s roots in the financial elite, a bunch of neoliberal think-tanks and financiers.

"Formed by French President Emanuel Macron and investment corporation BlackRock capital last year, the Climate Finance Partnership sees government-funded carbon reduction as a “flagship blended capital investment vehicle.” 

Salivating at potential profits in the world’s “developing and emerging markets,” the partnership calls for the “unlocking” of pension funds and government money to finance green industry in the developing world.

Only instead of calling our planet’s situation a “climate emergency,” they call it “the climate opportunity.”

The Blended Finance Action Taskforce – comprised of 50 financial giants including HSBC, JP Morgan Chase and Citi – is even more explicit, calling for a “layer of government and philanthropic capital,” as there are “profits to be had” in “climate-related sectors…across three regions including Latin America, Asia, and Africa.”

Put simply, financial giants want your pensions and your taxes to support their investments half a world away.

Greta Thunberg and The Climate Emergency Movement are paralyzing you with fear, and knowingly or unknowingly aiding the interests of the world’s mega-rich."

- Source

This isn’t about the planet, it’s about money, period. Climate change is no different than using ‘the war on terror’ to create patriotism and to drive the population into accepting measures that hurt them, not benefit them.

These ‘fear’ narratives are completely fake. We saw the same thing with Al-Qaeda:

"The truth is, there is no Islamic army or terrorist group called Al-Qaeda, and any informed intelligence officer knows this.

But, there is a propaganda campaign to make the public believe in the presence of an intensified entity representing the ‘devil’ only in order to drive TV watchers to accept a unified international leadership for a war against terrorism.

The country behind this propaganda is the United States.”

- Source

In the 1980s, the Rockefeller Brothers Fund became the sole authority of the global warming agenda.

Related: Green Gestapo Says You're Mentally Ill If You Challenge Climate Change + Over 30,000 Scientists Say 'Catastrophic Man-Made Global Warming' Is A Complete Hoax And Science Lie

The fund boasts of being one of the first major global activists by citing its strong advocacy for both the 1988 formation of the United Nations Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change (IPCC) and the 1992 creation of the UN Framework Convention on Climate Change.

"The global elite have always benefited in some way shape or form from crises, we’ve seen it over and over again with war.

What is important, however, is to acknowledge the role of the Rockefeller family –which historically was the architect of “Big Oil”– in supporting the Climate Change debate as well as the funding of scientists, environmentalists and NGOs involved in grassroots activism against “Big Oil” and the fossil fuel industry.

Debate on the world’s climate is of crucial importance. But who controls that debate?

There is an obvious contradictory relationship: Whereas “Big Oil” is the target of Global Warming activism, “Big Oil” through the Rockefeller Family and Rockefeller Brothers Trusts generously finance the Worldwide climate protest movement. Ask yourself Why?”

- Source: Michel Chossudovsky, Canadian economist and Professor Emeritus of Economics at the University of Ottawa

You can access the full report here. It was published by the Energy & Environmental Legal Institute in 2016.

What About The Other Side of The Coin?

A 2013 study in Environmental Research Letters claimed that 97% of climate scientists agreed with the ‘humans changing the climate’ narrative in 12,000 academic papers that contained the words “global warming” or “global climate change” from 1991 to 2011.

Not long ago, that paper hit 1m downloads, making it the most accessed paper ever among the 80+ journals published by the Institute of Physics (as Lindzen mentions above, many of these papers are being published by scientists outside of climate physics), according to the authors.

Related: FBI Document Adds “Fringe” Conspiracy Theories As Next Big Domestic Terror Threat & CIA, Climate And
Conspiracy: More Notes From The Edge Of The Narrative Matrix

A recent article that presents more scientific studies was published in the Guardian, titled ‘No Doubt Left About Scientific Consensus on Global Warming, say experts.’

But is this true? Do “97 percent of scientists” really agree as is so often promoted by the mainstream media?

"This claim is actually a come-down from the 1988 claim on the cover of Newsweek that all scientists agree.

In either case, the claim is meant to satisfy the non-expert that he or she has no need to understand the science.

Mere agreement with the 97% will indicate that one is a supporter of science and superior to anyone denying disaster.

This actually satisfies a psychological need for many people. The claim is made by a number of individuals and there are a number of ways in which the claim is presented.

A thorough debunking has been given in the Wall Street Journal by Bast and Spencer. One of the dodges is to poll scientists as to whether they agree that CO2 levels in the atmosphere have increased, that the Earth has been warming (albeit only a little) and that man has played some part.

This is, indeed, something almost all of us can agree on, but which has no obvious implication of danger. Nonetheless this is portrayed as support for catastrophism.

Other dodges involve looking at a large number of abstracts where only a few actually deal with danger. If among these few, 97% support catastrophism, the 97% is presented as pertaining to the much larger totality of abstracts.

One of my favorites is the recent claim in the Christian Science Monitor (a once respected and influential newspaper): “For the record, of the nearly 70,000 peer-reviewed articles on global warming published in 2013 and 2014, four authors rejected the idea that humans are the main drivers of climate change.

” I don’t think that it takes an expert to recognize that this claim is a bizarre fantasy for many obvious reasons.”

- Richard Lindzen, from his paper “Straight Talk About Climate Change,” where he goes into greater detail.

This is a deep topic and there are many points to make. Here’s a great video by Alex Epstein, founder of the Center for Industrial Progress for Prager University, explaining the 97 percent myth and where it came from.

Obviously, there is an ongoing debate surrounding climate change, and many people still think something fishy is going on here.

It’s similar to the vaccines argument, or a host of other issues that never receive any attention from the mainstream media. Instead of presenting the concerns of scientists from the other side, or the side often labelled ‘skeptics,’ these scientists are often heavily ridiculed by mainstream media.

Related: Australian Government Pays Al Gore $320k To Conduct Climate Training As Rare Snowfall Hits & The Rockefeller Way: The Family’s Covert ‘Climate Change’ Plan

A great example is this dialogue, which is quite old now, between Lindzen and Bill Nye. It’s not hard to see that Nye has no idea what he is talking about, and he’s simply being used because, at that time, he had a large following.

The reason why so many people are unaware of the arguments made by climate ‘skeptics’ is because their points are never presented by mainstream media in the same way the other side’s are. The media controls the minds of the masses, but thankfully this is changing.

The Takeaway

We are not denying climate change, we are simply presenting the evidence showing that climate change has been happening for a long time, and that human CO2 output doesn’t seem to play a significant role at all, and that this is simply being used for profit, control, and to take more ‘power’ away from the people and put it into the hands of politicians and the global financial elite.

This is not about the planet.

We here at CE care deeply about our planet and creating harmony on it. Since we were founded in 2009, we’ve been creating massive amounts of awareness regarding clean energy technologies and the harmful industries polluting and destroying our planet.

The issue is not with finding solutions, we already have those for the most part, the issue is with the systems we have that prevent these solutions from ever seeing the light of day.

In fact, we have been heavily involved with multiple clean energy projects and assisting them in coming into fruition.

Related: Agenda 21: Awareness And Activism + UN 2030 Agenda Decoded: Blueprint For The Global Enslavement Of Humanity Under Corporate Masters

Opposing the ‘doom and gloom’ global warming narrative does not mean we do not care for our environment; in fact, it’s quite the opposite.

We feel that politicians meeting every single year for the past few decades have done absolutely nothing to clean up our planet, and instead have been coming up with ways to simply make money off of green technology that cuts CO2 emissions.

If the people in power, with all of their resources, really wanted to change the planet, it would have happened by now.

While our focus is on CO2, not nearly enough attention and resources are going into re-planting our planet, cleaning up our fresh water lakes and oceans,and changing our manufacturing habits to cause less waste and less pollution.

If anything, this should be our main focus, especially when it’s not really clear that C02 is an issue.

Environmental and species protection should be our first priority, but it’s not. I believe this green revolution is a distraction and, in many ways, further harms our environment by taking our focus off of what’s really important and putting it on something that is not impacting our planet in a negative way.

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi
ImpeachmentGate: The Deep State Coup Conspiracy And Democrat Scandal That Will Forever Destroy Their Treasonous Party
December 21 2018 | From: StateOfTheNation / Various

A Deep State Hoax Carried Out to Distract from the Countless Democrat
[Cabal-Driven] Scandals, Criminal Conspiracies and Coup Attempts - And This Affects the Whole World - Not Just America.

ImpeachmentGate: The primary criminal conspiracy is the ongoing Deep State-directed coup d’état that continually morphs from one massive Democrat crime spree into another.

Related: DECLAS, Disclosure And New Ascension Film Incoming

Now that the Democrats have done the dirty deed, every American is compelled to ask:

What in the world is really going on?! 

While it appears to be very complicated, and it is, it’s really all very simple.

The short answer is found in the subtitle of this post: “ImpeachmentGate is a transparent Deep State Hoax Carried Out to Distract from the Countless Democrat Scandals, Criminal Conspiracies and Naked Betrayals”

The longer answer is that the Democrat Party has become so corrupt and criminal in their collective and individual conduct that they have no choice but to majorly distract the body politic from their many scandals

There are now so many Democrat scandals, and so much criminality perpetrated by the Left, that it boggles the mind. 

Therefore, they truly feel they have no other option but to blow the whole place up - as in orchestrate an obviously false impeachment of an innocent POTUS.

ImpeachmentGate: The Scandal Is Much Worse & Plot Much Thicker Than Anyone Knows

Dealing With “Waking Up.” How To Handle Discovering More Than Just The Tip of the Iceberg

What better way to start a second civil war - right during the holidays - than to unjustly impeach a President whose only ‘crime’ was to LAWFULLY investigate Democrat transgressions of federal law.

Really, exactly who is it that is intentionally ruining the Christmas season with an utterly reckless and politically grotesque impeachment proceeding? See The Hidden Powers Behind the Destruction of America.

Key Point: Remember the [Cabal Driven] Democrats have always been extremely proficient at accusing the opposition of t